4 1语音语调讲义

新东方在线 4+1 网络课堂电子版教材
4+1 语音语调
UNIT ONE : 美语发音概述

An Overview of American Enhlish Pronunciation
英语语音音素的分类较易掌握。根据元音发音过程中舌头抬起的部位不同可分为前、中、后元音（具体细节
请参考 Lesson 1），如音素[i:]在发音时舌前端抬起是为前元音，音素[u]发音时舌后部抬起是为后元音；根据辅
音发音时声带的震动与否可分为清、浊辅音或根据发音时气流通过口腔的方式不同可分为摩擦辅音、爆破辅音等
（具体细节请参考 Lesson 1）。如音素[p]和[f]在发音时声带没有震动，称之为清辅音。而音素[b]和[v]在发音
时声带振动，则称之为浊辅音。另外在音素[p]与[b]的发音过程中，通过口腔中的气流由上下嘴唇一堵一放，按
这种走气方式所发出的辅音，称其为爆破音。而有些音素在发音时，气流在口腔中一些特定的部位产生摩擦，如
音素[f]与[v]是气流在上齿与下齿之间摩擦而生的，这类辅音被称为摩擦音。这些分类乍看起来很复杂，其实通
过分类表格进行分类、比较之后，就显得简明易懂，容易记忆了。
英式发音与美式发音的差异在发音上虽有一定的规律，但掌握起来并不是很容易，需要大量的听力练习。本
章除系统地介绍了英、美发音中元音及一些辅音的不同之外，还在听力分辨的训练上采取了简单而有针对性的对
比练习，如：单词 are，英式发音为[A:]，在发音时不卷舌；美式发音为[Ar]，发音时要卷舌。再如：单词 hot，
英式发音为[hCt]，美式发音为[hAt]。通过对比一些拼写相同但英、美发音不同的单词的发音，分辨其不同之处，
来把握美音同英音的差异。英语音素的分类知识对于掌握正确的发音及单词的拼写规律很有帮助。通过对音素的
了解，可以使大家很容易地掌握朗读中的音的变化，进而解决听力中被视为老大难问题的“音变现象” 。
在听力中区分英音与美音时很重要的，这是基本功。了解美语发音所不同于英语发音的一些特色，有利于大
家深入学习和掌握地道的美语发音。
SECTION ONE
Be Prepared
学习内容
1. 音素分类，包括元音及辅音分类。
2. 英式发音与美式发音的区别，包括元音及辅音发音的区别。
学习目标
1. 掌握简单的英语音素的分类知识。
2. 了解英式发音与美式发音的区别。
学习方法
1. 本章大部分属常识性内容，阅读即可。
2.少量听辨及跟读练习，只需听一听，并加以适当模仿即可。
1
LESSON 1 发音类别
THE CLASSIFICATION OF ENGLISH PHONEMES
●Warm Up 语音课堂
基本分类及常识语音分元音和辅音两大类，每一个语音必定属于这
两者之一。 All the phonetic sounds are divided into vowel and
consonant.
元音元音是一种有声音，发音时用舌头和嘴唇使口腔定形，声带震动。同时气流从咽腔和口腔不断流出，
不受阻
碍，也没有变狭窄，因而听不出摩擦。
Vowel：vowel is a voiced sound. The vocal cords vibrate, while the oral cavity is sampled by the tongue and lips. At
the same time, the air is passing from the larynx to the mouth without obstruction.
辅音
（在正常言语中）除元音外所有的其他音都叫辅音。一部分辅音发音时，气流不通过口腔，如[m]；另一部
分辅音发音时，气流在通过口腔时，受到这样或那样的阻碍，或在口腔中的某个点受到摩擦。
Consonant：All the other sounds except vowels are consonants. For some consonants, when they are pronounced,
the air doesn‘t pass the mouth as /m/. for others , when it is passing through the oral cavity, the air will receive this or
that kind of obstruction. Or it is affricated at a certain point.
元音和辅音的特征
The characteristics of the Vowels and Consonants：Vowels are sounds produced without obstruction of the air
stream in the mouth. In producing them there is vibration of the vocal cords. So all vowels are voiced. Consonants are
sounds produced by some form of obstruction of the air passage and maybe either voiced or voiceless.
☆· 元音分类精讲 ·☆
元音分类 A
根据发音时舌头在口腔中抬起的部位不同，我们把单素元音分为前元音、中元音和后元音。（When we
pronounce a monophing ,the jaw, tongue and lips do not move at all.There are twelve monophthongs,and we divide them
into front vowel ,central vowels and back vowels,both in British English and American English based on the parts of the
tongue that count them.
● Part One 前元音听辨及跟读
舌前部向硬颚抬起时发出的元音叫前元音。
前元音(Front Vowels)主要有：[i],[0],[G],[$] (Which are made by raising the front of the tongue towards the hard
palate.)
A.Practice these four sounds in phrases.
eat the meat a jazz band a plastic bag wet with sweat
make a wish three trees the Chinese people a happy marriage
very well best friend a bit chilly a friend in need
a mad man a black bag Teddy Bear fit as a fiddle
keep the seat Peter‘s secret hand in hand best seller
sit down a small fish a piece of cheese on behalf of our class
get ready ten men bit by bit
B.Now practice the sound in sentences.
2
⑴ Please speak English.
Dick gives Lily a big kiss.
The book sells well, I guess.
Don‘t let the cat out of the bag.
⑵ Seeing is believing.
They stayed together through thick and thin.
Let‘s get everything ready.
They ran hand in hand.
⑶ Steve lives on 333 Peterson Street.
Can you give me a lift?
Remember to get me ten eggs.
He who laughs last laughs best.
⑷ Don‘t speak Chinese in an English class.
Is it spring or still winter?
All is well that ends well.
Pat sat on the grass with a glass in his hand.
⑸ Please keep this seat for me.
Mary is fifty now, but she‘s still fit as a fiddle.
Better late than never.
Sally married a handsome young man named Jerry.
● Part Two 中元音听辨练习
舌中部向硬颚抬起时发出的元音叫中元音。
中元音(Central Vowels)主要有：[Q ]，[D]，[K ] (which are made by raising the middle of the tongue towards the
dividing line between the hard and soft palates.)
A.Practice these three sounds in phrases.
the first term once in a month the teachers of China
a long term a nervous nurse a sudden jump
some money a sheet of paper the third world
learn the words a tough son the doctor‘s daughter
among the workers an early bird just for fun
some honey a drop of water an active learner
a firm girl a funny couple at the counter
never forget a dirty shirt blood for blood

⑴ The early bird catches the worm.
My younger brother‘s a doctor.
Enough is enough.
⑵ First come, first served.
Peter can use the computer pretty well.
I wonder who‘s coming to lunch.
⑶ The girls have to learn World History first.
Peter‘s father is a professor.
My brother lives in the countryside.
⑷ Earl has worked in that firm for thirty years.
3
You‘d better do it faster.
He was running to catch the bus.
⑸ A bird in the hand is worth two in the bush.
My younger sister is also a computer expert.
Never trouble troubles until troubles trouble you.
⑹ He seems to get worse and worse.
Let‘s have a get-together after supper.
How much is too much?
⑺ Birds of a feather flock together.
Give me some butter and sugar.
Love me , love my dog.
●Part Three 后元音听辨练习
发音时舌后部需要向软颚抬起的元音叫作后元音；
后元音( Back Vowels)主要有：[A]，[C]，[?]，[u] (which are made by raising the back of the tongue towards the soft
palate.)
A.Practice these four sounds in phrases.
pop music the butcher and the crook along corridor
law and order a new suit book a room
push and pull clocks and watches the Blue Danube
pop concert talk and walk common knowledge
daughter-in-law good looks a long story
you full a group of students took some sugar
by hook or by crook socks and stocking a water bottle
whose tools a small waterfall a quarter to four
a stopwatch good footwork too few too soon to be true
according to law drop by drop wooden plates

Waste not, want not.
My daughter-in-law is a lawyer.
Who took away my book?
How do you do?
Honesty is the best policy.
Paul is forty-four.
Don‘t let the butcher bully the cook.
You look cool!
A pick-pocket picks pocket.
Norman has lost his wallet.
Crook will do it by hook or by crook.
Soon my dream will come true.
Lots and lots of dollars are locked in the box.
We won because we fought hard.
We tried to book a room, but the hotel was full.
No news is good news.
Tom started at the bottom and worked his way to the top.
Learn to crawl before you can walk.
4
Look before you leap.
As a rule, the skies are blue in June.
元音分类 B
根据构成元音的音素的不同，我们把元音分为 12 个单素元音（monophthongs）和 8 个复合元音（diphthongs）
。
A diphthong is a glide from one monophthong to another and the whole glide acts like a long, pure vowel. There are
eight diphthongs in English. Diphthongs can be divided into two groups, the closing diphthongs and the centering
diphthongs.
Jones：
Monophthongs [i:] [i] [e] [$] [K] [a:] [C] [C:] [u] [u:] [D:] [D]
Diphthongs [ei] [ai] [Ci] [Du] [au] [iD] [D] [uD]
In American English, we simply use five of these diphthongs：[ei],[Du],[ai],[au],[Ci].
● 听辨练习
A.Practice these five sounds in phrases.

play safe boiling point face to face
go home make way a mouse in the house
by and by hope so spoil the boy
a loud sound quite right plain sailing
voice and noise no soap low-interest loan
save face nine times point by point
don‘t know without power out of town
silent night a joyful voyage old folks at hom
B.Practice these five sounds in phrases.

⑴ Better take your raincoat.
Go and open the window.
Out of sight, out of mind.
I found a mouse in the house.
Roy toiled on the soil.
⑵ Let‘s play safe.
Oh, he‘s so slow.
Like father like son.
He‘s out of town.
Jack‘s an employee in a joint venture.
⑶ Her name is Rachel.
Show me the photo, Joe.
Once bitten, twice shy.
How about going down town?
The spoiled boy wants more new toys.
⑷ No way, go away.
It‘s only a joke.
A stitch in time saves nine.
No doubt, he‘s drowned.
The noise came from the toilet.
⑸ Rain, rain, go away. Little Johnny wants to play.
I love potatoes and tomatoes.
5
Great minds think a like.
How many hours do we have to wait?
Soybean oil is my choice.
⑹ The cake is on the plate and the plate is on the table.
Give me my soap and comb.
A cat has nine lives.
He‘s without power now.
Let‘s join the boys.
⑺ When the cat is away , the mice will play.
Little strokes fell great oaks.
Strike while the iron is hot.
Howard is going to have a cold shower now.
Spare the rod, spoil the child.
元音分类 C
根据发音时嘴唇的形状：
According to the shape of the lips
合口元音 Rounded Vowels：[C:] [C] [u] [u:] (which are made by bringing the lips together in different degrees,
close-rounded or open-rounded.)
敞口元音 Unrounded Vowels：[i:] [D:](which are made by drawing the lips a little back at the corners.)
自然口型 Neutral Vowels：[i ] [e] [$] [K] [D] (which are made by holding the lips naturally or normally.)
元音分类 D
根据元音的发音长度：
According to the length of the vowels.
长元音 The Long Vowels：[i] [D:][A:][C:][u:]
短元音 The Short Vowels：[i][e][$][K][D][C][u]
☆· 辅音分类精讲 ·☆
辅音分类 A
根据声带震动情况：按照声带震动情况给辅音分类，发音时声带完全敞开，气流通过声带没有引起震动的
辅音称为清辅音，发
音时声带合拢，气流通过声带并引起震动的辅音称为浊辅音。每一组对应的清浊辅音在发音时发音部位和发音方
式都是完全相同的，只以声带震动与否来进行区别。
The voiceless consonants are usually aspirated, strong and long, and the vocal cords do not vibrate when they are
pronounced. The voiced consonants are usually unaspirated, weak and short and the vocal cords vibrate when they are
pronounced.
英语中有十组对应的清浊辅音，它们是：
清辅音 Voiceless Consonants ：[p] [t] [k] [tN] [f] [L] [s] [N] [ts ] [tr ]
浊辅音 Voiced Consonants：：[b ] [d] [E] [dI] [v] [M] [z] [I] [dz] [dr]
英语中有些音是没有相对应的清浊辅音的，它们是：清辅音：
[h]
浊辅音：[m] [n] [H] [l] [r] 另外，人们习惯上把半
元音也归为浊辅音用。浊辅音：[w] [j]
辅音分类 B
6
根据气流通过口腔时产生的不同效果：根据气流通过口腔时产生的不同效果给辅音分类，可将辅音分为爆破
音、摩擦音、塞擦音、鼻音和舌边音。
另外，我们将半元音也放在这一部分，方便练习掌握。
● Part One 爆破音听辨练习
爆破音 plosive：在相当时间内，气流通道完全阻塞，气流（一般由于肺部的动作）受压，然后突然放开阻
塞，发出爆破的声音。
(In the production of a plosive, the air-stream is obstructed completely both in the oral and nasal tracts, so that when
the closure in the oral tract is suddenly released, the compressed air rushed in the oral tract is suddenly released, the
compressed air rushes out and produces an explosive sound. According to the place of the oral closure, plosive may be
bilabial [p,b] , alveolar [t,d], velar [k,g].)
英语中的爆破音有六个，它们是：[p] [b] [t] [d] [k] [E]
Read the dialogue, paying attention to the pronunciation of plosives.

⑴ A：How do you do? I‘m Parker.
B：How do you do, Mr. Barker? A：
Parker.
B：Oh, Parker with a P?
A：Yes, with a P. B：Er
„ I‘m Barker.
A：Barker? With a B. Of course. B：
Yes, with a B.
A：Won‘t you come in, Mr. Barker? B：
Thank you, Mr. Parker.
⑵ A：I love you, Miss Brown.
B：But how can I believe you, Mr. Black. A
：I‘ll jump over the balcony, Miss Brown. B
：Jump over the balcony, Mr. Black? A：
It‘ll prove my love, Miss Brown. B：It‘ll
break your back, Mr. Black. A：Then save
me and take me back!
⑶ A：What‘s the date today?
B：December the fifteenth. The day after tomorrow is little Tom‘s birthday. A：
Right. What present should we give him this time? By the way, how old is he?
B：He‘s still thirteen today and tomorrow. He‘ll be fourteen the day after tomorrow. Let‘s get him a remote
controlled toy truck.
A：How time flies! He‘s a big boy now.
B：And don‘t forget Mary, Tom‘s twin sister. It‘s her birthday, too. A：
OK. Let‘s invite all their little friends to come and celebrate.
⑷ A：Was it a good game?
B：It was a terrific game. A：
You had a good day for it. B：A
beautiful day.
A：Did Chris score?
B：He scored twice.
A：And you?
B：Now where did I put that bottle of milk?
7
A：Did you score? B：
Ah, got it.
A：Maybe the next game?
B：Sure thing. I‘ll score one goal at least.
● Part Two 摩擦音听辨练习
摩擦音 fricative：气流通道收窄，气流通过时发出可听擦音。
(In the production of a fricative two vocal organs are brought very close together (but not to the extent of touching
each other to form a closure) so that the air stream forcing its way through the resulting narrowing becomes turbulent,
and this turbulent is heard as a fricative noise. In English, the most frequently used fricatives are labiodental [f，v], dental
[L，M], alveolar [s，z], and palatal-alveolar [N，I].)
英语中摩擦音有十个，它们是：[f] [v] [L] [M] [s] [z] [r] [h]。
Read the dialogue, while paying attention to the pronunciation of fricatives.

⑴ A：Frank flatters me, Fred.
B：Frank flatters everybody.
A：He said I create a flame in his heart. B：
A flame in his heart?
A：A furious flame! He says I drive him frantic! B：
You drive me frantic, too, Fanny.
A：Oh, Fred! You old flatterer.
B：But don‘t forget to fry the fish, Fanny.
⑵ A：Seven days old! She‘s a lovely baby!
B：She‘s a beautiful baby! A：
And she‘s a clever baby.
B：And her voice, her voice is so„so clear! A
：She‘s got a very clear voice, indeed. B：
And she‘s big for a baby of her age!
⑶ A：Date of birth?
B：The third of March, nineteen thirty-three.
A：The third of March, nineteen thirty-three?
B：I think…
A：You think what?
B：I think it was the third, but maybe it was the fourth.
A：You think it was either the third or the fourth? You‘re not sure of your own date of birth? B：
No, I‘m sorry.
A：Anyway, the position has been taken already. So it doesn‘t matter you‘re not sure of your date of birth.
⑷ A：Maybe you‘ll let me play in the mud, Mother?
B：Don‘t you dare play there.
A：Father doesn‘t mind if we play in the mud.
B：Father doesn‘t wash the dirty clothes, dear.
⑸ A：I‘ll sing you a song.
B：Yes , sing a song. But don‘t sing a sad song. A：
Most of my songs are sad, sorry.
B：Well, please sing one that‘s not within the definition of too sad. A
：OK , I‘ll sing San Francisco, then.
⑹ A：A shirt, sir? Yes, sir. This one will suit you. It‘s in a very fashionable shade.
8
B：Mm. I want something simpler.
A：A silver one, maybe? It‘s got something special on the sleeve.
B：Can‘t you show me a simple shirt in a simple shade? Maybe I should try the next shop.
⑺ A：Who‘s that over there?
B：Oh, that‘s John. He‘s the Club Treasurer. A
：What‘s he doing there?
B：Watching television.
A：And does he always sleep when the television‘s on? B：
Usually he does.
A：Ah.
B：And occasionally he snores. A
：Rather noisily.
B：As even the man onthe moon must have noticed!
⑻ You and your friend are looking at some things in a shop window but you can‘t see very well.
A：Is that a radio? B：
It looks like a radio.
A：Is that a pretty dress? B：
It looks like a pretty dress. A
：Is that a rugby ball?
B：It looks like a rugby ball.
A：Is that a record?
B：It looks like a record. A：
Is that a record player? B：It
looks like a record player. A：
Is that a refrigerator?
B：It looks like a refrigerator.
⑼ A：How handsome Henry is!
B：Henry is handsome, isn‘t he? A
：And how hardworking Henry is!
B：Henry does work hard.
A：And how honest Henry is! B：
Oh? Is Henry honest?
●Part Three 塞擦音听辨练习
塞擦音 affricate：其形成如爆破音，但发音器官放开阻塞较慢，因而在放开阻塞时可以听得出相应的摩擦。
(Affricates are each a combination of a plosive and a fricative. In their production the tongue tip or blade touches
the alveolar ridge and forms a closure , for example, for /t/. And at the same time, the front of the tongue is raised
towards the hard palate, then the tongue leaves the alveolar ridge slowly, instead of suddenly, so that a fricative [tN] is
made immediately after the plosive.)
英语中塞擦音有六个，它们是：[tN] [dI] [ts] [dz] [tr] [dr]
Read the dialogue, while paying attention to the affricate.
(1) A：We need some cheese.
B：I‘ve just bought some cheese. A：
And we need some chocolate. B：I‘ve
just bought some chocolate. A：And
what about chicken soup? B：I‘ve just
bought some chicken soup.
9
A：Good, But we still haven‘t got enough chairs. B
：Don‘t worry. I‘ve just bought some cheap chairs.
A：That‘s everything then. Oh no! China plates.
(2) A：You can‘t do that!
B：Ofcourse I can. It‘s my bridge. A：
But you can‘t chop it down!
B：It‘s my bridge, and I‘m chopping it down.
A：Don‘t chop it down! How shall we cross? We can‘t manage without it. B：
Well, you‘ve got to learn how to jump really far! Jump! Jump!
●Part Four 鼻音听辨练习
鼻音 nasal：口腔通道完全阻塞，但软颚下垂，气流自由通过鼻腔发出的音。
(In the production of a nasal, the air-stream is completely obstructed in the oral tract but not in the nasal tract ( the
soft palate is lowered), so that the air passes through the nose freely. Closure at different places of the oral tract brings
different resonances to the sounds, so nasals are also classified according to the place of the oral closure, e.g. bilabial [m],
alveolar [n], velar [H], etc. )
英语中鼻音有三个,它们是：[m], [n] ,[H].
Read the dialogue, while paying attention to the nasals.
⑴ A：Don‘t be alarmed if Mum stamps.
B：And don‘t be alarmed if Mum screams. A：
It‘s not what it seems.
B：Don‘t be alarmed. You won‘t really be harmed.
⑵ A：Norman went. And he never returned.
B：He went? When?
A：Oh, about the end of June. B：
Did he send the rent?
A：Yes, and I‘ve found a new tenant, Nancy Noble. B
：I hope there won‘t be any problems.
A：You don‘t know Nancy, do you?
B：Well, I once lent her some cash and she never returned it.
⑶ A friend is helping you to do a crossword puzzle.
A：I think it‘s ―singing‖. B：
No, ―singing ‖is wrong. A：
What about ― ringing‖? B：No,
―ringing ‖is wrong. A：Well,
can it be ―bringing‖? B：No,
―bringing ‖is wrong. A：What
about ― thinking‖? B：No,
―thinking ‖is wrong. A：Well, is
it ―hanging‖? B：No, ―hanging
‖is wrong. A：What about “
drinking”? B：No,“drinking
”is wrong.
A：Oh, dear, is anything going to be right?
10
● Part Five 舌边音听辨练习
舌边音 lateral：气流通道中央阻塞，在阻塞处的两边或一边留下通道让气流自由通过时发出的音。
(In the production of a lateral the air-stream is obstructed along the center of the oral tract, but one or both sides of
the tongue are away from the roof of the mouth, so that the air can go through the mouth laterally. This manner of
articulation is peculiar in that there are manners of articulation with it. That is when the air goes through the sides of the
mouth, it may or may not produce audible friction depending on the space between the tongue and the side teeth.)
英语中舌边音只有一个，就是：[l]。
Read the dialogue, while paying attention to the lateral.
A：If you look on the library shelves, you‘ll find A History of the Lakes. The Lakes were a large, rich, but
unlucky family. They had thirteen children. The first eleven were killed in mysterious fatal accidents. And
the twelfth, Lance…. Poor Lance was eaten by wolves.
B：And the remaining child? The last of the Lakes?
A：I was lucky. I inherited everything. Now sign the contract or I may start calling you brother!
● Part Six 半元音听辨练习
半元音 semi-vowel：即有声滑音。发这个音时，发音器官开始时轻微地发出一个本身响度较弱的音，然后
立即过渡到一个响度相同或更加显著的音。
(In the production of the semi-vowel the space between two approximating vocal organs is a little wider than that
for a fricative, just wide enough to avoid causing friction when the air-stream passes through them. In fact, the air-stream
is not obstructed, which is a characteristic of vowels.)
英语中半元音有两个，它们是：[w],[j] 。
Read the dialogue, while paying attention to the semi-vowel.
⑴ A：How much do we have to give?
B：We don‘t have to give.
A：I‘ll give whatever Mrs. Whitney gave.
B：She gives five.
A：Very well, I‘ll give five dollars, too. B
：She gives five hundred dollars. A：Oh,
my! She always gives too much.
Read the two poems.
⑴ We waddle away from the water. ⑵ When the orchard yield will be gathered soon.
And now we will waddle back. And the fields beyond are yellow with corn,
Then swish, swish, we are swimming again. The dog in our yard awakes with a yawn,
Quack! Quack! Quack! And yaps and yelps at the yellow moon.
Table of English Consonants

Bilabial Labio-dental Dental Alveolar Post-alveolar Palatal Velar Glottal
Plosive p b t d k E
Affricate tN dI
Fricative f v L M s z N I (x) h
Nasal m n H
Lateral l
Approximant w r j
11
LESSON 2 美式发音与英式发音的区别
THE DISTINCTION BETWEEN GA&RP
标准英音和美音
GA：General American RP：Received Pronunciation
RP&GA：RP (Received Pronunciation) 公认的发音，指的是 Daniel Jones 博士在 1917 年版 English Pronouncing
Dictionary 序言中描述的：Public School Pronunciation，这是一种被接受过的英国公学教育的人所操持的南部口音
（P.S.P.—Public School Pronunciation is a pronunciation mostly heard in everyday speech in the families of Southern
English persons whose men-folk have been educated at the great public boarding-schools.），1926 年改称为 RP。
This pronunciation is based on the Southern accent in British, which is also used among people well educated in
―preparatory‖ schools or ―public schools‖. The pronunciation of these schools are not only rather unified, but also not
influenced by regional dialect. The advantage of this pronunciation is that people from any regions of English speaking
countries can understand it, which is more generally accepted than other varieties of English.
这种发音以英国南部发音为依据，也是在“预备”寄宿学校或“公学”中受过教育的人当中所通用的。这些
学校中的发音相当统一，而且不受地方音的影响。这种发音的好处是英语国家中任何地区的人都容易听懂它，而
且它可能比其他任何类型的发音都更广泛地为人们所听懂。
GA (General American) is the commonly called American English, which is the general accent of most American
regions except several states in East and South of the USA. It is also extensively used in American broadcasting,
television and movies.
GA (General American)美语普通话，是为除东部及南部的一部分州以外绝大部分美国地区通用的口音。也是
广泛应用于美国广播、电视、电影中的发音。
常见问题
1. 听力中分辨不出英音与美音。
2. 听力中分辨不出美音/A/与/K/。
3. American T 读法对于很多中国同学来讲还很陌生。
4. 字母 L 的发音比较复杂，多数同学没有掌握 dark l 的发音方法。
☆· 元音区别精讲 ·☆
元音区别 A
当字母 r 出现在单词的元音字母组合中时，北美英语会出现独特的卷舌音。
(When the letter r appears in the spelling of a word, the North American English will have special retroflex.)
are /Ar/ bird /Dr/ here /0r/ hair /Gr/ tour /?r/ door /Cr/
The main features in pronouncing the sound / r /：
1. The obstruction of the air stream is caused by the underside of the tongue tip and the back of the alveolar ridge.
2. The tip of the tongue curled up and back.
● 听辨及跟读练习
Read the following words, while paying to the pronunciation of the /r/.
1. /Ar/ far car large charge smart
2. /0r/ dear clear fear cheer here
3. /Gr/ air dare pear their where
4. [C] for more door pour before
5. /?r/ /jur/ sure poor tour cure fewer
12
6. /Dr/ her turn learn word first
7. /a0r/ fire tired higher liar buyer
8. /a?r/ hour flour shower power tower
9. /C0r/ destroyer employer
元音区别 B
英语中的元音/a:/在用于/f，L，s/或鼻音前时，美语发为/$/,但在字母组合 lm 前发音不变仍为/A:/。
(When it is used before/f，L，s/ or nasalities, the vowel /A:/ is pronounced as /$/. But it is not changed before letter
combination lm.)
RP GA
1. half /hA:f/ /h$f/
2. bath /bA:L/ /b$L/
3. pass /pA:s/ /p$s/
4. sample /sA:mpl/ /s$mpl/
5. dance /dA:ns/ /d$ns/
6. calm /kA:m/ / k$m /
7. palm /pA:m / /p$m /
A.Passage
After Charles had left the country, he started to farm in Derbyshire. This was different from marching past a
sergeant.
―I can‘t play cards now,‖ thought Charles.― I can‘t go to dances, nor laugh with my comrades-in-arms. But I shan‘t
break my heart,‖ he laughed. ― I have a car, and life is sweet and calm.‖
B.Dialogue
At a Party
Margaret：Where‘s your glass, Barbara?
Barbara： It‘s on the bar.
Martin： Barbara, Margaret! Come into the garden! Martha and Charles are dancing on the grass!
Margaret：In the garden? What a laugh!
Barbara： So they are!
Margaret：They are dancing under the stars!
Martin： And Arnold‘s playing his guitar.
Barbara： Doesn‘t Martha look smart?
Margaret：Look at Charles! What a marvelous dancer! Barbara
： Ah! Let‘s take a photograph of Martha and Charles. Martin
： We can‘t. It‘s too dark.
元音区别 C
英语/C:/变为美语/C/。
(British /C:/ is changing to /C/ in American English.)
RP GA
1. bought /bC:t/ /bCt/
2. talk /tC:k/ /tCk/
3. ball /bC:l/ /bCl/
4. caught /kC:t/ /kCt/
5. saw /sC:/ /sC/
13
6. applaud /DplC:d/ /DplCd/
A.Read the following words, paying attention to the pronunciation of /C/.

coffee water caught law
bought boss tall talk
lawyer fought walk ball
cause draw daughter August
saw ought
B.Passage
One morning in August, at dawn, he rode his horse past the lawn, along the wall to the orchard. ―How awful
not to have been born,‖ he called to his daughter. ―You fought a war for this,‖ she thought. Then they walked in the
cornfields, and thanked the Lord for their good fortune.
C.Dialogue
A Football Game Sports Report on Channel 4
Announcer：This morning the Horses returned from their game in Boston. Paul Short, our sports reporter, was
at the airport to meet them.
Paul Short：Good morning. I‘m Paul Short. All the football players are walking toward me. Here‘s George
Small, the halfback. Good morning, George.
George Small：Good morning. Are you a reporter?
Paul Short：Yes. I‘m from Channel 4. Please tell our audience what you thought about the game in Boston.
George Small：Well, it was just awful. We lost. The score was 4 to 44. But it wasn‘t my fault.
Paul Short：Whose fault was it?
George Small：The forwards.
Paul Short：The forwards?
George Small：Yes, the forwards. They were always falling down or dropping the ball! I think the other team
bought them some beer before the match!
D. Little poem
Good morning to all.
Good morning to all who walk,
Good morning to all who crawl,
Good morning to all who soar,
Or swim, good morning I call.
To broad and to small, to short and to tall,
Good morning, good morning to all.
元音区别 D
英语/C/变为美语/A/。
(British/C/ is changing to/A/ in American English.)
RP GA
1. cot /kCt/ /kAt/
2. clock /klCk/ /klAk/
3. shop /NCp/ /NAp/
4. box /bCks/ /bAks/
5. not /nCt/ /nAt/
6. hot /hCt/ /hAt/
14
A.Read the following words, while paying attention to the different pronunciation of /A/.
what want wash watch
bottle romise shop job
hot top college pot
B.Passage
―I want an Orange Squash. I‘m hot. And tell me the time, because my watch has stopped,‖ John said while
wiggling his wrist.
―It‘s one o‘clock,‖ replied Tom. ―And there‘s noOrange Squash. All we have in the cupboard is a cough drop.‖
―I suppose they‘re quality cough drops, then?‖
―What a lot of rot you talk!‖
C.Dialogue
Voice A：What‘s the matter, Mr. Block?
Mr. Block：What‘s the matter? I want a break from this horrible job of washing socks!
Voice B：Buy a bottle of Starwash, Mr. Block.
Voice C：Starwash does the job.
Voice D：But it‘s not a hard job with Starwash.
Voice A：You don‘t need lots of hot water with Starwash.
Voice B：Star washing the modern way―with Starwash.
Voice C：Starwash is marvelous for all your washable clothes.
Everybody：Starwash is so popular!
Voice C：Next time you shop, pick up a bottle of Starwash.
D. Little poem
Froggy-boggy sat on a rock.
Froggy-boggy had a great shock.
Froggy-boggy fell off the top.
Into the pond he fell with a plop.
元音区别 E
英语/K/、/D/在美语中不再区分，读为/D/。 (British/K/、
/D/ are not distinguished in American English.) The main
features in pronouncing the sound of /D/ are：
1. Hold the front part of your tongue low in your mouth.
2. Touch the lower front teeth lightly with the tip of your tongue.
3. Lower your jaw and open your lips slightly.
4. Raise the center part of your tongue toward the roof (hard palate)of your mouth (but not touch it).
5. Native speakers often use this sound when they are hesitating. It is usually written ―uh‖.
RP GA
1. but /bKt/ /bDt/
2. touch /tKtN/ /tDtN/
3. love /lKv/ /lDv/
4. blood /blKd/ /blDd/
Now practice the sound in words. Listen and repeat each word twice.
1. up /Dp/ up
15
2. love /lDv/ love
3. cut /kDt/ cut
4. another /DnDMDr/ another
5. above /DbDv/ above
6. bus /bDs/ bus
7. nut /nDt/ nut
8. sun /sDn/ sun
9. bun /bDn/ bun
10. cup /kDp/ cup
元音区别 F
美语/e/的读法较英语/G/的口型向两侧分得略大一点。
(The mouth opens louder than British English when /G/ is pronounced in American English/e/)
1. many 2. bet 3. guest 4. bread 5. said 6. friend
The main features in pronouncing the sound /G/：
1. Hold your tongue in the same position as for /ei/, but a little lower in your mouth.
2. Place the sides of your tongue against the upper back teeth, but do not press. The muscles of your tongue should
be lax.
3. Open your lips slightly more than for /ei/.
4. Your jaw and tongue do not move as you make this short vowel sound.
5. Place your thumb underneath your chin. You should feel no tense muscles; the muscles are relaxed.
A.Now practice the sound in words.

1. egg /GE/ egg
2. guess /EGs/ guess
3. neck /nGk/ neck
4. red /rGd/ red
5. let /lGt/ let
B.Now practice the sound in sentences . Listen and repeat .
1. edge Is it theedge of the chair?
2. Ed Can you findEd in the office?
3. less Do you want less in the shirt?
4. bet Who‘s taking thebet tomorrow?
5. debt We‘re talking about mydebt.
6. pest Thepest is all over me.
7. test Thetest is pretty good.
8. sell I would like tosell my boat.
9. pen His pen is awful, isn‘t it?
10. pepper Thepepper was passed around to all of us.
☆· 辅音区别精讲 ·☆
辅音区别 A
American T
字母 T 可出现在单词的词首、词中和词尾三个部位。其中在词首与词尾时的发音技巧与英式英语相同，而
在词中时，英国人的读法和词首、词尾一致，美国人却有两种读法。
16
(The letter T can appear at initial, medial and final of words. When it appears at intial or final, the way of
pronunciation is the same to British English. But when it appears at medial, the British pronunciation is consistency ,
while American English has two kinds of pronunciations.)
● Part One Flap [t] 听辨及跟读练习
Flap /t/.
由舌尖弹动发出的弹舌音, 听起来像一个非常轻的[d]。
(It sounds like a slight /d/).
如：better noted city little citizen patio putting
A.Read the words, while paying attention to the pronunciation of /t/ (= /d/).
city forty butter
water dirty matter
writer better Betty
/t/ /d/
Italian Italy
attack attic
atomic atom
photography photograph
B.Tongue twisters
Betty bought a bit of butter, ―But‖ said she ―this butter is bitter.If I put it in my batter,it will make my batter
bitter‖ So, She bought some better butter, better than the bitter butter, and it made her bitter batter better.
C.Dialogue
A：I‘m taking a course at a technical college.
B：Who‘s your teacher? A：
Mr. Tom Atkings.
B：But I thought, Mr. Tom Atkings taught at Harvard. A
：He taught there last term.
B：I see. A：I‘m the daughter. And I have two brothers. B：
I‘ll write it down.
A：And then there‘s Dennis, Doctor. B：
Dennis?
A：Dennis is the dog. B：
Oh, the dog.
A：That‘s D-E-N-N-I-S, Dennis, Doctor. B：
Dennis —Yes. I got it.
● Part Two 鼻腔爆破听辨及跟读练习
鼻腔爆破 Nasal Plosive 由舌前端在上齿根部闭气，软颚放低，发出鼻辅音[n]的瞬间，气流突然从鼻

腔冲出，形成鼻腔爆破。如：button written curtain eaten important Latin
The main features in pronouncing the sound of /n/ are：
1. Place the tip of your tongue firmly against the alveolar ridge.
2. Keep your tongue rather wide to prevent air from coming out your mouth. Air will then go up through your
nasal passage.
A.Now practice the sound in words. Notice the phonetic spelling. Listen and repeat each
word twice .
17
1. mutton /mKtn/ mutton
2. written /riti/ /ritn/ written
3. curtain /kDtin/ /kGrtn/ curtain
4. certain /sDtin/ /sGrtn/ certain
5. eaten /itin/ /itn/ eaten
6. button /bKtDn/ /bKtn/ button
B.Practice the sound in sentences.
1. bitten I was bitten by the dog.
2. mitten Where‘s mymittens?
3. Latin It‘s a Latin word.
4. gotten I havegotten it yesterday.
5. lighten The flowers will lighten the room.
6. rotten Throw therotten fish away.
7. cotton The cloth is made ofcotton.
辅音区别 B
clear L 与 dark
●Part One Clear L 听辨及跟读练习
Clear L：舌尖抵在上齿根部，再自然落下，发出类似汉语“了”的音。如：
light let lip local lake lamp
The main features in pronouncing the sound of clear /l/：
1. Place the tip of your tongue against your upper gum ridge.
2. As you make the sound, air flows out over the sides of your tongue. Your vocal cords vibrate.
A.Phrases and single sentences
a lovely girl All is well. Let her alone.
to tell a lie late at night Did he leave?
little by little to live well to talk loud
Is Della telling us a lie?
Laura left a little after eleven.
All love letters belong to loose Louise.
Would you like to look at the lake where Larry Lotter was eaten for lunch?
Where shall we meet for lunch?
A little boy just fell into the lake.
B.Sound drill
W：Please listen and repeat：
Fall—ill—milk—tell—call—cold—
He called the milkman.
Now listen. Don‘t speak.
You quite like your food and drink cold but nobody else does. W：
Do you want this coffee? It‘s cold.
M：Yes, I‘ll have cold coffee.
W：Now you do the same：Yes, I‘ll have cold coffee. Ready? W
：Do you want this coffee? It‘s cold.
M：Yes, I‘ll have cold coffee.
W：And does anybody want some cold tea? M：
Yes, I‘ll have cold tea.
W：And I‘ve got some cold soup. Cold soup, anybody?
18
M：Yes, I‘ll have cold soup.
W：And would you like some cold milk? M：
Yes, I‘ll have cold milk.
W：And I‘ve got some cold meat here too. Anybody? M：
Yes, I‘ll have cold meat.
W：And does anybody want some cold potatoes?
M：Yes, I‘ll have cold potatoes.
C.Conversation
A：Oh, Lucy, you‘re so lucky, you are the only one who got rise in pay!
B：Well, it‘s not lucky, it‘s my ability.
A：I like the way you‘re talking, I hope the people who work for me are all like you.
●Part Two Dark L 听辨及跟读练习
Dark L：
舌尖抵在上齿根部，但不落下，气流从舌边涌出，声带震动发/D/,舌位如图所示。
如：ball talk fail feel ill wolf
Dark L is the hard factor for Chinese English speakers all the time.
The crucial point is the function of the tongue. As is shown in the illustration, the tip of the tongue is against
alveolar.
The main features in pronouncing Dark L are：
2. As you make the sound, air flows out over the sides of your tongue. Your vocal cords vibrate.
Example：
⑴ all ⑵ bill ⑶ Carl ⑷ doll ⑸ else ⑹ feel ⑺ Gail ⑻ hell
word twice .
1. kill / kill/ kill 4. pail /pail/ pail
2. school /skul/ school 5. boil /bCil/ boil
3. soul /sDul/ soul 6. tool /tul/ tool
B.Tongue twisters
Bill had a billboard.
Bill also had a board bill.
The board bill bored Bill.
So Bill sold the billboard to pay his board bill.
And the board bill no longer bored Bill.
● Part Three 单词中不同位置 L 的听辨及跟读练习
字母 L 出现在单词的词首、词中、词尾时的发音：
⑴ 字母 L 单独或以辅音连缀的形式出现在单词的词首时，发 clear L。如：fly play blame climb。
⑵ 字母 L 单独或以双写形式出现在单词的词中时，英国人只发一个 clear L。而美国人则先发一个 dark L，
再发一个 clear L。如：feeling alive million dollar。
⑶ 字母 L 出现在单词的词尾或辅音前面时，英美人都发 dark L。如：feel bell felt belt。
A.Practice the sound /l/ as in “like” in several different positions. Listen and repeat these
words.
/l/ in initial position
1. look 4. lunch 7. laugh 10. loud
19
2. labor 5. legal 8. lecture 11. lover
3. license 6. lawyer 9. leader 12. literature
/l/ in medial position
1. alive 4. alarm 7. believe 10. dollar
2. college 5. family 8. polite 11. toilet
3. realize 6. island 9. popular 12. intelligent
/l/ in final position
1. all 4. pool 7. small 10. well
2. heel 5. dial 8. female 11. April
3. annual 6. install 9. control 12. schedule
辅音区别 C
/hw/的读法
辅音连缀 wh, 英国人读/w/，美国人读/hw/。但在字母 o 前，都读/h/。
The main features in pronouncing the sound of /hw/：
Make the motions for the unvoiced /h/. Then follow immediately with the motions for the voiced/w/.
Purse your lips forward, making an opening small enough for only a straw. Blow air through your lips, and voice
the second part of the combination：/hw/.
Initial：
RP GA
1. what /wCt/ /hwAt/
2. where /wGr/ /hwGr/
3. which /w0tN/ /hw0tN/
4. who /hU：/ /hU/
Medial：somewhere, bobwhite, meanwhile, overwhelm, wholewheat
Now practice the sound of /hw/ in sentences .
The bobwhite whistled somewhere in the wheat.
He only heard a wheel creak and whine.
The man with the whip whistled through his whiskers.
The wheel came off somewhere with a whirling sound.
Why does he whine and whimper everywhere?
Who‘s whipping the white horse? Chasing the white whale?
20
SECTION TWO
Be Aware
学习内容
1. 中国学生的语音难点。
2. 几种通用国际音标及韦伯词典音标标注体系。
学习目标
1. 认识中国学生在发音中存在的几个普遍性的难点问题。
2. 当今世界上有数种流行的国际音标，这给很多中国学生的英语学习，尤其是一些工具书的使用带来
了很多不便，因此有必要简单地介绍几种通用的国际音标给大家认识。另外本书以讲美音为主，因此
要求大家要熟练掌握 K.K.音标。
学习方法
1. 本章列举了一些中国学生在发音上存在的普遍性的难点，以期引起学习者注意。
2. 掌握这些难点的关键在于下工夫去练，后面关于单音的章节中含有更丰富的练习，希望大家在后面
的学习过程中给予充分的重视，攻克这些所谓的难点问题。
21
LESSON 3 中国学生的语音难点
THE DIFFICULTIES OFCHINESE STUDENTS LEARNING PRONUNCIATION
●Part One th 字母组合
存在问题和解决办法和“th”字母组合相应的一组清浊辅音是[L]与[M]，它们的共同特点是把舌尖含在上下齿之
间。而汉语中几
乎没有这样的发音方式，因此在发音习惯上给中国学生带来了难度。 “th”
is always pronounced as /L/ and /M/.
Their common pronouncing features are：
1. Lightly place your tongue tip between your upper and lower front teeth (not between your lips).
2. Your upper teeth rest on your tongue, lightly.
3. Produce the sound by forcing air out through the narrow opening between your teeth and tongue.
4. Your vocal cords do not vibrate.
5. Hold your hand in front of your lips to feel the flow of air as you hear it.
通过熟练练习绕口令来改变发音习惯，培养对字母组合 th 的发音敏感。不要小看这一句话，真正把它练熟，
读起来快速流利不出错误，是有相当难度的。
To change the pronouncing habit by practicing tongue twisters.
1. There are 3,333 features on that thrush‘s throat.
2. They think that these things are better than those as the thicker things are better than thin things.
A.Now practice these sounds in words. Notice the phonetic spelling. Listen and repeat
each word twice.
1. thumb /LKm/ thumb
2. author /CLD/ author
3. path /pA:L/ path
4. math /m$L/ math
5. another /DnKMD/ another
6. smooth /smuM/ smooth
7. bathe /bA:M/ bathe
8. clothe /klDuM/ clothe
B.Practice the contrast：/L/ as in “thin‟‟ with /t/ as in “ten”.
Some students confuse /L/ as in “thin”with /t/ as in “ten”. When you pronounce /L/ , air flows out without
stopping. When you pronounce /t/, the air stops, then escapes with a puff.
⑴ Practice these contrasting sounds. Listen and repeat each word pair.
/t/ /L/ /t/ /L/
1. taught thought 5. tent tenth
2. team theme 6. debt death
3. tin thin 7. boot booth
4. tank thank 8. mat math
⑵ Now practice the contrasting sounds in sentence pairs. The first sentence of each pair has the sound / t /,
and the second has the sound /L/. Listen and repeat.
1. a. taught Hetaught a lot last night.
b. thought Hethought a lot last night.
2. a. team I need a team for my school.
b. theme I need a theme for my school.
3. a. tin Do you like it when it‘s tin?
b. thin Do you like it when it‘s thin?
4. a. tank She said ―tank‖.
22
b. thank She said ―thank‖.
5. a. tent It‘s mytent.
b. tenth It‘s mytenth.
6. a. debt It‘s his debt I‘m worried about.
b. death It‘s his death I‘m worried about.
7. a. boot She has myboot.
b. booth She has mybooth.
8. a. mat He said his mat is hard.
b. math He said his math is hard.
C.Practice the contrast：/M/ as in “the” with /d/ as in “day” .
Some students confuse /M/ as in “the” with /d/ as in “day”. When you pronounce /M/, the air flows out
without stopping. When you pronounce/d/, the air stops, then escapes with a puff.
/d/ /M/ /d/ /M/
1. day they 5. ladder lather
2. doze those 6. loading loathing
3. dough though 7. word worth
4. dare there 8. sued soothe
⑵ Now practice the contrasting sounds in sentence pairs. The first sentence of each pair has the sound /d/, and
the second has the sound /L/. Listen and repeat.
1. a. day Will day ever come?
b. they Will they ever come?
2. a. doze It‘s not fair todoze in class.
b. those It‘s not fair tothose in class.
3. a. dough Can you spell ―dough‖?
b. though Can you spell ―though‖?
4. a. ladder Look at theladder.
b. lather Look at thelather.
5. a. loading He was loading it.
b. loathing He was loathing it.
6. a. word Who said “word”?
b. worth Who said “worth”?
7. a. sued Wesued him.
b. soothe Wesoothe him.
●Part Two w、v 的区分
存在问题和解决办法汉语中，尤其是北方话中，[w]与[v]经常混在一起，中国人很少注意这两个音的区别问题(注：
标准普通话中，
/v/是错误发音)。而英语中，这两个音是截然分开的。一个是半元音，发音时首先双唇收圆，然后可以随后面元
音的不同而过渡到不同的口形；一个是摩擦音，发音时上齿接触下唇，气流通过时产生摩擦，无论同什么样的元
音组合，首先都能听到明显的摩擦。
(In Chinese, especially in Northern Dialect, /w/ and/v/ are often mixed up. Few people pay attention to the
distinction of these two sounds. But in English, these two sounds are completely different. /w/ is a semi-vowel ; however,
/v/ is a fricative.)
The pronouncing features of/w/ are：
1. This sound is always followed by a vowel sound. As you say /w/, your tongue and lips shape the vowel sound
that follows.
23
2. Raise the back of your tongue up toward the roof of your mouth (soft palate), but do not touch it.
3. Round your lips, push them out, and relax them as you let air flow out through your lips.
4. Your vocal cords should vibrate.
The pronouncing features of /v/ are：
1. Press the lower lip against the upper teeth allowing the air to force its way out between them.
2. When saying /v /, we feel the lower lips vibrate.
这两个音中国学生一般都会发，从技巧上并没有难度。注意它们在口形和发音方式上的区别，并记住单词里
发这两个音的字母分别为 w 和 v，在朗读时留意一下即可。
⑴ wet ⑵ wary ⑶ Wow
vet very vow
Tongue twisters
1. Wyvel worried the West would get a wave of Stonewalling.
2. Will Wall Street‘s rewards waneif workers wield power?
A.Now practice the sound in words. Note the phonetic spelling. Listen and repeat each
word twice.
1. wife /waif/ wife
2. wait /weit/ wait
3. week /wi：k/ week
4. when /wen/ when
5. vest /vest/ vest
6. vine /vain/ vine
7. view /vju/ view
8. van /vAn/ van
B.Practice the contrast：/w/ as in “walk” with / v/ as in “voice” .
Some students confuse /w/ as in “walk” with /v/ as in “voice”. When you pronounce /v/, touch your upper
teeth with the inner part of your lower lip. Do not touch your teeth with your lip when you say/w/.
⑴ Listen and repeat each word pair.
1. west vest 5. we “v”
2. wine vine 6. wet vet
3. worse verse 7. wheel veal
4. wail veil 8. while vile
⑵ The first sentence of each pair has the sound /w/. The second sentence has the sound /v/. Listen and repeat.
1. a. west I like theWest, don‘t you?
b. vest I like thevest, don‘t you?
2. a. wine She thinks it‘s a nice wine.
b. vine She thinks it‘s a nicevine.
3. a. worse Is it worse?
b. verse Is it verse?
4. a. wail It was a long wail.
b. veil It was a longveil.
5. a. we He said ―we‖, didn‘t he?
b. ―v‖ He said ―v‖, didn‘t he?
6. a. wet I‘m sure she said “wet”.
b. vet I‘m sure she said “vet”.
7. a. wheel Take the wheel before you go.
b. veal Take theveal before you go.
8. a. while Who said it was “while”?
b. vile Who said it was “vile”?
24
● Part three 字母 r 在词首时的正确发音
存在问题和解决办法
发在词首的字母 r 也是中国人发音的一大难点。主要也是因为发音习惯的不同。中国人在很多情况下把它发
为类似汉语的“日” 。而在英语中字母 r 是不会这样发音的。（附口形舌位图）
(The letter r at the beginning of a word is also very difficult for Chinese English speakers. The principal reason lies
in the difference of pronunciation habits. In most cases, the Chinese like to pronounce it as“日”in Chinese. However the
letter r is never pronounced like this.）
The general features in pronouncing / r/ are：
⑴ Raise the tip of your tongue towards the upper gum ridge, but do not touch it. The tip of your tongue should not
touch anything.
⑵ Press the sides of your tongue against your upper back teeth. (Your tongue should be tense.)
⑶ Lips are slightly open. (They may be slightly rounded or pushed out.)
⑷ As you make the sound, air should flow out over the tip of your tongue.
⑸ Your vocal cords vibrate.
Example：
ran red write around tomorrow are
Tongue twisters：
Robert Rally rolled a round roll around the round road.
Reading bells ring rapidly and reeds rustle around rivers.
word twice .
1. red /red/ red
2. write /wrait/ write
3. arrive /D‘raiv/ arrive
4. borrow /bCrDu/ borrow
5. car /kA:/ car
6. far /fA:/ far
B.Practice the contrast ：/r/ as in “red” with /l/ as in “like” .
Some students confuse / r / with / l /. Remember that / l / is made by placing your tongue tip on the upper gum
ridge. You make / r / with the tongue tip pointing toward the gum ridge but not touching it.
/r/ /l/ /r/ /l/
1. rock lock 6. wrong long
2. race lace 7. correct collect
3. red lead 8. pirate pilot
4. road load 9. fry fly
5. right light 10. crown clown
⑵ Now practice the contrasting sounds in sentence pairs. The first sentence of each pair has the sound
/r/, and the second has the sound /r/. Listen and repeat.
1. a. rock He has a rock on his desk.
b. lock He has a lock on his desk.
2. a. race Did you see therace?
b. lace Did you see thelace?
3. a. red Is that a red pencil?
b. lead Is that a lead pencil?
4. a. road Whichroad should I take?
25
b. load Whichload should I take?
5. a. right Give me theright one now.
b. light Give me thelight one now.
6. a. wrong She said it was the wrong one.
b. long She said it was thelong one.
7. a. correct Can youcorrect them?
b. collect Can youcollect them?
8. a. pirate The story‘s about a pirate.
b. pilot The story‘s about a pilot.
9. a. fry He wanted tofry them.
b. fly He wanted tofly them.
10. a. crown Where did you find thecrown?
b clown Where did you find theclown?
●Part Four [au] 的发音困难
存在问题和解决办法这个音发起来挺难的，很多学生会把这个音同元音/A/相混，或者用汉
语 ao 取代。
It‘s very difficult for some people to pronounce the sound /au/. Many students may confuse it with /A/,or replace it
by Chinese ao(奥).
The main features in pronouncing /au/ are：
⑴ Thefirst part of this sound is similar to /A/ as in“not”.
⑵ Hold your tongue low in your mouth.
⑶ Touch the lower front teeth lightly with the tip of the tongue.
⑷ As you begin to say this long sound, open your lips and lower your jaw.
⑸ To complete the sound, move the back part of your tongue toward the roof (soft palate) of your mouth (but do
not touch it). Raise your jaw and round your lips.
Example：owl now loud out sound flower mouse towel
Tongue twisters：Ronald Reynolds rolled a round roll around a round room.
A round roll Ronald Reynolds rolled around a round room.
If Ronald Reynolds rolled a round roll around a round room,
Where‘s the round roll Ronald Reynolds rolled around the round room?
word twice.
1. out /aut/ out 5. dot /dCt/ dot
2. pound /paud/ pound 6. far /fa:/ far
3. doubt /daut/ doubt 7. how /hau/ how
4. pond /pand/ pond 8. brown /braun/ brown
B.Contrast /au/ and /A/.
Students do not usually have a problem pronouncing the sound /au/ as in “now”. However, they may confuse it
with /A/ as in “not”.
⑴ Practice these contrasting words. Listen and repeat each word pair.
/ au/ /A/ / au/ /A/
1. ow ah 6. spout spot
2. pound pond 7. down Don
3. town Tom 8. found fond
4. doubt dot 9. browns bronze
5. shout shot 10. scouts Scots
26
⑵ Now practice the contrasting sounds in sentence pairs. The first sentence of each pair has the sound / au/,
and the second has the sound /A/. Listen and repeat.
1. a. ow Did she say ―ow‖?
b. ah Did she say ―ah‖?
2. a. shout Ashout came from the back.
b. shot Ashot came from the back.
3. a. scouts All scouts know this song.
b. Scots All Scots know this song.
4. a. doubt Idoubt it every time.
b. dot Idot it every time.
5. a. spout Did you see thespout on the sink?
b. spot Did yousee thespot on the sink?
6. a. pound The dog is in thepound.
b. pond The dog is in thepond.
7. a. down Did you call down from upstairs?
b. Don Did you call Don from upstairs?
8. a. found He said the word is “found”.
b. fond He said the word is “fond”.
9. a. town I went totown last night.
b. Tom I went toTom last night.
10. a. browns I‘d like them inbrowns.
b. bronze I‘d like them inbronze.
● Part Five [h] 的发音困难
同汉语拼音的 h 相比较，/h/是清辅音。有的同学经常会把/h/音发成类似汉语“喝”的音。
The sound of/h/ is voiceless consonant, which is contrasting to Chinese Pinyin /h/. Some students are likely to
pronounce it like“喝”as in Chinese.
The main features in pronouncing /h/ are：
1. This sound is always followed by a vowel sound. As you say /h/, you breathe out, and your tongue and lips shape
the vowel sound that follows.
2. Lower your jaw slightly, and let your tongue rest in a relaxed position.
3. Force air out of your throat, through open lips. (It sounds like a whisper of air).
4. Your vocal cords do not vibrate.
Example：he how who ahead perhaps
Tongue twisters：Hundreds of horses‘ hard hoofs hit the hard high road.
Hal bade Hans eat his own hot ham, so his own hot ham Hans ate.
word twice.
1. whom /h?:m/ whom 4. have /h$v/ have
2. home /hDum/ home 5. inhale /inheil/ inhale
3. hole /hDul/ hole 6. rehearse /rehGrs/ rehearse
B.Practice the Contrast：Words with initial /h/ as in “house” and words without /h/. Some
students leave out the sound /h/ when it appears at the beginning of a word.
⑴ Listen and repeat each word pair.
without with without with
/h/ /h/ /h/ /h/
27
1. art heart 5. I high
2. eat heat 6. arm harm
3. air hair 7. it hit
4. ate hate 8. owl howl
⑵ The second sentence of each pair has the sound /h/. Listen and repeat.
1. a. art It‘s myart I‘m worried about.
b. heart It‘s myheart I‘m worried about.
2. a. eat Did youeat it right away?
b. heat Did youheat it right away?
3. a. air I can tell it‘s in theair.
b. hair I can tell it‘s in thehair.
4. a. I Who said it was I?
b. high Who said it was high?
5. a. arm Did youarm the man?
b. harm Did youharm the man?
6. a. it We didn‘t think it was it.
b. hit We didn‘t think it was hit.
● Part Six [H] 的发音困难
[H]的问题：英语中鼻音[H]不会出现在单词词首，而像我国山西、四川等地的方言中，[H]是可以在词首发音
的。同时在中国学生发[H]音时，经常使用汉语拼音的 eng。
The main features in pronouncing /H/ are：
1. Note that in English, this sound does not occur at the beginning of words.
2. Raise the back of your tongue so that it touches and presses against the roof of your mouth (soft palate). This
stops the air from flowing out of the mouth.
3. Produce the sound by letting airflow out through your nose.
Example：singer anger ink bangle singing sing ring
word twice.
1. ink /ink/ ink
2. thank /L$Hk/ thank
3. single /siHEl/ single
4. singer /siHD/ singer
5. sing /siH/ sing
6. king /kiH/ king
B.Practice the contrast：/H/ as in “king” /n/ as in “no”, and /Hk/ as in “bank”.
Some students may confuse the sounds /H/, /n/ and /Hk/, when they occur in the final position.
⑴ Listen and repeat each group of words.
/n/ /Hk/ /H/
1. ban bank bang
2. sin sink sing
3. Min mink Ming
4. tan tank tang
5. win wink wing
6. ran rank rang
28
⑵ The first sentence of each group has a final /n/ sound. The second sentence has a final /Hk/, and the third
has a final/ N /. Listen and repeat.
1. a. ban I heard about theban.
b. bank I heard about thebank.
c. bang I heard about thebang.
2. a. Min We all thought it was Min.
b. mink We all thought it was Mink.
c. Ming We all thought it was Ming.
3. a. tan He likes that tan.
b. tank He likes that tank.
c. tang He likes that tang.
4. a. win She said it‘s a win.
b. wink She said it‘s a wink.
c. wing She said it‘s a wing.
5. a. ran Did you say weran?
b. rank Did you say werank?
c. rang Did you say werang?
●Part Seven /l/ and /n/ 的混淆问题
存在问题和解决方法
[l]是舌边音，气流从口腔而不是鼻腔流过。相反，发[n]音时，气流走的是鼻腔。另外这两个音发音时舌头
虽然都抵上颚，但[l]接触很快，很轻，而[n]要紧抵住不放。
/l/ is lateral, with the air to be passed through from oral cavity, but not the nasal cavity. On the contrary, when
pronouncing/n/ the air is forced through the nose. Secondly, even though the tongue would touch the alveolar when/l /
and/ n / are being pronounced, it‘s different. It‘s quick and slightly of/l/, but constantly of/n/.
The main features in pronouncing /l / are：
2. As you make the sound, air flows out over the sides of your tongue.
3. Your vocal cords vibrate.
The main features in pronouncing /n/ are：
1. Place the tip of your tongue on your upper gum ridge, lightly but firmly. The back part of the tongue closes off
the passage of air through the mouth.
2. Produce the sound by letting air flow out through your nose.
A. Practice the sound in words. Notice the phonetic spelling. Listen and repeat
each word twice.
1. no /nDu/ no
2. not /nCt/ not
3. dinner /dinC/ dinner
4. funny /fKni/ funny
5. brain /brein/ brain
6. low /lCu/ low
7. lot /lCt/ lot
8. dealer /dilD/ dealer
9. fully /fuli/ fully
10. blame /bleim/ lame
B.Practice the contrast：/ l / and / n/.
29
1. a. dinner Where is thedinner?
b. dealer Where is thedealer?
2. a. funny Is that boy veryfunny?
b. fully Is that boy veryfully?
3. a. knock Did youknock the door?
b. lock Did youlock the door?
4. a. no There is no tree on the street.
b. low There is a lowtree on the street.
5. a. light I can not see thelight.
b. night I can not see thenight.
6. a. lay Did she say ―lay‖?
b. nay Did she say ―nay‖?
●Part Eight 语音音素表
k.k.音标是国际通行的用来标识英语的符号，常用于朗文及牛津字典，因此识记 k.k.音标对大家学习美语很
有帮助，k.k.音标主要在元音音素字体以及部分卷音的标法上同 Daniel Jones 的音标有些不同。
元音 [i] [0] [G] [$] [K] [ar] [a] [C] [?] [u][Q] [D] [e] [a0] [C0] [o] [a?] [0r] [Gr] [?r]
辅音 [p] [b] [t] [d] [k] [E] [tN] [dI] [f] [v] [L] [M] [s] [z] [N] [I] [h] [m] [n] [H] [l] [r] [j] [w] [ts] [dz] [tr] [dr]
30
UNIT TWO : 元音
VOWELS
SECTION ONE
An Overview of the Vowels
SECTION TWO
Vowel Sound
SECTION ONE
An Overiew of the Vowels
美语中元音音素主要有十四个，本章除按照上一章元音分类的方法并以表格的形式将其分为前、中、后元音
外，还把美语中元音加 r，既所谓卷舌音的几种情况一并列出。这些音素的具体读法及练习见下一章。
美语中元音不再有长、短元音之分，既元音的发音长度不再受音长本身的影响。本章将在影响元音发音长度
的音节末辅音和重音两方面讨论元音在单词及短语和句子中的发音长度问题。
了解美语中元音的分类及其发音长度问题，对于掌握正确的美语发音及单词的拼写规律很有帮助。同时也为
下一章具体的元音音素的学习打下基础。
学习内容
1. 美语元音概述。
2. 元音发音的长度。
学习目标
1. 掌握美语中元音的分类。
2. 了解影响元音发音长度的因素。
学习方法
本章属了解性内容，作一般性了解即可。
31
LESSON 4 元音概述
OVERVIEW：ALL THE VOWELS
美语中常见的元音音素及其分类情况
Front vowels Central Back Vowels

[i] [l] [?] [u]
Tongue high
Key in good do
[e] [G] [E] [o]
Tongue mid
day egg bus know
[$] [a] [C]
Tongue low
bad odd law
[a?] [a0] [C0]
Diphthongs
now my boy
美语卷舌元音
元音 [a] [G] [C] [0] [?] [D]

加 [r] [ar] [Gr] [Cr] [0r] [?r] [Dr]
car hair door here pour bird
Vowel letters（元音字母）
元音字母是构成音节的核心字母，常见于音节中的元音字母为 A、E、I、O、U 等五个元音。而字母 Y 既
可以做元音用又可以做辅音用。
1. A /e/ tape 3. I /a0/ my 5. U /u/ few
2. E /i/ be 4. O /o/ no 6. Y /a0/ style
● 听辨练习
Listen and repeat.

1． on top
2． in the middle
3． at the back 4
． along the wall
5． under the bus
6． ahead of Ed 7
． good cookies 8
． thirty birds
9． One, two, buckle my shoe.
10． Hello, Joe, what did you know? 11
． How now, Brown cow?
12． Jump for joy, a baby boy! 13
． Way up high in the sky.
14． A cup oftea for you and me．
15． They sailed away for a year and a day．
32
LESSON 5 元音的长度
THE LENGTH OF VOWELS
元音发音长度的影响因素影响元音发音长度的因素很多也很复杂，这里就两个较明显的因素进行
介绍：
1. 元音的发音长度受音节末辅音的影响，浊辅音（相对于清辅音）使它前面的元音发音长一些。
2. 元音的发音长度还受重音的影响，重读音节（相对于非重读音节）中的元音发音长些。
●Part One 听辨练习
比较两类音节末辅音前面的元音的发音长度
a b a b a b
1. did bit 2. need neat 3. Bill built
bed bet made late well help
good foot side right four fork
Bud but food suit far march
had hat road coat Dan dance
rod not loud out bang bank
broad brought bird Burt doll golf
●Part Two 听辨练习
体会重音对元音发音长度的影响
A.Listen to these words and phrases, then repeat.
1. see sea see the sea
2. buy tie buy a tie
3. enjoy toy enjoy the toy
4. pay way pay your way
5. hold gold hold the gold
6. lose shoes lose your shoes
B.Listen to and repeat the sentences.
1． The cat is black．
2． The rat is fat． 3
． The shoe is blue．
4． The song is long．
5． The dayis gray． 6
． The pig is big．
7． The wood is good． 8
． The ice is nice．
C.Listen to and repeat the groups of words.
Ben bend bent car card cart
Bill build built star large March
33
SECTION TWO
Voewl Sounds
同英式英语一样，美式英语中绝大多数的元音音素同汉语音素发音都不一样，为去除在发音中的一些不良习
惯，如近似音取代，需要做一些必要的发音分辨练习并了解美式英语中这些音发音时相关发音器官的使用特点。
学习内容
1. 单元音
2. 双元音
3. 美语卷舌音
4. 一些元音的非重读形式
学习目标
掌握元音的发音技巧，并将之活用于单词、短语和句子中。
学习方法
1. 首先要进行听力分辨，仔细辨别每个音在美语中的发音，这对于听力较好的同学十分容易，而听力稍差
的同学，则需首先体会书中所讲的发音要领，再进行听辨练习。
2. 在听力分辨的过程中，要同时注意汉语中近似的发音同英语发音的区别。例如元音[I]，汉语中这个音并
不单独存在，大家总是用类似汉语“伊”的音来进行取代。所以 if 听起来像“衣服”，is 听起来像“易子”
。
3. 本书练习的编排符合科学的纠音程序，即先辨音，再发音。其好处是使大家不仅能迅速而正确的掌握发
音技巧，而且在听力上会有意想不到的收获。因为最基本的听力能力就是辨音能力。同时要记住，不论是听是说，
元音始终是基础，掌握了元音的正确发音，就成功了一半。
34
LESSON 6 元音[0]
THE VOWEW [0]
常见问题
1. 这个元音往往被很多中国同学发成汉语“一”及其近似音，如单词 it 被读成 eat。
2. 个别同学由于听力上区分不出[0]和[e]，还会把单词 it 发[et]。
3. 还有一些听力极差的同学把[0]听成[G]或[D]。以上问题都是听力不过关所造成的。解决办法是应该首先
从听力入手，熟悉[0]的正确发音，然后通过使用
正确的口形、舌位把音准确地发出来。
发音方法
发[0]音时，嘴唇微张，较[i]稍大一些，同时向两侧分开，舌尖轻抵下齿背, 舌前部向上抬起，比[i]稍低。
A. 词辨音
Listen, circle the corresponding number if you hear [0] in the word.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
B. 短语辨音
Write down the words you hear on the tape, then fill in the blanks below.
1. picture 5. book 9. the child
2. see a 6. my finger 10. stand
3. the middle 7. English
4. finger 8. have a good
C. 句辨音
Listen and repeat. Notice the [0] sound in the sentences.
Will he swim? I did the dishes. He is on duty.
Does she knit? I‘ m used to it. The pig is dirty.
You are kidding. I think so.
I certainly did. It smells good.
D. 附加辨音
谚语：Where there is a will, there is a way. 有志者，事竟成。
绕口令：Celia‘s kittens kicked Celia‘s chickens.
Celia seizes the kicking kittens in the kitchen.
“Quit kicking these chickens, you naughty kicking kittens,”Celia shouted.
西莉亚的小猫踢西莉亚的小鸡。西莉亚在厨房抓住踢小鸡的小猫
。 “不要踢那些小鸡，你这淘气乱踢的小猫。
”西莉亚喊到。
●Part Two 跟读练习
A.Words
词首：is，it，inch，ill，ink，initial，issue，illicit，impact，incident
词中：bit，gift，wish，disk，fish，kick，sink，zip，ship，which
35
词尾：与词尾的[0]音相对应的字母或字母组合有“y” ，“ie”
，“ee”等。如 city, coffee。词尾的[0]经常被
某些美国人发成 [i]，在本练习中，我们读作[0]，如 ability, any, casualty, monthly, weekly, taxi,
cookie, coffee, suddenly, happy, surely, slightly 。
B. Phrases
hit it listen to the radio live a sad life
go to the kitchen gofishing climb the hill
index finger fifty mirrors give up smoking
think about the matter
C.Form Sentences
like this：Bill’s sitting with his sister.
1. Bill/ his sister
2. Jim/ Chris
3. Dick/Kim
4. Mr. King/ Miss Fisher
5. The minister/ assistant
D. Dialogue
Jim：Hi, Bill.
Bill：Hi, Jim.
Jim：Where is that cool guy, Dick? I haven‘t seen him for two weeks. Bill
：He‘s been sick since he came back from Italy.
Jim：Bummer, I‘m sorry to hear that, is he better now?
Bill：Yes, Doctor William said that he could come back to work ASAP.
E.Paragraph
There‘s a holiday next week and I can‘t decide what to do. I have a lot of work to do at home, and this would
be a good chance to catch up on work. But I‘d rather not spend the holiday that way. I am not a workaholic! I can
work at home during workdays.
Last year, I went north to the mountains. Everything was beautiful, but it is too cold this time of year. And it‘s
really too far to go for a short holiday. I have decided that this is not a good time to go to the mountains. But I do
want to go someplace exciting.
Perhaps this would be a good chance to hit the beach. I like to go for walks along the seashore in the warm
sunshine and watch the tide go out. It‘s only about eighty miles and I could get there in about two hours. After
thinking it over, I‘m sure that this is a better time of year for the seashore. I guess I‘ll plan to go to the beach next
week. Thebeach is my best bet.
Oh, here is a letter for Jim. He says he is going to his house in the mountains for the holiday, and he wants me
to go with him. After giving it some more thought, I guess it wasn‘t really too cold last year, and perhaps it might
rain at the seashore and then I wouldn‘t enjoy it at all. The mountains are only 300 miles away. If I drive fast and
don‘t stop, I‘ll make it in five hours or so. I think I‘ll write Jim right now and tell him I‘ll go with him.
In truth, friends are your best bet!
Answer Key
听辨练习
A. 1. sit 2. meal 3. fill 4. kite 5. list 6. cake 7. still 8. ship 9. river 10. flight
B. 1. this 2. film 3. in 4. his 5. thin 6. with 7. little 8. trip 9. silly 10. still
跟读练习
C. 1. Bill‘s sitting with his sister. 2. Jim‘s sitting with Chris.
3. Dick is sitting with Kim. 4. Mr. King‘s sitting with Miss Fisher.
5. The minister‘s sitting with his assistant.
36
LESSON 7 元音[i]
THE VOWEL [i]
常见问题
1. 这个音非常容易同汉语里的“一”相混，注意其发音时是直接以元音起始的，而不是半元音[j]。
2. 有些同学发音时舌头用力太大，使舌前部贴到口腔顶部，以至无法将音发出。
3. 嘴唇向两侧分开很重要，上下张开幅度不宜过大。
发音方法
发[i]音时，嘴唇微微张开并向两侧分开，舌尖轻抵下齿背，舌前部向上弓起贴近口腔顶部。这个口型同微笑
的口型十分接近，这就是为什么摄影师拍照时总要说“cheese”的原因了。
A. 词辨音
Listen; circle the corresponding number if you hear/i/ in the word.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
B. 短语辨音
1. a tall 6. these_
2. number 7. white
3. within the 8 flying
4. at 9. ice _pink
5. the truth
C. 句辨音
Listen and repeat. Notice the /i/ sound in the words.
Learn to read.
Repeat the dream.
It‘ s time to eat.
They need clean some sheets.
He‘ s leaving in the evening.
She likes tea.
He‘s never seen this machine.
We meet in the street.
Seeing is believing.
The girl seems very weak.
D. 附加辨音
谚语：A friend in need is a friend indeed. 患难朋友才是真正的朋友。
绕口令：Should she sell her three sheer sheets or should she sell her teacher‘s weak sheep. If she sells these
weak sheep, then how the teacher sees her mean deeds and buy her steamed cheese. 她该卖她三条头
透明的床单还是应该卖她老师的那几只瘦羊呢？如果她卖掉了老师的那些瘦羊，她老师会怎
么看待她的行为又怎会给她买蒸过的奶酪呢。
A.Words
37
词首：eat, each, evening, ego, equal, east, easy, even, eager, ease 词中：
seat, deed, beat, lead, meat, geese, feel, please, receive, relieve 词尾：free,
key, plea, tea, trustee, see, decree, degree, he, she
B. Phrases
believeit or not complete a task come immediately a small creature
receive a message call a police deep into the sea agree with somebody
an ideal wife an evening party
C.Form Sentences
like this：We need some clean sheets.
1. in, me, please, see, three, weeks
2. evening, he‘s, in, leaving, the
3. cream, Eva, her, with, likes, tea
4. wheels, never, seen, he‘s, these
5. a, eat, lot, of, pizza, teenagers
D. Dialogue
A：Is there any meat?
B：Yes, just tinned meat.
A：Is it chicken? B：
No, it‘s beef.
A：Is it ready to eat?
B：Well, you‘d better heat it before you eat it.
E.Paragraph
From Monday to Friday most people are busy working or studying, but in the evenings and on weekends they
are free to relax and enjoy themselves. Some watch television or go to the movies. There are many different ways to
spend our spare time.
Almost everyone has some kind of hobby. It may be anything from collecting stamps to making model
airplanes. Some hobbies are very expensive, but others don‘t cost anything at all. Some collections are worth a lot
of money; others are valuable only to their owners.
I know a man who has a coin collection worth several thousand dollars. A short time ago he bought a rare
fifty-cent piece worth $250! He was very happy about his purchase and thought the price was reasonable. On the
other hand, my youngest brother collects match boxes. He has almost 600 of them but I doubt if they areworth any
money. However, to my brother they are extremely valuable. Nothing makes him happier than to find a new match
box for his collection.
That‘s what a hobby means, I guess. It is something we like to do in our spare time simply for the fun of it. The
value in dollars is not important, but the pleasure it gives us is.
Answer Key
听辨练习
A. 1. beef 2. steam 3. lick 4. cheese 5. rabbit
6. mouth 7. mean 8. stress 9. aim 10. agreement
B. 1. tree 2. three 3. reach 4. least 5. seek
6. peanuts 7. sheep 8. bee 9. cream 10. peach
跟读练习
C. 1. Please see me in three weeks.
2. He‘s leaving in the evening.
3. Eva likes her tea with cream.
4. He‘s never seen these wheels.
5. Teenagers eat a lot of pizza.
38
LESSON 8 比较[I]和[i]
CONTRASTING [I] WITH [i]
常见问题
1. 在美语中，这两个音不是以长短元音来区分的。而是以发音时嘴唇和舌尖的紧张程度来进行区分的。前
者更放松些。
2. 在听力中如何区分这两个元音，也是个难题。需要做一些有针对性的对比辨音练习。
3. 区分这两个音是非常重要的，因为口语表达中的自信感，很大程度来自于对音的准确把握。
A. 词辨音
Listen, circle the corresponding number if you hear/0/ /i/ in the word.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10
B. 短语辨音
1. a bread 6. to to a speech
2. the peach 7. look at the
3. lose a 8. a bottle of
4. a falling_ 9. send a
5. my thought 10. a way
C. 句辨音
Listen and repeat. Notice the sound /0/ /i/ in the sentences.
Did you heat the milk?
It‘s a good film, isn‘t it?
I want to buy the pink lipstick.
There is a key on the seat.
He is a teacher in this university.
My little sister cannot keep still for a minute.
The old man killed the shark at last.
Eat the meat, please.
The sheep is going to sleep.
The ship is filled with goods.
D. 附加辨音
谚语：Speech is silver, silence is gold. 雄辩是银，沉默是金。
绕口令：Three gray-green greedy geese, feeding on a weedy piece.
The piece was weedy, and the geese were greedy.
Three gray-green greedy geese. 三只灰绿色贪婪的
鹅，分享一份食物。食物是草,鹅为贪婪，
三只贪鹅。
A.Words
39
词首：ignore, industry, impact, immigrate, inhale, interact, impossible, individual, indoor, indulge, even, emend,
eaves, ecosystem, either, Egypt, eastern, eve, evil, evolution.
词中：bit, wish, disk, fish, kick, sink, zip, ship, which, people, between, beach, grief, release, mean, feet,
wreathe, wheel, needle.
词尾：body, healthy, sickly, twenty, rainy, sunny, cloudy, slippery, icy, chemistry we, be, knee, agree, oversea,
three, ski, flee, party, tree.
B. Phrases
a fish on a ship a silly pig feel weak
think highly of anything else a rich businessman
heal the heel fix the date a neat room heal the heel
C.Form sentences, using the words below.
1. he‘s/his 2. fit/feet 3. beat/bit
4. did/deed 5. hill/heel 6. sleep/slip
D. Dialogue
A：Do you see the woman? Is she a teacher?
B：Yes, she is.
A：Does she teach Chinese? B：
No, she is an English teacher.
A：And who‘s the man in the green beside her?
B：You mean the man wearing jeans? He‘s her little brother.
E.Paragraph
I believe the first thing you ought to know about American customs is how introductions are made in the
United States. A great difference between American social customs and those of other countries lies in the way in
which names are used. Most Americans don‘t like using Mr., Mrs. or Miss. They find these terms too formal. In the
United States, people of all ages may prefer to be called by their first names. For example, one may say, ―My name
is Wilson—James Wilson. Call me James.‖ ― Glad to meet you. I‘m Miller. But call me Paul.‖ ― How do you do? ‖
― How do you do? ‖Sometimes the ladies that you first meet will also say, ―Don‘t call me Mrs. Smith, just call me
Sally.‖
So, as you can see, using only first names usually indicates friendliness. Very often, introductions are made
using both first and last names; for example ―Mary Smith, this is John Jones.‖ In this situation, you are free to
decide whether to call the lady ―Mary‖ or ―Miss Smith‖. Sometimes both of you will begin a conversation using
family names, that is, surnames：Mr. Smith, Miss White, and after a while one or both of you may begin using first
names instead. Of course, foreigners who come to the States may feel uncomfortable using only first names. For
them it is quite acceptable to be more formal. You just smile and say, ―Excuse my being formal when meeting new
friends. I am accustomed to it. After a while I‘ll use first names too.‖
So, if your American friends do not use your last names or titles, that really doesn‘t mean any lack of respect.
They are used to beinginformal.
Answer Key
听辨练习
A. 1. key 2. fish 3. book 4. glass 5. fill 6. table 7. sick 8. leaf 9. head 10. ship
B. 1. keep 2. eat 3. key 4. leaf 5. read 6. listen 7. window 8. ink 9. gift 10. simple
跟读练习
C．1．He‘s doing his homework now.
2．The shoes just fit her feet.
3．Follow the beats of the music，and faster a little bit. 4．
Did you sign the deed？
5．Jerry hurt his heel when he climb the hill.
6．Marie sleeps in her new slip.
40
LESSON 9 元音[G]
THE VOWEL [G]
● Warm Up 语音课堂
常见问题
1. 这个音以及[$]和[ai]两个音，同汉语“哎”十分容易混淆。很多同学在听这几个音时上也分不清它们之间
的差异。仔细体会发音的方法，认真做一做听力分辨练习。
2. 发音时嘴型的大小要严格控制，舌尖不要过于用力前顶。发
音方法
发[G]音时，嘴唇向两侧微分，上下齿之间大约可容纳一个小指头尖的距离。舌尖轻抵下齿背，舌前部微微
弓起。
A.词辨音
Listen, circle the corresponding number if you hear /G/ in the word.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
B. 短语辨音
1. never 6. at all
2. take the 7. step by
3. a answer 8. excellent
4. get _for the wedding 9. attend a
5. your_ friend 10. the dress
C. 句辨音
Listen and repeat. Notice the /G/ sound in the sentences.
Let Jenny go to the disco.
You should go to bed ASAP.
Can I use your pen?
Ted needs a rest.
Better late than never.
Fetch the eggs from the nest.
Mend the fence when the weather is better.
Whose pen is this?
Our hotel is the best in the city.
She fell in love with the fellow she met at a film festival.
D. 附加辨音
谚语：East or west, home is best. 金窝银窝不如自己的草窝。
绕口令：If the sun in red should set, the next day surely will be wet;
If the sun should set in a gray sky, the next day will be a rainy. 太阳
下山日显红，次日必定地潮湿。太阳下山日显灰，次日无疑
会有雨。
A.Words
词首：else, end, excess, empty, anybody, entrance, energy, emphasis, edit, envy
词中：says, bread, friend, their, get, medical, many, directly, general, president
41
词尾：在英语中这个发音不出现在词尾。
B. Phrases
send a present get up at seven check your watch well done left hand make a bet tell a story win in the election a wet road
C.Form Sentences
like this：It is a heavy desk.
1. red / pencil 2. bad / belt 3. new / lesson 4. clever / cat 5. pleasant / day
D. Dialogue
Ned：Hi, Bella! Hi, Fred! Hi, Jenny!
Fred：Hi, Ned, Cigarette? Bella：
Help yourself to some drink.
Jenny：Just look at the shelf on your left. Fred：
How did you spend your holiday? Ned? Ed：I went
to Venice with one of my friend. Everybody：Wow!
Bella：We are a little jealous. Fred：How about it?
Was it expensive?
Ned：Well yes, very expensive. I spent almost everything I had.
Jenny：Did you have money left?
Ed：Yes, Jenny. Only ten cents!
E.Paragraph
There are many things to consider when you are looking for a house, whether you intend to buy or only rent.
After all, it is going to be your home, perhaps for quite a long time, and you want to be happy with it. You have to
decide exactly what kind of house you want, how much you can afford to pay, and the type of neighborhood you
wish to live in.
Last week my wife and I arranged to see a house that was for sale.
The agent said it might need a few repairs, but he thought we should look at it anyway. He told us it was a
bargain. Some bargain! The roof leaked and the plumbing didn‘t work. The front steps were broken and the back
door had no lock on it. It needed to be painted both inside and outside. It was in terrible condition.
―What do you think?‖ the agent asked.
“It isn‘t exactly what we want,”we told him.
“You are very difficult to please,”he said.“Perhaps you‘d better have your house custom built.”
Answer Key
听辨练习
A. 1. letter 2. theatre 3. eleven 4. may 5. ever 6. often 7. wink 8. desk 9. floor 10. edge
B. 1. forget 2. medicine 3. correct 4. ready 5. best 6. levels 7. step 8. memory 9. lecture 10. mend
跟读练习
C. 1. It is a red pencil.
2. It is a bad belt.
3. It is a new lesson.
4. It is clever cat.
5. It is a pleasant day.
42
LESSON 10 比较 [0] 和 [G]
CONTRASTING [0] WITH [G]
常见问题
1. 有人认为[0]的发音介于[G]与[i]之间。这种说法不知有何依据。发音时不要去想后面两个音之间有何关联，
也不要琢磨[0]是如何在两个音之间发出来的。每个音都有其发音要领，仔细体会，注意分辨。
2. 这两个音在音质上还是很有区别的，对大多数中国学生来讲，并不困难。笔者教学过程中曾遇到过分不
清这两个音的学生，但主要是自己发音上没有掌握要领，听力上并没有什么困难。
3. 元音[0]在发音时嘴唇向两侧分开的幅度较[G]略大，而后者嘴唇上下张开的幅度要稍大于前者，同时后者
舌尖前顶的力度稍小，舌前部不如[0]抬的高。
A. 词辨音
Listen, circle the corresponding number if you hear /0/ /G/ in the word.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
B. 短语辨音
Write down the words you hear on the tape, the fill in the blanks below.
1. window and 6. _show
2. table 7. _by little
3. too 8. in case
4. in the 9. weeks
5. go straight 10. post a
C. 句辨音
Listen and repeat. Notice the sound /0/ /G/ in the sentences.
There is a pencil on the desk.
He has to pay a visit to his friend.
Would you like to tell them the news?
They have to send for a doctor.
This is a red-letter day.
He has no interest in literature.
Asia is the largest continent in the world.
They didn‘t finish the task until seven o‘clock in the morning.
The gem you ordered is available now.
His endeavors to go abroad succeeded.
D. 附加辨音
谚语：All that glitters is not gold.
闪光的不都是金子。
We never know the value of water till the well is dry.
井干方知水可贵。
绕口令：Is a pleasant peasant‘s pheasant present?
是愉快的乡下人送的野鸡吗？
A.Words
43
词首：ignorance, illogical, illusion, illustrate, imagination, immature, imperfect, inaccurate, inadequate, inbred
else, ever, edge, end, elsewhere, anything, eggplant, enterprise, engineer, excess
词中：serious, wish, myth, hear, rhythm, carriage, homage, political, therapist prohibition head, bread, pet,
dead, westward, penny, clever, nest, tenth, cheque.
词尾：tidy, colloquy, commodity, warmly, lavatory, forty, poorly, scummy, utility, vacancy.
在英语中[G]这个发音不出现在词尾。
B．Phrases
met an old friend civil servant forget the examination
a bad program at a distance the western District
the Privy Council save money hit the men on the head
C．Form Sentences, using the following words.
1. live/ village 3. send /film 5. bend/wrist 7. lick/finger
2. lead/lid 4. fetch/egg 6. lick/finger
D．Dialogue
A：Morning, Mum!
B：Morning, Meg. You look not well today? Are you ill? B：
No, I am not ill.
A：Then, What‘s the matter with you my child. ? B：
Nothing.
A：Oh, come on, baby. Tell me what happened.
B：I…I failed to pass the examination. How I wish I had studied hard. A：
Oh. Take it easy. You can set your aim from today.
B：Ok, Mum. I will not fail the examination next time.
E．Paragraph
Henry W. Longfellow once wrote：―Great is the art of beginning, but greater is the art of ending.‖ How nice it
would be if we all had a god who could help us finish what we begin. Unfortunately, we don‘t. But what we do have
is a dynamic called discipline—which extracts a high price. Following one of Paderewski‘s performances, a fan said
to him, ―I‘d give my life to play like that.‖ The brilliant pianist replied, ―I did.‖
Accomplishment is often deceptive because we don‘t see the pain and perseverance that produced it. So we
may credit the achiever with brains, muscles or lucky break, and let ourselves off the hook because we fall short in
all three. Not that we could all be concert pianists just by exercising enough discipline. Rather, each of us has the
makings of success in some endeavor, but we will achieve this only if we apply our wills and work at it.
Answer Key
听辨练习
A. 1. mess 2. miss 3. bit 4.minute 5. favorite 6. question 7. tent 8. weather 9. bird 10. save
B. 1. bed 2. breakfast 3. big 4. end 5. ahead 6. quiz 7. little 8. any 9. eleven 10. letter
跟读练习
1. Jerry lives in a village.
2. Jerry will take the lead lid.
3. Jerry send the film to the cinema.
4. Jerry is coming here to fetch the eggs.
5. Jerry bends his wrist to touch the ball.
6. Jerry licks his finger to stop the pain.
44
LESSON 11 元音[e]
THE VOWEL [e]
常见问题
1. 发音时不要把嘴巴张得太大，应尽力向两侧舒展。
2. 注意其发音的饱满度，在单词、短语及句子中不要把它发得太轻。
3. 在我们熟悉的 Jones 音标中，这个音素的标识是[ei]。发音
方法
发[e]音时，嘴唇向两侧微分，舌尖轻抵下齿背，舌前部微微弓起，然后嘴唇继续向两侧分开一些，舌前部
相应抬高一些。
● Part One 听辨练习
A. 词辨音
Listen, circle the corresponding number if you hear /e/ in the word.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
B. 短语辨音
1. at the of 6. to be late
2. for 7. _a game
3. in the way 8. the plate
4. to bake a 9. became
5. pen and_ 10. at the gate
C. 句辨音
Listen and repeat. Notice the sound /e/ in the sentences.
I‘ll be back later.
He stands by the lake.
This is the main plane to Beijing.
We made a mistake in the train station.
Great changes have taken place in April.
Daisy‘s afraid of the waves.
Change the tape, please.
She does this for the sake of face saving.
He gained the silver chain at last.
There is a radio on the table.
D. 附加辨音
谚语：No pains, no gains. 不劳无获。
Call a spade a spade. 实事求是。
绕口令：James the jailer changed the jail‘s chairs and chained the chairs to the jail.
狱卒詹姆斯换了监牢的椅子并把监牢的椅子拴在了牢房上。
A.Words
词首：able, ache, aid, aim, apron, alien, eighty, agent, Asia, aviation
词中：main, straight, vein, indicate, gauge, regulation, reign, potato, administrator, raise
45
词尾：pay, stay, weigh, bouquet, array, tray, midday, hay, lay, pray
B． Phrases
raise a question engage in haste waste paper
the Labor Day get my pay a lazy waiter
pale gray take away make coffee
C．Form sentences, using the following words.
make snake shape shade neighbor
D．Dialogue
(Jane meets her classmate Jason while waiting at the train station.)
Jane：Hi, Jason, fancy meeting you here!
Jason：Hi, Jason, nice to meet you too! What are you doing here?
Jane：I‘m waiting for the train. The train is late! I‘ve been waiting here for ages. Jason：
Which train are you waiting for?
Jane：The 18：30 to Edinburgh. Jason：
I‘m afraid you‘ve made a mistake.
Jane：A mistake? But I took the train just 8 days ago.
Jason：Oh, no. The Edinburgh train leaves at 18：13.
Jane：At 18：13?
Conductor：Yes. They changed the schedule at the end of May. Jane：
Changed it?
Jason：Yes, I took the same train yesterday at 18：13. Jane：
So the train is not late. I‘m late.
E．Paragraph
“All work and no play makes Jerry a dull boy‖ is a popular saying in the United States. Other countries have
similar sayings. It is true that all of us need recreation. We cannot work all the time if we are going to maintain good
health and enjoy life.
Everyone has his own way of relaxing. Perhaps the most popular way is to participate in sports. There are
individual sports, also, such as tennis and swimming. In addition, hiking, fishing, skiing, and mountain climbing
hold a great attraction to people who like to be outdoors.
Not everyone who enjoys sporting events likes to participate in them. Many people prefer to be spectators,
either by attending the games in person, watching them on television, or listening to them on the radio. When there
is an important baseball game or boxing match it is almost impossible to get tickets; everybody wants to attend.
Chess, card-playing, dungeons and dragons, dice, mind games, pool, bowling, and dancing are cool forms of
indoor recreation enjoyed by many people.
It doesn‘t matter whether we play a fast game of ping-pong, concentrate over the bridge table, or go walking
through the woods on a brisk autumn afternoon. It is important for everyone to relax from time to time and enjoy
some form of recreation.
Answer Key
听辨练习
A. 1. first 2. today 3. praise 4. heavy 5. decade 6. fresh 7. rich 8. grace 9. dark 10. shame
B. 1. age 2. pay 3. same 4. cake 5. paper 6. hate 7. play 8. shake 9. famous 10. wait
跟读练习
C. 1. How to make it?
2. There is a big snake in the garden.
3. He‘s in good shape.
4. There are four shades of blue.
5. Tom and Jerry are close neighbors.
46
LESSON 12 比较[G]和[e]
CONTRASTING [G] WITH [e]
常见问题
这两个音在发音的饱满度上相差甚远，一般不容易被混在一起。但在美国个别地区的方言中，元音[e]听起
来象[G]音的拉长音，因此,如果在听力实战中遇到这种情况时，大家一定要留意。
● Part One 听辨练习

A. 词
辨音
Listen, circle the corresponding number if you hear /e/ /G/ in the word.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
B. 短语辨音
1. late than never 6. a gold
2. let nature its course 7. tell somebody to his
3. to some 8. dependence on
4. in 9. heavy
5. at any 10. the pace
C. 句辨音
Listen and repeat. Notice the sound /e/ /G/ in the sentences.
I will remember this red letter day.
They seldom stay at hotel during their journey.
The ship is sailing for New Delhi.
The men said he had made a model plane.
I have sent seven letter to my pen friend.
It takes him ten cents to get the painting.
He attended the examination finally.
Could you tell me the site of the West Lake?
Have you ever been to Sydney?
He has wasted seven eggs.
D. 附加辨音
谚语：Necessity is the mother of invention. 需要是发明之母。
The leopard can never change its spots. 本性难移。
绕口令：I try to do my best each day, in my work and in my play. And if I always do my best, I needn‘t worry
about my test. 每天我都在尽最大努力，无论是学习还是在嬉戏，只要我持之以恒，就不必再为
考试着急。
A.Words
词首：acorn, ail, ailment, age, ate, eight, alienation, eighteen, aching, eighthlens, lemon, menu, petrol, remedy,
second, suspense, tremor, vegetation, whenever
词中：baker, lane, name, nation, sage, sake, prevail, shaky, tailor, trace, peasant, head, pretence, record,
telegraph, impress, lessen, professional, sex, wrestle
词尾：prey, away, weigh, bray, mainstay, gay, spray, Malay, hideaway, parlay
在英语中[e]这个发音不出现在词尾。
47
B．Phrases
wrestle with a temptation guess the meaning eleven games
dead creature never late hate the fellow
came to an end a bright prospect protect one‘s right
C．Form Sentences
like this：wait for/baby
The fellow is waiting for the baby.
1. praise/test 3. guess/game 5. pay for/dress
2. weigh/bread 4. fetch/paper 6. train/pet
D．Dialogue
A：Thank you for your letter.
B：Is your waist any better?
A：Yes, I‘m feeling very well these days.
B：I‘m glad you are getting better. A：
And I was glad to receive your letter. B：
Then when will you be back again? A：I
will be back again next Wednesday.
B：I hope to see you at that time again. Bye.
A：Bye.
E．Paragraph
In the United States, during the meal, you‘d better be careful not to leave a spoon in a soup bowl or a coffee
cup or any other dish. The coffee spoon ought to be on the saucer, the soup spoon ought to be on the plate under the
bowl. When you are having soup, make the least noises and use the side of your spoon inside out this way, not the
tip. And you mustn‘t pick up your soup bowl so as to drink away the last drops of your soup from the bottom of the
bowl.
Very often there is only one main course and salad, followed by your sweet. If you find the meal not square
enough, say ― Oh, it‘s delicious!‖ and ask for some more of the chicken or steak or whatever you have just had. The
hostess will be very glad that you appreciate her cooking and will give you an extra portion. But if you observe the
Chinese way of being polite and say ― No, thank you‖ when the hostess offers you more, you will most probably
starved later. Because Americans will never press food on you. At the table, make the least noises when you are
eating. Yet it is not polite to keep silent and not to talk with the persons next to you. It would be considered good
manners if you handle your silverware with care so that they don‘t clatter. Do not belch in the presence of the others
and do not hiccup more than you can help. When coffee comes, drink it from your cup. The coffee spoon should rest
on the saucer while you‘re drinking. And smoking, of course, is rarely seen at a dinner table.
Answer Key
听辨练习
A. 1. able 2. bend 3. path 4. grove 5. grape 6. bathe 7. heaven 8. fame 9. strain 10. center
B. 1. better 2. necklace 3. take 4. face 5. extent 6. place 7. question 8. date 9. rate 10. set
跟读练习
C. 1. The fellow is praising the test.
2. The fellow is weighing the bread.
3. The fellow is guessing the game.
4. The fellow is fetching the paper.
5. The fellow is paying for the dress.
6. The fellow is training the pet.
48
LESSON 13 元音[$]
THE VOWEL [$]
常见问题
1. 这个音汉语中没有，因此中国学生发这个音时容易用“哎”的音来代替这个音。
2. 注意发音时嘴巴向两侧分开的幅度很大，舌身要尽量放平，虽然发音吃力，但不要图省力，而发不饱满。
3. 注意元素[$]与元音[G]及双元音[ei]的区别。发音方
法
发[$]音时，嘴巴张得较大，嘴唇尽量向两侧分开，舌尖轻抵齿背，舌身放平。
A. 词辨音
Listen, circle the corresponding number if you hear /$/ in the word.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
B. 短语辨音
1. as a_ of fact 6. at a price
2. on the other_ 7. a gamble
3. _production 8. climb the
4. follow the 9. hold the
5. look at a 10. a cold
C. 听句辨音
Listen and repeat. Notice the sound /A/ in the sentences.
She comes from a very happy family.
That woman is said to have married with the left hand.
Don‘t let the cat out of the bag.
She is sad to hear the fact.
Alice is in the bank.
Jack is from another land.
The man is in the black hat.
Did they carry the cash to the bank?
Pack the baggage in the back of the taxi.
The factory management reacted to union requests.
D. 附加辨音
谚语：Handsome is as handsome does. 行为美才是真正的美。
绕口令：Mary and Amy ran back together to gather the black hat and the black bag.
玛丽和埃米一起跑回去收黑帽及黑包。
A.Words
词首：am, action, aunt, as, ash, at, airplane, absolute, ambulance, apple
词中：salary, bear, factory, clash, management, facile, contract, began, catch, rank
词尾：在英语中这个发音不出现在词尾。
49
B. Phrases
a popular band a positive attitude a good appetite
a bad habit military strategy high rank
become angry a fat cat sign a contract
C.Form Sentences, using the following words.
1. Jack/happy 2. Madeline/ bag 3. black/cap 4. pass/ exam 5. taxi/fast
D. Dialogue
A：What‘s the matter, Sally? You look so unhappy.
B：I had a bad day yesterday. A：
What happened?
B：I went to the library and lost my bag.
A：Your bag? Did you get it back?
B：I went back for it. But it was already gone. A
：That‘s too bad. I‘m sorry to hear that.
E.Paragraph
It takes me a long time to make my mind about something. I don‘t decide things quickly. Some people think it
is good and some people think it is bad. I don‘t know. I know some people who make up their minds right away. It
doesn‘t matter how complicated the problem is. In two minutes they say they have considered everything and that
they are sure they have made a good decision. I can understand that if the problem isn‘t difficult or complicated. But
some issues are extremely hard to decide. Before I make a decision, I try to get all the facts I can, I read the
magazines, I talk to people, I read books, and I try to think of everything that might be important. Sometimes my
friends try to influence me. I listen to their advice, but I make my own decisions.
Sometimes it takes me a long time to make up my mind, but I don‘t often have to change it. Other people I
know are changing their minds fast. They are likely to make a decision about everything.
Answer Key
听辨练习
A. 1. classes 2. accident 3. team 4. nature 5. accent
6. other 7. fat 8. such 9. nose 10. bank
B. 1. matter 2. hand 3. mass 4. fashion 5. map
6. fancy 7. national 8. ladder 9. banner 10. catch
跟读练习
C. 1. Jack is very happy.
2. Madeline bought a bag.
3. Jerry is wearing a black cap.
4. Tom hopes that he could pass the exam.
5. The taxi is fast.
50
LESSON 14 比较[$]和[G]
CONTRASTING [$] WITH [G]
常见问题
对于中国学生来说，这两个音在汉语中的近似音都是“哎”
，因此可能造成区分上的困难。实际上这两个音
在音质上差别极大，发音时口形也相去甚远。仔细做一做听力分辨练习，注意发音时口形的区别。
A. 词辨音
Listen, circle the corresponding number if you hear /$/ /G/ in the word.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
B. 短语辨音
1. an genius 6. crucial_
2. good 7. fill out the_
3. English_ 8. better
4. out 9. wood
5. me off 10. Jenny‘s_
C. 句辨音
Listen and repeat. Notice the sound /$/ /G/ in the sentences.
There is a red flag before the square.
Could you tell me the correct method?
This one is better than that one.
The lady seems very sad.
He met a black cat on his way back.
The lady is very gentle.
This is a map of Paris.
The girl is perfecting her English before going abroad.
She is far too sentimental about her leg.
Would you like to dance with the young man?
D. 附加辨音
谚语：He who laughs last laughs best. 最后胜利才是真胜利。
绕口令：A cricket cracked his neck at a critical cricket match.
板球评论家在一场关键的板球比赛中折断了他的脖子。
A.Words
词首：elephant, elevator, every, enemy, engineer, eminent, elementary,enterprise, eloquent,end, edge, elegant
access, accident, academic, acquisition, actor, actually, addle, adult, advent, adversary.
词中：pressure, respect, seven, bet, tell, then, election, fetch, head, test,cache, habit, slant, nasty, mat, chat,
latch, detached, collapse, passion.
词尾：在英语中[A][Z] 这两个发音不出现在词尾。
B．Phrases
the digestive system technical skills natural selection
51
self defense meddle with something heaven sent
a casual glance postgraduate education carry out a project
C．Form sentences, using the following words.
1. happy 2. matter 3. festival 4. potential 5. companion 6. task
D．Dialogue
A：What are you thinking?
B：I‘m thinking where we shall spend our vocation.
A：It‘s about 7 o‘clock; let‘s have our breakfast first.
B：Ok, dear. Or, We will be late.
A：What do you want? B：
A ham salad sandwich.
A：Sorry, I didn‘t prepare this.
B：Then, I‘d like some eggs and bread for breakfast instead. A
：Ok, I‘ll have it sent to you immediately.
E．Paragraph
The mosquito is the most dangerous insect in the world, and can be shown to be man‘s oldest and deadliest
insect enemy. According to the Guinness Book of Records, the type of mosquito which carries malaria and other
diseases is believed to be responsible, directly or indirectly, for half of all human deaths since the Stone Age, if you
exclude deaths from wars and accidents. Even today, mosquitoes kill up to two million people a year worldwide,
and an estimated 600 million more are said to be at risk or threatened by the diseases they carry.
Infection is carried only by the female mosquito, which usually has to feed on blood before laying eggs. The
insect injects the victim with a substance which thins the blood, before it is sucked up through a needle-like tube on
its head. The thinning agent contains the disease, which will then be passed on to the next person by this mosquito.
And so proceeds the vicious cycle of diseaseand death.
As quickly as we develop insecticides to kill them, mosquitoes seem to be able to develop resistance to our
inventions. The same is true of efforts to develop drugs to control the diseases spread by mosquitoes. In many cases,
it takes a much shorter time for mosquitoes to develop resistance to man‘s invention of a new drug than it takes man
to develop the drug.
Answer Key
听辨练习
A. 1. fat 2. jacket 3. profession 4. sound 5. specimen
6. death 7. replace 8. react 9. tolerate 10. definite
B. 1. absolute 2. attitude 3. test 4. checks 5. drag
6. factor 7. application 8. less 9. fence 10. absent
跟读练习
C. 1. I feel happy about that!
2. It does matter.
3. Spring festival is a Chinese traditional holiday.
4. You got a lot of potential.
5. We are good companions.
6. We have to finish the task.
52
LESSON 15 元音[D]
THE VOWEL [D]
常见问题
1. 美语中，元音[K]的口形和音位同[D]一致，在很多单词的发音中两个音无法区分，因此我们认为这两个音
在北美英语中被同化为一个。
2. 发音过程中，下巴及嘴唇要尽量放松，不要张开过大,更不要向两侧分开，以致于发出类似汉语“呃”的
声音。
发音方法
发[D]音时，下巴及嘴唇放松并打开，上下唇之间大约相距一个半小指尖的距离。舌尖轻触下齿，舌身放松。
A. 词辨音
Listen, circle the corresponding number if you hear /D/ in the word.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
B. 短语辨音
1. a long 6. the manager of the
2. committee 7. a cost
3. that day 8. the government
4. my workmate 9. minister
5. nine o‘clock 10. feel very
C. 句辨音
Listen and repeat. Notice the sound /D/ in the sentences.
Another hotel will be built across the street.
Nina will arrive here about eight o‘clock.
She is the manager‘s daughter.
I will remember it forever.
He is a music teacher.
This is a supermarket.
Could you give me some advice?
She wants to be a professor.
This is an Indian dance.
He is a bus driver.
I‘ll buy the cup.
D. 附加辨音
谚语：Distant hills are greener. 这山望见那山高。
绕口令：If I assist a sister-assistant, will the sister‘s sister-assistant assist me?
如果我帮助一个女助手，那个姐姐的女助手就会帮助我吗？
A.Words
词首：annoy, arrive, alive, attach, assume, amaze, abroad, alleviate, approve, appreciation
词中：was, general, democrat, physician, telephone, communication, balloon, pictures, potato, correct
词尾：camera, data, banana, China, cinema, dogma, sofa, Russia, drama, zebra
53
B． Phrases
wonderful weather the day after tomorrow go to the theatre
moments ago modern facilities Beijing Opera
productive capacity an admirable singer imaginative power
C． Form sentences, using the following words.
annoy polite counter amount potato
D． Dialogue
A：They are professors and government officials.
B：Where are they from?
A：Most of them are from America and Europe.
B：What are they doing in Beijing?
A：They are attending an international conference here. B：
Which hotel are they staying at?
A：They are staying at the Hilton Hotel.
E． Paragraph
When I answered the telephone this morning, I knew right away the lady had the wrong number. But it took
her a long time to find out. She said her name was Mrs. Mavis and asked if I was Dr. Cooper‘s secretary. I told her
that she had an incorrect number, but I don‘t think she listened to me. She told me she wanted to cancel her two
o‘clock appointment because her child was sick and she had to take care of him. I told her I was very sorry to hear
that, but she still had the wrong number. Then she wanted to know if she could make anappointment next week. I
told her I couldn‘t arrange it：I was not Dr. Cooper‘s secretary. Finally she heard what I said. She wanted to know
why I didn‘t tell her right away that she had the wrong number. Before I could answer her, she hung up.
At first I was a little upset about it, but later on in the morning I decided it was really funny. I wanted to call up
my sister and tell her about it. I guess I dialed the wrong number and I happened to get Mrs. Mavis. You can
imagine how astonished I was. I tried to explain that I had made a mistake, but she wouldn‘t listen. She just wanted
to know how I got her telephone number. She said she couldn‘t understand why I was bothering her. I tried to
explain again, but she talked so much and so fast that I couldn‘t interrupt her to say that I was sorry. I finally hung
up the receiver.
I still wanted to call my sister, but I was afraid I might get that lady‘s number again. I didn‘t use the telephone
for the rest of the day.
Answer Key
听辨练习
A. 1. breakfast 2. receive 3. polite 4. wear 5. counter
6. always 7. beach 8. hard 9. butter 10. bottom
B. 1. distance 2. committee 3. later 4. former 5. around
6. company 7. considerable 8. federal 9. former 10. embarrass
跟读练习
C. 1. Don‘t be annoy, things will work out for you.
2. Jerry is very polite.
3. The counter is at the end of the hall.
4. We need a large amount of money.
5. I like to eat potato.
54
LESSON 16 元音[a]
THE VOWEL[a]
常见问题
这个音发音没有多大难度，记住嘴巴要张大，舌身要放平即可。发音
方法
发[a]音时，嘴巴放松并张大，舌身低平后缩，不要接触下齿。
A. 词辨音
Listen, circle the corresponding number if you hear /a/ in the word.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
B. 短语辨音
1. look for the 6. at the bus
2. four 7. on the of
3. a famous 8. in the
4. at the of the society 9. a fashion
5. have many 10. go
C. 句辨音
Listen and repeat. Notice the sound /a/ in the sentences.
Will they talk about the policy of the Information Department?
Dishonesty blocks competition in the economy.
The artist mocked the popular marketing of books.
He occupies the opposite apartment.
The poster man is going on a holiday.
It has been so hot recently.
This bottle of milk is selling very well.
Someone is knocking at the door.
She is eating a hot dog outside the house.
She is doing a lofty job.
D. 附加辨音
谚语：Love me, love my dog. 爱屋及乌。
绕口令：Pop bottles pop-bottles in pop shops.
The pop-bottles Pop bottles poor Pop drops.
When pop-bottles pop bottles topple Pop mops slop.
波普在大众商店里装爆炸瓶，波普装的爆炸瓶爆炸了，可怜的波普倒下去了。当波普装瓶的
爆炸瓶爆炸时，波普还在弄工作服。
A.Words
词首：odd, arm, oxygen, opposite, olive, arbitrary, occident, optical, obsolete, honest
词中：bottle, economy, mob, modern, foreign, policy, problem, logic, college, possible
词尾：英语中这个发音不出现在词尾，除外 ma, pa, hurrah! Ah! 这几个美国通俗口语和 Patois, shah 两个
55
外来语。
B. Phrases
drop in on somebody Doctor of Philosophy a matter of doctrine
fox and geese God‘s gift cost a bomb
a lost child a lot of ten o‘clock
C.Form sentences, using the words below .
1. baby/doll
2. clock/watch
3. rock/log
4. top/ bottom
5. bomb/rock
D. Dialogue
Tom：What‘s wrong with you, Mr. Polly?
Mr. Polly：What‘s wrong? I want a break from this horrible
job. Tom：Then, buy a bottle of soft drink.
Mr. Polly：Would you like to buy a bottle for me in the shop?
Tom：It‘s a problem, because my boss is in that shop now.
Mr. Polly：Ok, I myself will go there.
Tom：Sorry, Mr. Polly.
Mr. Polly：It doesn‘t matter. Oh, God, I have only four dollars in my wallet. Is that possible for me to buy one?
Tom：Have a try.
E.Paragraph
Fourscore and seven years ago our fathers brought forth on this continent a new nation conceived in liberty and
dedicated to the proposition that all men are created equal. Now we are engaged in a great civil war, testing whether
that nation, or any nation so conceived and dedicated, can long endure.
―We are met on a great battlefield of that war; we have come to dedicate a portion of that field as a final resting
place for those who here gave their lives that this nation might live. It is altogether fitting and proper that we should
do this. But, in a larger sense, we cannot dedicate, we cannot hallow this ground. The brave men, living and dead,
who struggled here consecrate it far above our poor power to add or detract.
―The world will little note nor long remember what we say here, but it can never forget what they did here. It is
for us, the living, rather to be dedicated here to the unfinished work which they who fought here have thus far so
nobly advanced.
―It is rather for us to be here dedicated to the great task remaining before us— that from these honored dead we
take increased devotion to that cause for which they gave the last full measure of devotion; that we here highly
resolve that these dead shall not have died in vain, that this nation, under God, shall have a new birth of freedom,
and that government of the people, by the people, for the people, shall not perish from the earth.”
Answer Key
听辨练习
A. 1.watchman 2. box 3. your 4. cop 5. toll
6. tooth 7. sorry 8. tongue 9. glove 10. lost
B. 1. wallet 2. dollars 3. scholar 4. bottom 5. hobbies
6. stop 7. top 8. teapot 9. model 10. shopping
跟读练习
C. 1. The baby is playing with a doll.
2. Thereis a clock and a watch on the table.
3. There is a rock and a log on the ground.
4. There is a top and a bottom of each mountain.
5. We need to bomb the rock.
56
LESSON 17 元音[C]
THE VOWEL [C]
常见问题
1. 这个音在英式英语中发为[C:]。美语中的发音同英语绝不相同。美语中这个音发起来有些像[A].
2. 英式英语中的[C:]，发音时口形小而圆，美语中这个音发音时口形很大，只是嘴唇略呈圆形。
发音方法
发[C]音时，下颌骨打开，嘴唇略呈圆形，舌身压低后缩，舌后部微微抬起。
A. 词辨音
Listen, circle the corresponding number if you hear /C/ in the word.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
B. 短语辨音
Write down the words you hear on the tape, then fill the blanks below.
1. obey the_ 6. a river
2. about reform 7. troops
3. the road 8. find with
4. play 9. a map
5. go for a 10. terms
C. 句辨音
Listen and repeat. Notice the sound /C/ in the sentences.
Australia is a beautiful country.
This is an awkward situation.
She is a great authority on computer.
He fought bravely in the World War II.
Have you ever been to Broadway?
Although he worked hard, he failed the exam.
Autumn is a fruitful season.
She is the author of the novel.
Why do you always late?
I thought his talk was excellent.
D. 附加辨音
谚语：Fire and water have no mercy. 水火无情.
You can‘t make bricks without straw. 巧妇难为无米之炊。
绕口令：You cross a cross across a cross,
Or cross a stick across a stick,
Or cross a stick across a cross,
Or stick a stick across a stick,
Or stick a cross across a cross,
Or stick a cross across a stick,
Or stick a stick across a cross,
What a waste of time! 你穿过
交叉的两个十字，
或把一根棍子交叉在一根棍子上，
57
或在十字上交叉一根棍子，或把一根棍子交叉粘贴在一
根棍子上，或把一根十字交叉粘贴在一个十字上，或
把一个十字交叉粘贴在一根棍子上面，或把一根棍子交
叉粘贴在一个十字上面，简直是浪费时间！
A.Words
词首：awl, audition, austerity, offset, autocratic, auxiliary, Austria, automatic, alternative, autobiography
词中：Boston, brawl, broth, caught, lawn, naughty, hawk, daub, sausage, cause
词尾：claw, thaw, seesaw, Utah, squaw, craw, gnaw, jaw, paw, guffaw
B． Phrases
Authorized Version an important meeting
augment one‘s income keep the ball rolling
because of law court
ought to not care a straw
the dawn of civilization raw material
C．Form sentences, using the words below to form a short paragraph.

All August cough boss hot
D．Dialogue
A：Hey, don‘t walk on the lawn.
B：Sorry, I‘m looking for my wallet.
A：You lost your wallet? Anything important in it? B：
Yes. A lot of cash. Almost forty thousand pounds.
A：Oh, I‘m sorry to hear that. I think you‘d better talk to the police officer walking there. B
：It seems that is a better way. Thank you.
A：You are welcome.
E．Paragraph
Good morning toall,
Good morning to all who walk,
Good morning to all who crawl,
Good morning to all who soar,
Or swim, good morning I call,
To broad and to small, to short and to tall,
Good morning; Good morning toall.
Answer Key
听辨练习
A. 1. lawyer 2. all 3. ahead 4. tall 5. some
6. ball 7. caught 8. know 9. jaw 10. caution
B. 1. law 2. talk 3. cross 4. football 5. walk
6. broad 7. withdraw 8. fault 9. draw 10. nautical
跟读练习
C. It‘s always hot in New York in August. Our boss always coughs in summer.
He‘s been coughing for the whole month of this August.
We are all very worried about his health.
58
LESSON 18 比较[a]和[C]
CONTRASTING [a] WITH [C]
常见问题
在美语的一些方言中，这两个音并没有区别。但对于大部分以 GA 为标准的讲美语的人来讲，还是有区分的。
注意听辨练习。
A. 词辨音
Listen, circle the corresponding number if you hear /A/ /C/ in the word.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
B. 短语辨音
1. upper_ 6. my little
2. an signature 7. a face
3. an handwriting 8. _in a jewel
4. _a help 9. find with
5. in all 10. a good
C. 句辨音
Listen and repeat. Notice the sound /A/ /C/ in the sentences.
He hit the ball inside the yard.
He caught a fox yesterday.
May I call you at 8 this evening?
He has a lot of books in his bag.
The man walking over there is my boss.
There is a photo on the wall.
He is swimming in the pool.
My shoes are in the black box.
I saw a dog through the window.
It is impossible for him to come here this week.
D. 附加辨音
谚语：Constant dripping wears away a stone. 只要工夫深，铁杵磨成针。
绕口令：Oh, look at the moon! 啊，瞧瞧那月亮！
She is shining up there, 她高高照耀，啊，
Oh, Mother, she looks 妈妈, 她好像一盏
Like a lamp in the air. 明灯挂在天上。月
Pretty moon, pretty moon, 亮，美丽的月亮，
How you shine on the door, 照在我的房门上，
And make it all bright 照得房门一片亮，
On the brown shiny floor. 还照得棕色的地板发光。
A． Words
59
词首：automobile, autonomous, awkward, although, alternative, autocratic, auditor, auditorium, altar, august
optical, occupation, honorable, ostrich, oxen, Oxford, octane, oxygen, olive, ostentation
词中：brawl, brawl, broth, broadcast, loss, yawn, gnaw, volleyball, lawless, hawk, sociology, mockery, poverty,
population, methodology, biology, jockey, respond, improvisation, toddler
词尾：在英语中[B] 这个发音不出现在词尾。
claw, thaw, saw, guffaw, chaw, Shaw, Utah, taw, haw, caw.
B． Phrases
support from the boss according to the doctor the cost of
saw an opera lock the door modern literature
a hot topic on the bench shortage of resource
C． Form sentences, using the words below to form a short paragraph .
cough collar floor dawn lawyer caller lost
D． Dialogue
A：Robin, what are you going to do tomorrow?
B：Bob and I plan to play hockey in the morning. A：
And later?
B：Well, in the afternoon, after a long nap, we‘ll go yachting with Nora. A
：It seems that you will have a nice day tomorrow.
B：How about you? What are you going to do tomorrow?
A：I have a lot of work in the office and a lot of chores in the house. How I envy you, Robin!
E． Paragraph
For 20 years now I‘ve watched my best friend, Julie, go through one stressful event after another and hardly
break a sweat. As a teenager, while the rest of us obsessed over getting into the college of our choice, Julie barely
seemed to think about it after she popped her applications in the mail. After graduating from college, she moved
eight times in 16 years, beginning with switching law schools so she could live in the same city as her new husband.
She then had her first baby in a city thousands of miles from her beloved family, and two more babies in the next
four years. Somewhere in the middle of this, her father was diagnosed with a brain tumor and had surgery that could
have killed him. It‘s not that Julie never worried during this time, but she never seemed stressed out. Her motto：
Whybe anxious when you could be napping?
To say that I am jealous of Julie‘s laid-back attitude would be an understatement. I'm the type who gets up at 3
A.M. to feed the baby and can‘t fall back to sleep for hours because I‘m drowning in a waterfall of concerns that
begins with my guilt over having forgotten to send my sister-in-lawa birthday card. Although I have become
mellower in my 30s than I was in my 20s, like many women I find that the little stuff still gets to me sometimes.
Answer Key
听辨练习
A. 1. body 2. siege 3. back 4. follow 5. all-out
6. enroll 7. caught 8. call 9. plenty 10. odd
B. 1. jaw 2. authentic 3. awful 4. offer 5. all
6. daughter 7. haughty 8. flaws 9. fault 10. talker
跟读练习
C. It was dawn, the lawyer stood in the middle of the floor. It was cold, he lifted up his collar and started to cough
from time to time. He had just been through a phone call, and the caller told him that he had just lost $10,000.
60
LESSON 19 元音[a0]
THE VOWEL [a0]
常见问题
不要与汉语“哎”混淆，这个音发音时口形很好掌握。先张大，再合拢，嘴形变化十分明显。发音
方法
发[a0]音时，先是嘴巴放松并张大，舌身放平，舌尖轻抵下齿，然后嘴巴合拢，双唇向两侧分开，舌前部抬
起一些。
A. 词辨音
Listen, circle the corresponding number if you hear /a0/ in the word.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
B. 短语辨音
1. and seek 6. a high
2. a letter 7. a wide
3. white 8. a mind
4. a bright 9. have no
5. a nice 10. a child
C. 句辨音
Listen and repeat. Notice the /a0/ sound in the sentences.
The gold is shinning in my eyes. My grandmother lives in the countryside.
The kite was flying high in the sky. The trip to Hawaii widens my horizon.
Carry the rice on your bike. He didn‘t like to swim with the tide.
The boy is telling a white lie. Sign your name here.
He died in a quiet night. Strike while the iron is hot.
D. 附加辨音
谚语：Time and tide wait for no man. 岁月不待人。
Great minds think alike. 英雄所见略同。
绕口令：There is pie in my eye, 我眼里掉进了一点饼。
Will I cry? 我会哭呢，还是会没了
Will I die? ？
Though I am shy, I will not lie. 我是害羞，但我并不说谎。它也许会导致睑腺
It might cause a sty, but I deny 炎，但我不会没了也不会哭了就为我眼里掉
that I will die or cry 进了一点饼。
from the pie in my eye.
A． Words
词首：eyes, aisle, item, island, identity, isolate, ideal, iceberg, ivy, identification
词中：dive, height, light, tire, kind, find, retire, satire, tribe, primary, sunrise
词尾：buy, occupy, identify, thigh, why, rely, sigh, deny, beautify, testify
B． Phrases
61
white wine at the sight of lions and tigers
an eye for eye the biting wind silent treatment
smoke a pipe fight tooth and nail keep it in the mind
C． Form sentences
Like this：I like the bike. It‘s quite light.
1. highway/wide 3. light/bright 5. site/ high
2. knife/nice 4. rice/ white
D． Dialogue
A：Did you go to see Michael last night?
B：Yes, He had just bought a new motorcycle. A：
Did he let you ride it?
B：Yes, I tried it and I quite liked it.
A：Weren‘t you frightened? B：
Sure. But I still liked it.
A：Would you like to buy a motorcycle yourself?
B：No. Although motorcycle is nice, I‘d like to buy a bicycle.
A：But why? Since you like it so much.
B：Because bicycles are safer.
E． Paragraph
There are no laws enforcing respect. Yet we cannot interact with others without some rules of behavior, rules
that are set by some form of social consensus. These guidelines represent what a majority of people consider
acceptable and what they consider unacceptable. Rude people are those whose behavior shows little respect for the
rules that the majority follow. For instance, because they talk at home while the television is on, many people think
they can talk at movies as well. They are not even aware that this habit will bother the other members of the
audience. Smoking in public is one of the rudest things you can do. Don‘t be a rude dude! Don‘t Smoke!
And also there are many children and adolescents whose behavior is generally unacceptable. They listen to
their Walkmans while the teacher is talking to them. Kids who have no idea what being polite means will pay the
price sooner or later. When they join the work force, their employers and associates alike will soon realize that the
behavior of these rude young people is closer to that of animals than civilized individuals. When they lose a few
contracts because they talk with their mouth full, or when they say ―Bob‖ to someone who should be ―Mr.
Johnson,‖ these grown-up kids, because of their ignorance, will never understand why others are getting ahead and
they are not.
Every little bit of kindness helps. With manners, the best rule is the one that work. It is easier to look and sound
attractive when we are nice to other people. Being polite and showing respect can give us an edge. Why do we need
an edge? Success in life often starts with a job we like, and since getting a job is usually based on making the right
impression, it is always a good idea to be kind and polite.
Answer Key
听辨练习
A. 1. fright 2. raid 3. guide 4. similar 5. style
6. boy 7. back 8. tame 9. race 10. climb
B. 1. hide 2. write 3. line 4. sky 5. wife
6. price 7. tie 8. wise 9. time 10. shy
跟读练习
C. 1. I like the highway. It‘s quite wide.
2. I like the knife. It‘s quite nice.
3. I like the light. It‘s quite bright.
4. I like the rice. It‘s quite white.
5. I like the site. It‘s quite high.
62
LESSON 20 元音 [?]
THE VOWEL [?]
常见问题
1. 很多中国学生把这个音发成较短的“呜”，这是极不正确的。仔细体会听辨练习中这个音的特点，再发一
下汉语“呜” ，找出区别来。
2. 有些同学能够听出这个音与汉语近似音的不同之处，但往往把它发成一个极轻的“噢”，实际上也不能发
成“噢”这个音。
3. 汉语中的“呜”在发音时嘴形虽小而圆，但较为紧张。而且舌尖并没有离开下齿，即使离开，后缩的程
度也不大。而“噢”这个音嘴巴张得较大，舌身也没有后缩。
发音方法
发[?]音时，嘴形小而圆，舌身整体后缩，舌后部向软颚抬起。
A. 词辨音
Listen, circle the corresponding number if you hear /?/ in the word.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
B. 短语辨音
1. have a 6. _through
2. _a room 7. walk through the
3. _no distortion 8. a bit
4. _in some sugar 9. _the boat
5. a scholar 10. food
C. 句辨音
Listen and repeat. Notice the sound /U/ in the sentences.
The cook took us into the room.
Don‘t push the woman to do it.
I put on my glasses to look at the book.
Please put the wool back where it belongs.
I know you could but you wouldn‘t.
She pushed the car but it refused to move.
He understood what the children wanted.
The cook took some sugar and put it in the soup.
A bullet hit Crook in the foot.
Would you bake cookies for the neighborhood?
D. 附加辨音
谚语：Look before you leap. 三思而后行。
绕口令：Cooper shook some cookies from sister Coolie‘s sooty shoes.
And also Coolie shook some soot from Cooper‘s cooker.
库珀弄掉姐姐库丽乌黑鞋子上的饼干。库丽也把库
珀炊具上的煤烟擦掉了。
63
A． Words
词中：(在英语里,这个音只出现于词中)
good, book, woman, understood, neighborhood, look, should, hood, could, full
B.Phrases
look around cook food by crook
some good sugar shook hands understood the woman
a wooden hook butcher‘s foot small bush
C. Form sentences：using the words below to form a short paragraph .
good look full could sugar
D. Dialogue
Mr. Cook：Could you tell me where you put my book?
Mrs. Cook：Which book? Your cookbook?
Mr. Cook：No. A Walk in the Woods.
Mrs. Cook：Isn‘t it on the bookshelf?
Mr. Cook：No. The bookshelf is full of fashion books.
Mrs. Cook：Then have you put it in the bedroom?
Mr. Cook：No. Now would you like to help me look for the book?
Mrs. Cook：Ok. Look! It‘s just near your foot.
Mr. Cook：Oh, very good.
E. Paragraph
Two roads diverged in a yellow wood, And both that morning equally lay
and sorry I could not travel both in leaves no step had trodden black.
and be one traveler, long I stood Oh, I kept the first for another day!
and looked down one as far as I could Yet knowing how way leads on to way,
To where it bent in the undergrowth. I doubted if I should ever come back.
Then took the other, as just as fair, I shall be telling this with a sigh
and having perhaps the better claim, somewhere ages and ages hence：
because it was grassy and wanted wear; Two roads diverged in a wood, and I—
though as for that, the passing there I took the one less traveled by,
had worn them really about the same, and that has made all the difference.
Answer Key
听辨练习
A. 1. good 2. would 3. food 4. part 5. hook
6. cushion 7. watch 8. safe 9. foot 10. cook
B. 1. look 2. book 3. brook 4. put 5. bookish
6. pull 7. woods 8. crooked 9. push 10. good
跟读练习
C. There is a box full of good sugar, don‘t just look at it, let‘s eat.
64
LESSON 21 元音[u]
THE VOWEL [u]
常见问题
这个音很多中国学生把它发成较长的“呜” ，实际上不正确。因为它的发音过程是以[?] 起始，然后嘴形收
得更小更圆，舌后部相应抬高。
发音方法
发[u]音时，嘴形较[?]更小更圆，舌身整体后缩，舌后部尽量向软颚抬起。
A. 词辨音
Listen, circle the corresponding number if you hear /u/ in the word.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
B. 短语辨音
1. moon 6. a foreign
2. a big living_ 7. slight
3. strong 8. go to
4. good 9. prove to be
5. gold 10. spread
C. 句辨音
Listen and repeat. Notice the sound /u/ in the sentences.
He eats with forks and spoons.
They have moved to another place.
You should put on your shoes.
I have a toothache.
He lives a loose life.
He bought some fruit for the group.
He is a big fool.
Move to the left side!
I like school life.
Choose your shoes.
D. 附加辨音
谚语：Do as Romans do while in Rome. 入乡随俗。
To err is human. 人无完人，金无足赤。绕口令
：Sue sucks sugar and sherbet through a straw. 苏用吸管吸糖和果汁露。
A． Words
词首：ooze, oodles, oops,
词中：beauty, moon, newspaper, school, truth, cool, loose, noon, soon, whom.
词尾：view, pursue, bamboo, crew, undo, queue, avenue, hue, hew, brew,.
B.Phrases
buy this kind of boot a rude fellow at noon
65
moved to tears on duty sooner or later
tell the truth not worth a hoot in the moonlight
a swimming pool use a ruler picking fruit.
C. Form sentences：using the words below to form a short paragraph .
shoot move use school spoon new
D. Dialogue
Miss Luke：Good afternoon, girls.
Girls： Good afternoon, Miss Luke.
Miss Luke：This afternoon we‘re going to learn how to cook soup. Open your book at unit 22.
Sue： Excuse me, Miss Luke.
Miss Luke：Yes, Sue?
Sue： Thereis some chewing gum on your shoes.
Miss Luke：Who threw the chewing gum on the floor?
Sue： It‘s June Cook. June：It wasn‘t me. You stupid fool!
Miss Luke：Excuse me?
June： There is no excuse for you!
Miss Luke：You are always a little rude in the class. You should learn to bepolite.
June： You should learn how not to be ugly!
E. Paragraph
From recorded history, man has been fascinated and delighted with music. Bone whistles, used as a type of
flute, have been found dating back to 3000 BC. Paintings from the Stone Age show early musical instruments.
In modern times, man has further developed his interest in music and in recorded sound with the many
advancements in audio production. American inventor Thomas Edison, who was considered the father of sound
recording, developed the phonograph in 1877, the first device to record music in the world. While Edison
concentrated at first mainly on the reproduction of the voice, it was not long before the musical uses of his invention
were recognized and marketed. The modern recording industry was born to satisfy an enormous market for all types
of music：folk, classical, hard rock, acid rock, grunge, rap, classic rock, country, as well as orchestral and popular
music.
The widespread use of electricity in the post-World War Two period led to the invention of the modern,
probable record player. It was, however, ―mono‖. The real music enthusiast needs a realistic reproduction of music
with ― high fidelity‖ or ―hi-fi‖ stereo.
The invention of transistors and the rise of the giant electronic companies in the developed world in the 1970‘s
fed the growing demand for hi-fi stereo systems using compact cassettes containing magnetic tape. These tapes
made the long haired hippies very happy. Now they could dance half-naked outside while listening to their favorite
bands in the park.
The 1980‘s saw an even greater series of developments in sound reproduction hardware. Some major examples
are the Sony Corporation‘s invention and development of the tiny portable tape players known as the ―Walkman‖,
and the compact disc, or CD, system based on laser technology that stores and reproduces information digitally.
Answer Key
听辨练习
A. 1. blue 2. talk 3. beauty 4. ball 5. ruler
6. cook 7. earth 8. much 9. rude 10. pool
B. 1. blue 2. room 3. troop 4. mood 5. spoon
6. movie 7. move 8. school 9. true 10. rumors
跟读练习
C. Jerry just moved to a new city, he had just got enrolled to a new school. He will finally get used to the new place.
Shoot! He lost his favorite spoon yesterday.
66
LESSON 22 比较[?]和[u]
CONTRASTING [?] WITH [u]
常见问题
英式英语中以长短元音的概念来区分这两个元音，美语中则以发音时口形的松紧程度来区分。前面的元音口
形相对较松，后面的相对紧些。
A. 词辨音
Listen, circle the corresponding number if you hear /?/ /u/ in the word.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
B. 短语辨音
1. a school 6. change one‘s
2. a butcher 7. let somebody stew in his own
3. a group of 8. political
4. a book 9. be on the_
5. a hungry 10. on the
C. 句辨音
Listen and repeat. Notice the sound /U/ /u/ in the sentences.
prove to be wool a group of cooks go to school on foot
an angry look no time for reading the book examine the tooth
a truly doctor move to too good
Peru put the sugar on the table
D. 附加辨音
谚语：Stop, look and listen. 三思而后行。
Two wrongs don‘t make a right. 不能用别人的错误来掩饰自己的错误。
绕口令：
The cute cookie cutters cut cute cookies. 可爱的饼干切工切割可爱的饼干。
Did the cute cookie cutters cut cute cookies? 可爱的饼干切工切割可爱的饼干？
If the cute cookie cutters cut cuter cookies, 如果可爱的的饼干切工切割可爱的饼干，
Where arethe cute cookies the cute cookie cutter cut? 可爱的饼干切工切出的可爱的饼干在哪里？
A．Words
词首：oodles, oof, ooh, oomph, oops, ooze, oozy, ouzo.
词中：
（[U]只位于词中） would, stood, bullet, brook, bush, foot, put, wool, pudding, jury, lunar, youth, cruise,
prelude, whose, revolution, nuclear, boom, boot, plume.
词尾：Hindu, Jew, tattoo, woo, hew, statute, through, two, who, you.
B．Phrases
two books could do shooting star
place the hood in the room a lunar year play football
dead wood once in a blue moon let something loose
67
C．Form sentences, using the words below.
like this：Don‘t lose the shoe.
Lose loosen shoot move use look push
D．Dialogue
A：Whom do you choose to do the job?
B：I would choose Ruth.
A：Why don‘t you choose Lucy? She would look through the job carefully. B：
But, I don‘t think she can well do it. She is too young.
A：So that‘s why you do not choose Lucy but choose Ruth. B
：Yes. Ruth is very good.
A：Mm, much too good to be true.
E．Paragraph
Many primitive peoples believed that by eating an animal they could get some of the good qualities of that
animal for themselves. They thought, for example, that eating deer would make them run as fast as the deer. Some
savage tribes believed that eating enemies that had shown bravery in battle would make them brave.
Among civilized people it was once thought that ginger root by some magical power could improve the
memory. Eggs were thought to make the voice pretty. Tomatoes also were believed to have magical powers. They
were called love apples and were supposed to make people who ate them fall in love.
Even today there are a great many wrong ideas about food. Some of them are very widespread.
One such idea is that fish is the best brain food. Fish is good brain food just as it is good muscle food and skin
food and bone food. But no one has been able to prove that fish is any better for the brain than many other kinds of
food.
Another such idea is that proteins and carbohydrates should never be eaten at the same meal. Many people
think of bread, for example, as a carbohydrate food, but it also contains proteins. In the same way, milk, probably
the best single food, contains both proteins and carbohydrates. It is just as foolish to say that one should never eat
meat and potatoes together as it is to say that one should never eat bread or drink milk.
Answer Key
听辨练习
A. 1. bull 2. cruise 3. call 4. cookie 5. jewel
6. foot 7. lose 8. linger 9. sour 10. willow
B. 1. new 2. stupid 3. students 4. threw 5. wolf
6. tune 7. juice 8. suicide 9. hook 10. crook
跟读练习
C. Don‘t loosen your braid.
Don‘t shoot the bird.
Don‘t move the computer.
Don‘t use dirty words.
Don‘t look at me.
Don‘t push me.
68
LESSON 23 前元音和后元音小结
SUMMARY OF FRONT VOWELS AND BACK VOWELS
A. 词辨音
Listen, circle the corresponding number if you hear front vowels and back vowels in the word.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
B. 短语辨音
1. visit the 6. feed the_
2. _the restaurant 7. green with
3. a rude 8. the cook
4. the _weather 9. beer and
5. _it already 10. the question
C. 句辨音
Listen and repeat. Notice the sound of front vowels and back vowels in the sentences.
There is traffic congestion at this hour.
This is the best program I have ever seen.
He finally got a lot of help from the villagers.
At that time, the army was in great need of this medicine.
Hearing the news, the young man was very glad.
The keys couldn‘t open the locks.
He always goes to school on foot.
He successfully gets support from the boss.
We will have a talk on population this Tuesday.
A group of doctors have looked at the case carefully.
D. 附加辨音
谚语：Beauty is but skin deep. 不要以貌取人。
Bitter pills may have wholesome effects. 良药苦口。
Never put off till tomorrow what you can do today. 今日事, 今日毕。绕口令
：He said that he is an iron and steel man from Pittsburgh.
Yes, his wife irons and he steals. 他说他是
来自美匹堡的钢铁大王。不错，他的
妻子烫衣服而他偷东西。 Nott was shot
and Shott was not,
So it is better to be Shoot than Nott.
Some say Nott was not shot, but Shott swears he shot Nott.
Either the shot Shott shot at Nott was not, or the shot Shott shot at Nott was not shot.
But if the shot Shott shot shot Shott himself,
Then Shott would be shot and Nott would not.
However, the shot Shott shot shot not Shott but Nott.
It is not easy to say who was shot and who was not.
But we know who was Shott and who was Nott.
诺特被射到,肖特没有被射倒,
这样做肖特好过诺特。有人说诺特没被射倒，但是肖特发誓他射倒了诺特
。要么肖特的确瞄准诺特射击, 要么肖特朝诺瞄准但没有射击。
69
如果肖特射中的是他自己，那么射倒的是肖特而不是诺特。无
论如何,肖特射倒的不是肖特而是诺特。很难说谁被射倒，谁没
被射倒。但是我们知道谁是肖特,谁是诺特。
A． Words
词首：ignorant, illustration, image, each, east, easy, excellent, elephant, educate, act, airplane, apple, automatic,
ooze, oodles, already, often, auspicious, odd, occupy.
词中：serious, wish, myth, these, esteem, complete, chemical, direct, salary, collapse, back, stood, bullet, put,
school, cool, daughter, haughty, constitution, bureaucracy.
词尾：rainy, windy, free, degree, agree, colloquy, commodity, warmly, law, lavatory, forty, poorly, scummy,
utility, vacancy, chew, flew, shoe, thaw, withdraw.
B． Phrases
keep to limits meal tickets read a map the
restless mass a mental hospital get sacked
put the food on the table move into the room on top of the book
1. came in /ten 2. Ted /Greek 3. each/bed
4. Ann/ bread 5. blue / suit 6. cool/room
D． Dialogue
A：Lily, do you know Lizzy?
B：Lizzy who? A：
Lizzy smith. B：Of
course I do.
A：Then, Do you know her younger sister? B：
You mean Mary?
A：Yes.
B：Sure. I know her elder sister Sue and younger sister Mary.
A：Oh, not bad. Then do you know her mother?
B：Yes, certainly. I know her mother and father, and brother and sisters, too. A
：That sounds terrific.
B：Why do you ask me these questions? A：
Ijust want to visit the family some day.
E． Paragraph
Elizabeth I (1533-1603), Queen of England and Ireland (1558-1603). She was the only child of Henry VIII and
Anne Boleyn. After her mother‘s downfall she was temporarily illegitimized, then imprisoned under her half-sister
Mary I for suspected implication in Wyatt‘s Rebellion. She was well educated in the humanities, and, succeeding to
the throne on Mary‘s death, she proved an industrious and intelligent monarch. The regime she established with the
indispensable aid of William Cecil enjoyed a considerable degree of popular support：the nation achieved stability
and prosperity under her rule and enjoyed a ‗golden age‘ of achievement in art, music, and literature.
She did not please everyone. Her Anglican Church settlement (1559-63) offended Catholics and Puritans alike
by its very moderation. Her refusal to marry and ensure the succession irritated certain Members of Parliament, as
did her financial demands and her lengthy procrastination over the execution of Mary, Queen of Scots. Abroad,
meanwhile, her covert aid to the Dutch and French Protestants and her sponsorship of privateering against the
Spanish helped to incite Philip II of Spain to open warfare against England. Yet there was no religious warfare
under her rule; James I succeeded peacefully when she died; and the navy not only resisted the attempted invasion
70
by the Spanish Armada (1588), but maintained England's advantage in the expensive Anglo-Spanish war which
continued until 1604. The problems presented by Puritans, Catholics, and Parliamentary opposition remained to be
faced by James I, but by force of character and clever temporizing Elizabeth dominated a remarkably talented array
of Englishmen.
Answer Key
听辨练习
A. 1. sit 2. foot 3. egg 4. fat 5. goodness
6. sorrow 7. stop 8. bamboo 9. hat 10. ball
B. 1. office 2. leave 3. letter 4. bad 5. saw
6. dog 7. envy 8. flatter 9. food 10. remember
跟读练习
C. 1. John came in at ten.
2. Ted is a Greek.
3. Each bed has a pillow.
4. Ann is eating a bread.
5. Jerry is wearing a blue suit.
6. It‘s a cool room.
71
LESSON 24 元音[o]
THE VOWEL [o]
常见问题
1. 中国人尤其是北方人很容易将发音类似[o]和与之汉语“欧”的音搞混。发音时嘴形小而圆，舌前端放低，
舌身弓起。发出的声音同英式英语和美语都不一样。
2. 还有的同学知道在英式英语中，这个音是双元音，由音素[D]和音素[u]构成，而发音时没有掌握这两个音
素的发音技巧，因此发音时往往发出类似汉语“呃”和“呜”混在一起的怪声。
3. 美语中，这个音发起来更像一个单素音。开始时口形较大，然后随着发音过程的变化迅速缩小、收圆。
舌身向后缩并抬起。
发音方法
发[o]音时，先是下颌骨打开，嘴唇略呈圆形，舌身放低后缩，舌后部微微抬起，然后嘴唇收圆收小，舌后
部继续向软颚抬高一些。
A. 词辨音
Listen, circle the corresponding number if you hear /o/ in the word.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
B. 短语辨音
1. make a 6. beall
2. read a 7. hold a
3. on the 8. feel
4. the blue 9. a song
5. heart and 10. follow one‘s
C. 句辨音
Listen and repeat. Notice the sound /o/ in the sentences.
Stop boasting about your glorious past.
He is a big fat nobody and holds no post in the office.
We rowed the boat along the coast.
Do as you are told and you won‘t get hurt.
The necklace is made of pure gold.
They sell the house at a very low price.
My sister bought a fur coat a week ago from a guy who looked like a gang member.
The football team has no hope of winning the game.
I was only joking with the host.
Most students stay at home at that time.
D. 附加辨音
谚语：No fire without smoke. The school would scold
A rolling stone gathers no moss. 无风不起浪。
绕口令：The old school scold 流水不腐。
学校守旧派
Sold the school coal boat;
If the old school scold sold 卖掉了学校的小船；
The school coal boat, 如果学校守旧派卖掉了
72
学校的小船， and drove the old school scold.
学校将责骂并解散学校守旧派。
A． Words
词首：over, open, only, obedience, omit, omen, omission, ovation, opium, ownership
词中：coat, alone, phone, folk, motive, ghost, frozen, moan, approach, stove
词尾：though, know, plateau, so, sow, below, video, undergo, row, mellow
B． Phrases
grow fast throw away open the window
a national hero sewing machine give somebody
a yellow comb a very old boat the Atlantic Ocean
give sb. a cold shoulder
1. sell /goat 2. steal/motorcar 3. wake/solider 4. write/poem 5. bowls/hot
D． Dialogue
A：Hello, Joseph. Where‘re you going?
B：Hello, Joanna. I‘m going to see the notice in the office. A：
Notice, what kind of notice?
B：A notice on smoking. It is said that smoking is prohibited in working place.
A：Oh, I know. But it has nothing to do with me. Now I‘m going to buy some potatoes and tomatoes. B：
So you are on your way home?
A：Yes, I have to go now or the grocery store will be closed.
B：Ok. See you tomorrow. And remember not to smoke. A：
See you tomorrow. And yes I know, smoking kills.
E． Paragraph
An odd thing happened to me last Sunday. It was such a beautiful day that I decided to go for a leisurely drive
in the country.
On the way back home, my motor stopped. I was out of gasoline on a lonely road far from a town. I decided to
walk until I found someone who could sell me a gallon or two of gasoline.
I had walked almost a mile before I finally found a big house near the road. I was glad to see it because it was
starting to get dark.
I knocked on the door and a little old lady with a long white hair answered. She said, ―I‘ve been waiting for
you for a long time. Come in. Tea is almost ready.‖
―But I only came for some gasoline,‖ I answered. I couldn‘t imagine what she was talking about.
―Oh, Alfred! Gasoline? You used to prefer tea.‖
I quickly explained that my car was out of gasoline, but she didn‘t seem to hear me. She just kept calling me
Alfred and talking about how long it had been since she had seen me. She was behaving very strangely and I was
anxious to leave. As soon as she went to get the tea I ran out of the house as fast as I could.
Fortunately, there was another house down the road, and I was able to buy several gallons of gasoline. When I
told the man about my experience, he said, ―Oh, that‘s Miss Emily. She lives by herself in that big house. She‘s
peculiar, but she wouldn‘t hurt anyone. She‘s still waiting for the man she was supposed to marry thirty years ago.
The day before their wedding he went away and never came back.”
73
Answer Key
听辨练习
A. 1. boat 2. laugh 3. clothes 4. find 5. dance
6. pass 7. local 8. note 9. those 10. cloud
B. 1. toast 2. poem 3. road 4. coast 5. soul
6. bones 7. post 8. cold 9. compose 10. nose
跟读练习
C. 1. Jerry is going to sell his goat.
2. Jerry wants to steal that motorcar.
3. The horn wakes the solders up every morning.
4. I want to write a poem about that beautiful lake.
5. Those bowls are pretty hot.
74
LESSON 25 元音[a?]
THE VOWEL [a?]
常见问题
1. 这个音单独发时，并没有什么难度。只是在单词中容易被中国学生发为类似汉语“嗷”的音。
2. 在与鼻音[n]组合时，绝大部分中国学生会省掉后面的音素[?]，表现在口形上则是只见到嘴巴张大而见不
到嘴唇收圆的过程，以致于鼻音[n]也因嘴巴张大而变成[H]，最后把[a?n]发成[aH]。
3. 美国人在发这个音时，并不是像英国人那样从[a]过渡到[u] 实际上美国人在该因素起始是的口形与舌位更
接近于这[$]个音。请大家发音时注意，并比较一下[$u]与[au]的不同。
4. 注意口形的变化，尤其是与鼻音组合时口形的变化。发音方
法
发[a?]音时，先是嘴巴放松并张大，嘴唇向两侧分开舌身放平，舌尖轻抵下齿，然后嘴巴收圆合拢，舌尖离
开下齿，舌身并后缩，舌后部向软颚抬起。
A. 词辨音
Listen, circle the corresponding number if you hear /aU/ in the word.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
B. 短语辨音
1. milk the_ 6. increase the
2. in the 7. read
3. from mouth to 8. an ‘s walk
4. about 9. a simple
5. climb a 10. the final
C. 句辨音
Listen and repeat. Notice the /aU/ sound in the sentences.
What about going to the south for the winter holiday?
These teaching facilities are out of date.
Please speak your mind, and share your thoughts.
My mother is cleaning our house.
She has a powerful relative.
It is becoming darker and darker outside.
Farmer Brown is very proud of his cow.
The crowd gathered around the yard and shouted slogans.
They had no doubt about the final result.
Some sounds are pronounced like this.
D. 附加辨音
谚语：An hour in the morning is worth two in the evening. 一日之计在于晨。
绕口令：Mister Brown Mister Brown, 布朗先生，布朗先生你是否要进
Are you going down to town? 城？你可愿意停下把我带上？谢
Could you stop and take me town? 谢你啊,有点惊慌的的布朗先生。
Thank you astound Mister Brown.
75
● Part Two 跟读练习
A． Words
词首：ounce, outgoing, ourselves, outlandish, outrage, outlet, output, outset,outward, outskirts, outdoors
词中：found, round, power, down, downward, brown, town, drown, count, ground
词尾：allow, endow, how, now, plow, eyebrow, somehow, sow, bow, Moscow
B． Phrases
fall on the ground show me around a cloudy night
an old tower get out now under the counter
gun powder how many hours countable noun
C． Form sentences
like this：There is a cow outside the house.
flower mountain hound tower mouse owl
D． Dialogue
Mrs. Brown：(shouting loudly) I‘ve just found a mouse in the house!
Mr. Brown： Ow! Don‘t shout so loud. Calm down. Please stop shouting and sit quietly down.
Mrs. Brown：(sitting down) I found a mouse in our house：a grown mouse running around the dinning room.
Mr. Brown： Where is it now?
Mrs. Brown：It‘s under the couch.
Mr. Brown： Now, move the couch around and turn it upside down.
Mrs. Brown：Ok, I don‘t want a mouse in our house. We have the tidiest house in the town.
Mr. Brown： Yes darling. You are quite right.
E． Paragraph
“What should a ‗good‘ husband be like?‖ asked a young man about to be married. And here‘s what Samuel
told him：
A good husband makes his wife feel important in his scheme of things, and shows his affections by actions as
well as words.
He is sympathetic to his wife‘s moods or setbacks, and lets her know he appreciates the work that goes into
running a home efficiently and raising the children wisely.
A good husband gives his wife some degree of financial independence through a joint checking account, an
allowance, or a checking account of her own. He is a companion to his wife, talking things over with her, and
sharing her interests.
He takes his wife out regularly for recreation, realizing that he is the only escort she can have, now that she‘s
married. He cheerfully assumes his responsibility in the disciplining and raising of the children.
A good husband is considerate in the intimate side of married life. He is faithful to his wife, is on friendly
terms with his in-laws, and is honest with his mate.
He is attentive to his wife in public, avoids flirting with other women, and consults his wife before making any
important decisions.
A good husband places the interests of his wife and children ahead of his relatives, and avoids being overly
critical. He makes it possible for his wife to have some leisure time for outside interests. Lastly, a good husband
often compliments his wife, and does it with sincerity.
76
Answer Key
听辨练习
A. 1. outside 2. cry 3. loud 4. young 5. how
6. wipe 7. dozen 8. lose 9. flower 10. allow
B. 1. cow 2. south 3. mouth 4. about 5. mountain
6. output 7. aloud 8. hour 9. outline 10. outcome
跟读练习
C. There is a flower outside the house.
There is a mountain outside the house.
There is a hound outside the house.
There is a tower outside the house.
There is a mouse outside the house.
There is an owl outside the house.
77
LESSON 26 元音[C0]
THE VOWEL [C0]
常见问题
中国学生在发英式英语的[C]时，经常用同汉语拼音“ao”发音近似的音来取代。更有把[0]发成“衣”的同
学将两个音合在一起，发出类似“嗷衣”的怪音。注意嘴巴不要张大，收圆收小，即可发出正确的[C]来,再加上
[0]音的正确变化，就不难将[C0]发准。
发音方法
发[C0]音时，先是下颌骨打开，嘴唇略呈圆形，舌身压低后缩，舌后部微微抬起，然后嘴巴合拢，双唇向两
侧分开，舌身放松前探，舌尖轻触下齿背，舌前部微微抬起。
A. 词辨音
Listen, circle the corresponding number if you hear /C0/ in the word.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
B. 短语辨音
1. a new 6. share and sorrows
2. and bills 7. make an
3. make no 8. a _venture
4. and moil 9. _oneself
5. a clever_ 10. an oil field
C. 句辨音
Listen and repeat. Notice the sound /C0/ in the sentences.
He is a spoiled boy.
She pointed out to the coins.
The unemployment rate in this country is very high.
The fire has destroyed many historical buildings.
He was quite annoyed by her casual remarks.
Tell the children not to make so much noise in the house.
They try to avoid making the same mistakes.
Many people live for enjoyment.
The boy was poisoned by the polluted soy.
He finally came back to his native soil.
D. 附加辨音
谚语：There is no royal road to learning. 学无坦途。
绕口令：A loyal boy is annoyed by the choice between ploy and toil.
While another joyful boy enjoys their joint coiled toy. 一个忠实的男孩为该游戏还是该工作懊恼不
已。而另一个兴高采烈的男孩正在欣赏他们一块造出来的玩具。
78
A． Words
词首：oil, oily, oyster, oilskin, oilcan, ointment, oiled, oilcloth, oil pan, oil painting
词中：loyal, broil, foible, voyage, boil, moist, join, void, foist, toilet
词尾：alloy, boy, coy, destroy, employ, soy, enjoy, deploy, ploy, toy
B． Phrases
don‘t point boiled water moisture capacity
a toy plane noisy market spoil the taste
annoying weather loud voice a silver coin
C． Form sentences：using the words below to form a short paragraph.

point oil destroy choice enjoy
D． Dialogue
A：Boys! Stop making so much noise!
B：What?
A：Lower your voices! You boys are making too much noise! B
：Why do you look so annoyed? We‘ re just having fun. A：But
you are too noisy. Your horsing around is very annoying. B：
We‘re little boys! Of course we‘ll make noise.
A：You‘re spoiled. You destroyed all the toys. I am sure I wasn‘t so noisy when I was a little boy. B：
Maybe you shouldn‘t give us so many noisy toys.
A：It‘s not the toys that are noisy—it‘s you, boys.
E． Paragraph
Roy had felt annoyed all day long. No matter how much he tried to avoid thinking it, he couldn‘t. The feeling
of being misunderstood is overwhelming.
But every once in a while he‘d hear that small inner voice trying to reassure him, ―Roy, Don‘t worry about it.
You aren‘t the first boy to destroy the toys your parents bought for you. You are quite right to make your own choice.
You should enjoying your life and do whatever you like, do not spoil yourself as before. Your teacher has pointed a
right way for you and you should join the team and do things according to your interest. So whatever is your choice,
believe yourself and try it.‖
But invariably the other voice would oppose.― Your parents are right. They will not spoil you by these toys.
They just want to give you a happy life. You should take their advice and do not hurt their heart.”
“What should I do, to obey my parents or join the team?”Roy sighed.
Answer Key
听辨练习
A. 1. annoy 2. choice 3. normal 4. voice 5. house
6. entire 7. different 8. employ 9. avoid 10. stay
B. 1. toy 2. coins 3. noise 4. toil 5. boy
6. joys 7. appointment 8. joint 9. enjoy 10. exploit
跟读练习
C. We have to point out that too much oil exploration might destroy the balance of nature. At last, people will have
no other choice to enjoy their lives on the surface of the earth .
79
LESSON 27 比较[a?]、[a0 和 [C0]
CONTRASTING [a?] WITH [a0]& [C0]
A. 词辨音
Listen, circle the corresponding number if you hear [a?]、[a0], [C0] in the word.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
B. 短语辨音
1. _a number 6. at one‘s studies
2. make the 7. to one‘s sorrow in wine
3. and then 8. art
4. down and 9. boy
5. in a corner 10. brown
C. 句辨音
Listen and repeat. Notice the sound [a?]、[a0], [C0]in the sentences.
Turn on the light.It‘s quite all right. He camelike a man with a flower in his hand.
She doesn‘t want to talk about him. I like to sit down with a good chocolate and a
The boy is walking around the house. book.
I‘ll show you how to do it. He cut the bread with a sharp knife.
Perhaps you can call her tonight. He seems annoyed by the girl‘s choice.
D. 附加辨音
谚语：Out of sight, out of mind. 日久情疏。
There is no royal road tosuccess. 成功无坦途。
绕口令：Bennie bought a bright brown blouse for Bonnie, but Bonnie believed Bennie bought a better bright
blue blouse for Betty. 贝尼买的一件漂亮的褐色上衣送给邦尼，而邦尼却以为贝尼买了一件
更好的鲜蓝色上衣给贝蒂。
A． Words
词首：oust, out, outback, outbalance, outcast, outgrow, outright, outside, I, outweigh, outstretched , eyebrow,
ID card, iron, Irish, Ireland, eyewitness, ideology, idle, isolation , oil-bearing, oilcake, oilcan, oilcloth,
oilfield, oil fired, oilman, oilrig, oily, oink
词中：cow, dowdy, boundary, mouse, crowd, now, tower, blouse, astound, endowment, private, shine, surprise,
rice, choir, guide, five, hide, fine, hire avoid, poison, hoist, anthropoid, Royce, voice, soil, loin,
turquoise, groin
词尾：dye, pie, sly, try, my, sky, high, crucify, sanctify, exemplify,alloy, decoy, convoy, destroy, envoy, Troy,
Roy, joy, ahoy, cloy, boy, coybrow, chow, endow, Frau, plough, prow, Dow, thou, eyebrow, kowtow
B． Phrases
by ourselves royal family make an announcement
have a sigh of relief on the sidelines get home at nine
a pointed comment have an idea down the road
C． Form sentences
like this：It is raining outside.
1. a mouse, the boy, the house, in, found 3. Roy, the, round, tire, last night, destroyed
2. flower, cried, died, I, the, for 4. I, the coin, can, how, find, on the ground
80
5. five parts, the pie, the child, divided into 6. a private, Ireland, the guide, club, joined, in
D． Dialogue
A：Hi, Mike, where are you going?
B：I‘m going to down town.
A：At this time? Why don‘t you go there tomorrow? It is almost dark. B
：My boy wants me to buy a toy, so I think I‘d better satisfy him. A：But
I have seen many toys in your home.
B：There is none now because he likes to destroy toys.
A：But if he always destroys toys and asks you to buy new ones, what will you do?
B：Yes, I am annoyed by this, too.
A：And you still buy him new ones? B：
Yes, I think so.
A：Youwill spoil him.
E． Paragraph
Ninety-five percent of adult Americans average seven to eight hours of sleep a night. The rest seem to need
more than nine hours, or get along nicely on less than six. What distinguishes the long and short sleepers from the
majority?
Psychiatrist Hartmann‘s testing showed significant psychological differences between long and short sleepers.
The shorts tended to be conformist and emotionally stable：―a successful and relatively healthy bunch with very
little overt psychopathology,‖ says Hartmann. ―Their entire life-style involved keeping busy and avoiding
psychological problems rather than facing them.‖ They also seldom awakened during the night and arose in the
morning refreshed and ready to go.
Long sleepers, in contrast, were usually nonconformist, shy, somewhat withdrawn, and low-spirited. Reports
Hartmann：Almost all showed evidence of some inhibition in the spheres of sexual or aggressive functioning.”
Some betrayed “mind anxiety neuroses （神经官能症）” and depression. Moreover, they slept irregularly, often
waking in the night and typically got up with a mild case of the morning blahs.
At first Hartmann was tempted to classify the restless long sleepers as “well-compensated insomniacs(患失眠
症的人)” who had to spend more hours in bed simply to get enough sleep. He changed his mind with the discovery
that long, short and average sleepers all spend about the same amount of time in what researchers call ―slow-wave
sleep‖, the deep and relatively dreamless state, totaling some 75 minutes a night, when people are supposed to get
their real recovery from the activities of the previous day. Additionally, Hartmann concluded that long sleepers
spent nearly twice as much as others in REM (rapid eye movement) sleep state in which the sleeper‘s brain is as
active as in full consciousness.
Answer Key
听辨练习
A. 1. flour 2. moist 3. pride 4. quiet 5. gale
6. hand 7. bound 8. fright 9. enjoy 10. rack
B. 1. dial 2. choice 3. now 4. out 5. tight
6. toil 7. drown 8. fine 9. cow 10. slight
跟读练习
C. 1. The boy found a mouse outside the house.
2. I cried for the dead flower.
3. Roy destroyed the round light last night.
4. How can I find the coin on the ground?
5. The child divided the pie into five parts.
6. The guide joined a private club in Ireland.
81
LESSON 28 元音[Dr]
THE VOWEL [Dr]
常见问题
北美英语中的卷舌音同汉语儿化音并不一样，汉语儿化音在发音时下巴内收，舌尖向上向后高高卷起。而美
语中的卷舌音在发音时，下巴微微前探，可看到下唇明显前伸。舌身向后收缩并抬起，边缘卷起，中部微微凹陷。
发音方法
发音时，先做出元音[D]的口形，然后下巴微微前探，下唇前伸，舌身向后收缩并抬起，边缘卷起，中部微
微凹陷。
A. 词辨音
Listen, circle the corresponding number if you hear /Er/ in the word.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
B. 短语辨音
1. a singing 6. good
2. show no 7. in a company
3. at 8. act as
4. burn the 9. a skirt
5. happy 10. a personal
C. 句辨音
Listen and repeat. Notice the sound/Er/in the sentences.
He doesn‘t mean to hurt you.
He often cursed the merchant.
This is a Germany firm.
We get the terminal victory.
This magazine has a large circulation.
Thursday is the first day of the term.
I was thirsty at the time.
Let‘s make a further research.
They murmur to each other.
We agree without reserve.
He is in search of the lost girl.
D. 附加辨音
谚语：Kill two birds with one stone. 一箭双雕。
The early bird catches the worm. 捷足先登。
绕口令：Pearl‘s bird is perched on the broken birch. 珀尔的鸟栖息在断了枝的桦树上。
A． Words
词首：earn, early, earth, irk, irksome, urge, urban, earthquake, erg, urgent
词中：shirt, worst, worm, further, murder, world, birth, purpose, servant, return
词尾：her, stir, blur, sir, spur, were, prefer, defer, incur, refer
82
B.Phrases
terms of payment a versatile person on familiar terms with
the first skirt in the world serve the master on earth
urgent patient academic circles burning with fever
C. Form sentences：using the words below to form a short paragraph.
Curse perfect purpose murderer journey
D. Dialogue
A：Something‘s burning?
B：Oh, my bread! A：
Mm, I love burnt bread.
B：Curse this oven! Curse it! A：
But I prefer burnt bread.
B：Curse the worst oven in the world. A：
Wonderful! A perfect bread!
B：There are thirteen of them. Oh, have another. Have a third, if you like, have them all.
E. Paragraph
Japan‘s post- world War II value system of diligence, cooperation, and hard work is changing. Recent surveys
show that Japanese youth have become a ―Me Generation‖ that rejects traditional values.
―Around 1980 many Japanese, especially young people, abandoned the value of economic success and began
searching for new sets of values to bring them happiness,‘‘ writes sociologist Yasuhiro Yoshizaki in Comparative
Civilizations Review. Japanese youth are placing more importance on the individual‘s pursuit of happiness and less
on the values of work, family, and society.
Japanese students seem to losing patience with work, unlike their counterparts in the United States and Korea.
In a 1993 survey of college students in the three countries, only 10% of the Japanese regarded work as a primary
value, compared with 47% of their Korean counterparts and 27% of American students. A great proportion of
Japanese aged 18 to 24 also preferred easy jobs without heavy responsibility.
Concern for family values is wandering younger Japanese as they pursue an inner world of private satisfaction.
Data collected by the Japanese youth 1993 shows that only 23% of Japanese youth are thinking about supporting
their aged parents, in contrast to 63% of young Americans. It appears that many younger-generation Japanese are
losing both respect for their parents and a sense of responsibility to the family. Author Yoshizaki attributes the
change to Japanese parents‘ over-indulgence of their children, material affluence, and growing concern for private
matters.
Answer Key
听辨练习
A. 1. reverse 2. curtain 3. deal 4. fertile 5. firm
6. moral 7. living 8. thirty 9. earnest 10. trust
B. 1. bird 2. mercy 3. first 4. church 5. birthday
6. service 7. work 8. nurse 9. dirty 10. interview
跟读练习
C. After committed a so-called ―perfect murder‖, the murderer decided to escape to the West desert, with the
purpose of not just running free for a while, but having an anonymous life for the rest of his time. However the
journey seemed to be cursed.
83
LESSON 29 [r]前元音
VOWELS BEFORE [r]
常见问题及发音方法北美英语中的卷舌音同汉语儿化音并不一样，汉语儿化音在发音时下巴内收，舌尖向上向后
高高卷起。而美
语中的卷舌音在发音时，下巴微微前探，可看到下唇明显前伸。舌身向后收缩并抬起，边缘卷起，中部微微凹陷。
A. 词辨音
Listen, circle the corresponding number if you hear vowels before /r/ in the word.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
B. 短语辨音
1. and there 6. a small
2. a fairy 7. give one‘s approval
3. make 8. the _industry
4. a red_ 9. city
5. listen to a 10. name
C. 句辨音
Listen and repeat. Notice the vowels before /r/ in the sentences.
Where is your car?
It is warm in the room.
The knife is very sharp.
Please cut my hair shorter.
Is he going to take part in the discussion?
He lives in a poor village.
He has published many articles on water pollution.
The workers were forced to work 10 hours a day.
The tragedy moved us to tears.
D. 附加辨音
谚语：Put the cart before the horse. 本末倒置。
绕口令：A poor deer‘s ears hear clear cheers from the hairy hare. 可怜的鹿听到了清楚的野兔的欢呼声。
A． Words
词首：arm, are, army, ark, artisan, orbit, orchid, ordain, organic, organize, air, airmail, airline, aircraft, earmark,
earpiece, earphone, earring, our, ourselves
词中：farm, partition, dark, cart, harbor, lord, sword, porter, border, storm, serious, fierce, curious, various,
careful, scarce jewel, fuel, fury, jury
词尾：bar, far, more, door, appear, dear, fair, pear, pure, tour.
B． Phrases
take care of poor condition cruel behavior
during the course of mop the floor be born in
open the door sooner or later a smart clerk
84
C． Form sentences, using the words below .
1. car/ park 3. tear/ part 5. stare at/ star
2. hear/ story 4. order/guard 6. clear/ square
D． Dialogue
A：Dear, time is up, let‘s go there now.
B：Just a minute. I‘m wearing my clothes. A：
Have you taken the key to the door?
B：Yes. Oh, dear, I can‘t find my hairbrushes. Can you help me? A
：Where have you put it?
B：I put it in the dressing room . A：
Are you sure?
B：Yes, quite sure.
A：Then, have you looked downstairs? B：
Yes, I‘ve looked everywhere downstairs. A：
(looking around) Look, dear. It‘s over there. B
：Where?
A：On the floor.
E． Paragraph
Although more men are overweight, women are 10 times more likely to dislike their shape and have a distorted
body image, researchers said on Thursday.
Whether its the fashion industry‘s obsession with wafer-thin models or media images of slim women selling
everything from cars to ice cream, even average-sized women think theyare too fat and should lose weight.
―Women are likely to think they are too heavy for their height, even when they have a desirable weight,‖ said
Dr. Carol Emslie, a researcher at the University of Glasgow.
―The ideal female beauty is still being aligned with very thin bodies,‖she added in a telephone interview.
Eating disorders among teenagers and young adults are well documented but Emslie and her team found that
problems with body imageare also evident in women in their 30s and 40s.
Answer Key
听辨练习
A. 1. car 2. row 3. there 4. eve 5.
your
6. here 7. door 8. warm 9. hair 10. crazy
B. 1. here 2. story 3. sure 4. chair 5. report
6. park 7. hearty 8. garment 9. garden 10. card
跟读练习
C. 1. The car parks in front of the building.
2. Ilike to hear the story of your staying in USA.
3. If you don‘t do exactly as I say, I‘m going to tear you apart!
4. They give an order to that guard that no one could come in by now.
5. Please stare at this star; it‘s so rare to find one like that.
6. Thecops clear the Big Square every night at ten o‘clock.
85
UNIT THRE : 辅音
CONSONANTS
SECTION ONE
An Overiew of the Consonants
学习内容
美语中辅音的分类及其发音位置的变化情况。
学习目标
掌握美语辅音的发音及其发音位置的变化情况。
练习方法
1. 不了解性内容，不需要什么方法。
2. 美式英语中辅音的分类同英式英语基本相同。一些不同的地方在前面已经讲过，这里不再赘述。至
于其发音的位置及气流在口腔中通过的部位、方式，则通过图标来说明。
86
LESSON 30 辅音概述
ALL THE CONSONANTS
● Part One 听辨跟读练习
A.Listen to and repeat these four words. They begin with consonant sounds that are
similar to consonants found in many other languages, but they may not be exactly the
same.
bow [bDu] dough Joe go
On this facial diagram, the four consonants are placed in the position where the air is blocked. Say the four words
once more.
B.On this chart, all the English consonants are placed according to where the air is
blocked or constricted in the mouth. Listen to and repeat all of the English consonants in
words.
Lips Teeth Gum Ridge Hard Palate Soft Palate

[p] pea [t] tea [tN] chew [k] key
Stopped Air
[b] by [d] day [dI] joy [E] go
[f] fee [L] thigh [s] say [N] she
Fricative Air
[v] vow [M] they [z] zoo [I] Asia
[n] no
Resonant Air [m] my [r] ray [H] king
[l] lie
Semivowels [w] we [j] you
One consonant cannot be located on the chart：[h] how.
C.Say these phrases. Most of them are alliterative (both words begin with the same
consonant sound).
pen pal two toes can come cheap cheese by bus dark day
go get just John fall fast say something thin thighs she shows
very valuable zig zag then they Asian treasure my milk know nothing
young king lie low right road yes, you one way how high
Use the above phrases in sentences like the examples：dark day ：What a dark day! I thought it would be sunny
today. thin thighs：She thinks that exercise will give her thin thighs. my milk ：You‘re drinking my milk!
On your own：
D. Read the paragraph aloud. Draw a circle around one example of each of the
twenty four English consonants, including / w/, / j /, and / h /.
Don‘t you wish you could go to a place without crime, where people would help each other and follow the
Golden Rule? There is just one thing about that vision of utopia. There wouldn‘t be anyone there.
A.Listen. Then repeat the pairs of words.

1. too 2. pie 3. came 4. chain
do buy game Jane
87
5. fan 6. thigh (leg) 7. Sue 8. shock
van thy (your) zoo Jacques
Listen to one word of each pair. Circle the word you hear. Now listen to and write the words you hear.
Eachsentence has two or three of the above words
1. to the party late.
2. I‘ll _her a gold _.
3. Some spilled on her .
4. you and want to go to the _?
5. got a from the toaster.
6. The team to the in a . Some did _.
B.Vowels are longer before voiced consonants than before unvoiced ones. Listen to
these pairs of words. Then listen to one word of each pair and circle the one you hear.
1. write 2. writer 3. match 4. matches
ride rider Madge Madge‘s
5. rich 6. riches 7. bus 8. busing
ridge ridges buzz buzzing
C.Stop consonants in final position are often unrelased. Listen to all of these words.
Then listen to one word of each pair and circle the one you hear.
1. back 2. rate 3. tap 4. hit 5. seat
bag raid tab hid seed
D. Listen to the question. Then circle the correct answer, a or b.
1. cap/cab How much did he pay for his ?
a. About $6.00 b. About $15,000.
2. cot/cod Where did you buy the ?
a. At Marty‘s Furniture Store. b. At the fish market on 16th Street.
3. tack/tag What are you going to do with the ?
a. I‘m going to hang it on the tree. b. I‘m going to fasten this schedule to the wall with it.
E.Use one of the words of each pair in asking a question. Then let your partner answers
the question with a full sentence.
bet/bed life/live (adj) matter/madder Mable/maple
rope/robe race/raise back/bag precedent/president
E.g.：Do you ever bet on football games?
No, I never bet at all.
On your own：
F. Where do you hear the sound? Write B (for beginning of the word ) or E(for end of
the word).
E.g.：Beep, [p] is at the end of the word.
1. [p] _E_ 5. [t] 9. [f]
2. [b] 6. [d] 10. [dZ]
3. [k]_ 7. [s]
4. [g] 8. [z]
G.Fill in the blanks with words from the lists.
1. He a hole and buried the dead _. T
uck tug duck dug
2. Billy. 50 cents for the .
88
Pate paid bait bayed
3. The driver wore a black . cap
cab gap gab
H.Repeat the pairs of words. Then listen to the question and give a logical answer.
1. goat coat Is this your pretty white ?
2. cap cab How much did the cost you?
3. time dime Do you have the ?
4. writing riding I didn‘t understand. Did you say you spent your time ?
5. rope robe Where did you buy the red ?
6. cheer jeer Why did the crowd the basketball player?
7. joking choking Were you ?
8. fan van Where‘s a good place to buy a ?
Answer key Part two

A 1. Jane came 2. Buy chain 3. Pie thigh
4. Do Sue zoo 5. Jacques shock 6. came game van fans too
B 1. write 2. rider 3. Madge 4. matches 5. rich 6. ridges 7. buzz 8. busing
C 1. bag 2. rate 3. tap 4. hid 5. seed
D 1. cab. b. 2. cot. a. 3. tag. a
F 1. beep. E 2. pub. E 3. kid. B 4. game. B 5. dot. E
6. dog. B 7. kiss. E 8. toes. E 9. Jeff. E 10. change. E
G 1. dug/duck 2. paid/bait 3. cab/cap
H 1. coat 2. cap 3. time 4. writing 5. robe 6. jeer 7. joking 8. fan
89
SECTION TWO
Consonant Sounds
辅音的发音历来不如元音受重视。其实辅音才是发音时控制口腔气流的关键。能否在各种情况下正确的
将辅音运用到位，直接关系到发音的地道程度。而辅音连缀的各种形式，是拼写单词的重要依据。熟悉了它，
会让大家在听音辨词的练习中如鱼得水，更能使你摆脱按字母顺序背单词的笨方法，从而真正体会到拼音语
言记录发音的便捷。因此可以毫不夸张地说，掌握了辅音音素的发音要领，即是打开了通往流利口语境界的
大门。
学习内容
1 舌边音
2. 摩擦音
3. 爆破音
4. 破擦音
5. 鼻音
6. 半元音
7. 辅音连缀
学习目标
掌握辅音音素的正确发音方法及辅音连缀的知识
学习方法
1. 美式英语中 24 个主要的辅音音素同英式英语的发音是一样的，但其中大多数与汉语音素发音都有区
别，有的发音汉语中没有。为使大家掌握正确的发音及送气方式，同样需要一些必要的发音分辨练习
及了解美式英语中这些音发音时相关发音器官的使用特点。例如辅音[g]，发音时舌后部抬起同时软
颚下垂，这种闭气方式在汉语中极少见，要掌握它的发音，同样要先进行听力分辨，并在听力分辨的
过程中，时刻注意汉语中近似的发音同英语发音的区别。在听力分辨的基础上，学习体会发音技巧，
并加以模仿。
2. 其次，进行发音巩固练习，使自己能在单词、短语和句子中正确并熟练的读出该音素。
3. 所谓辅音连缀，就是几个辅音连续出现，中间没有元音参与发音。这对于中国学生是有一定难度的，
本章以图表形式尽量将所有的辅音连缀形式加以归类，以便大家了解掌握。
90
LESSON 31 辅音 [p]和[b]
THE CONSONANTS [p] AND [b]
常见问题
爆破音：在一个较短时间内，气流通道完全阻塞，气流（一般由于肺部的动作）受压，然后突然放开阻塞，
发出爆破的声音。爆破音问题较少，主要是注意清辅音[p] [t] [k]发音时声带不要震动,更不要发出汉语拼音的 p、
b、t、d、k 和 g。
发音方法
发[p]音时，双唇闭合，软颚抬起，完全阻塞气流通道，空气从肺部压出，双唇张开，气流突然冲出口腔，
发出爆破音，声带不振动。发[b]音时，主音同[p]相同，只不过送气的力量较弱，声带振动。
A.Listen, circle the corresponding number if you hear /p/ or /b/ in the word.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
B.Write down the words you hear on the tape, then fill in the blanks below.
1. sky 4. a of pants 7. an English
2. high 5. and small 8. stand
3. the door 6. out 9. the
C.Listen and repeat. Notice the sound /p/ and /b/ in the words .
/p/
1. I‘m playing guitar.
2. Shall we play together?
3. I can play the piano.
4. There is a lamp on the desk.
5. Peter is picking plums and apples.
6. Pat and Paul met each other in a park.
7. Ping-pong is a popular sport and is played in many places.
8. Peter is eating a pie.
9. Peter is pouring some water into the pot.
10. Peter is playing his harp.
/b/
1. Bring me the basket.
2. Jack was born in America.
3. We go to bed at 9 o‘clock.
4. Did you see the mob there?
5. The robber broke into the bank, but was caught by the police.
6. The blackbird brought back a beautiful big worm for his babies.
7. I see a doorbell on the door.
8. The taxicab is coming.
9. Bob bought a new bike yesterday.
10. Bob is camping beside a lake.
D. Proverbs
91
Patience is a plaster of all sores. 忍耐是解决一切痛苦的药方。
Beauty is only skin deep. 美貌不过一张皮（不可以以貌取人）。
E.Tongue twisters
/p/
Peter Payntor the painter prefers painting pink pigs to picking pretty purple pansies. Peter Piper picked a peck
of pickled pepper prepared by his parents and put them in a big paper plate.
/b/
Bill bought boiled beef and broad beans. Bill‘s big brother is building a beautiful building between two
bigbrick blocks.
●Part Three 综合练习
F. Read after the recorder.

Initial： pig pack pair park pie pause peace pork put pick big back bare bark buy
bus beg bark bid bag
Medial：appear compose compare sleeper spring whisper spend beeper Supper hopper obey
robber labor member timber jobber ribbon verbose verbal vibrate
Final： sharp rope tape cap sip step sip lip harp heap cab tribe job lab mob rob
herb robe tube bribe
G.Sentences exercises
Exercise 1：Listen to these sentences and circle the right word you hear on the tape.
There are (pears/bears) in the garden.
Could you tell me where the (pills / bills) are?
He‘s got a yellow (robe/rope).
Didyou take a (path/bath) just now?
Exercise 2：Complete the following sentences based on the letters given.
1. His parents gave him a nice birthday p for his 18 th birthday.
2. They‘re b a new house.
3. I want to b_ some books for my younger sister.
4.Yesterday Mary and Tom went to a restaurant to cele their wedding anniversary.
Exercise 3：Form a sentence using the words given and other structural words.
boys work days build boat
Exercise 4：Complete these sentences by adding adverbs.
1. Sue is singing (happy) on the grass.
2. The sun shines (bright) in summer.
H.Passage: Under line the letters that sound /p/ and /b/.
⑴ Bob‘s Polish friendPeter went to Sp ain andPortugal. In Op oro heb ought some baskets and paskets and prought
themback toBlackpool for Bob to see. ―Pretty good,‖ saidBob. ―Are these peppers pots?‖ ―No, breadbaskets,‖ Peter
replied promptly, ―By the way, where did you put my pills?‖ ―Your bills?‖ ―No, mypills.‖ ―In the pocket of your both
robe.” ⑵ How to pack? Use a small, light bag. Someone in your family may already have one that you can borrow. If
you need tobuy a bag, remember to find a simple one, like a canvas shoulder bag or a small backp ack. Be sure to put
your things in your bag evenly. It makes carrying around a bag a lot easier. Roll up your casual clothes instead of folding
and laying them flat. This leaves more room to pack other things, and keeps your clothes fairly wrinkle-free. Pack
anybreakables in the middle of your bag. Cushion them with your clothing. Put nametags with your home address
on—and in—your bag. Write in waterp roof ink. Rememb er that it is you who have been invited somewhere, not your
things. You will have an easier time if you‘re not weighed down, do it right—pack light.
I.Dialogue: Under line the letters that sound /p/ and /b/.
⑴ A：Looks like a goodp arty, I prob ab out half the peop
92
B：Who‘s that boy? A：
Where?
B：The one next to the telep hone.
A：I don‘t know. Never saw him before. Why?
B：I think he‘s the boy who just moved into my apartment building.
⑵ A：How do you do? I‘m Parker.
B：How do you do? Mr. B arker. A：
Parker.
B：Oh, Parker with a P?
A：Yes, with a P. B：Er
„ I’m B arker.
A：B arker? Witj a B. Of course. B：
Yes, with a B.
A：Won‘t you come in, Mr. B arker? B：
Thank you, Mr. Parker.
J. Jingles and rhymes（顺口溜与押韵句）
⑴ I passed by his garden, and marked with one eye
How the Owl and the Panther were sharing a pie：
The Panther took pie-crust and gravy, and meat,
While the Owl had the dish as its share of the treat.
When the pie was all finished, the Owl, as a boon,
Was kindly permitted to pocket the spoon,
While the Panther received knife and fork with a growl.
And concluded the banquet„
⑵ Bill had a billboard, and Bill also had a board bill.
The board bill bored Bill, so that Bill sold the Billboard to pay his board bill.
So after Bill sold his billboard to pay his board bill, the board bill no longer bored Bill.
K. Messages of greeting（赠言）
⑴ Warm thanks to someone special
What a bright and happy place
This worldwould be
If every one were just as nice as you have been to me.
There is no end to the thanks that I‘m sending to you because there is no end to the kind things you do.
⑵ Good-bye and Good Luck
Wherever you go and whatever you do,
May the happiest things always happen to you.
May your future be bright with promise,
glad with hope,
blessed with peace and joy.
Answer Key
A. 1. pen 2. ten 3. rob 4. those 5. bad
6. have 7. soup 8. fire 9. baby 10. stop
B. 1. blue 2. pole 3. open 4. pair 5. big
6. blow 7. club 8. up 9. bear
G. Exercise 1: 1. pears 2. bills 3. rope 4. bath
Exercise 2: 1. present 2. building 3. buy 4. celebrate
Exercise 4: 1. happily 2. brightly
93
H. Passage
⑴ Bob‘s Polish friendPeter went to Spain and Portugal. In Op oro heb ought some `b askets and pottery
andbrought themback toBlack pool for Bobto see.
―Pretty good,‖ said Bob .― Are these peppers pots?‖“No, bread baskets,‖ Peter rep lied promptly, ―By the
way, where did you put my pills?‖ ―Your bills?‖ ―No, my pills.‖ ―In the pocket of your both robe.‖
(2) How to pack?
Use a small, light bag. Someone in your family may already have one that you can borrow. If you need to
buy a bag, remember to find a simple one, like a canvas shoulder bag or a small back pack.
Be sure to put your things in your bag evenly. It make carrying around a bag a lot easier.
Roll up your casual clothes instead of folding and laying them flat. This leaves more room to pack other
things, and keeps your clothes fairly wrinkle-free.
Pack anybreakables in the middle of your bag. Cushion them with your clothing.
Put name tags with your home address on — and in — your bag. Write in waterproof ink. Remember that it
is you who have been invited somewhere, not your things. You will have an easier time if you‘re not
weighed down, doit right — pack light.
I. Dialogue
⑴ A：Looks like a good party, I probably know about half the people.
B：Who‘s that boy? A
：Where?
B：The one next to the telephone.
A：I don‘t know. Never saw him before. Why?
B：I think he‘s theboy who just moved into my apartment building.
⑵ A：How do you do? I‘m Parker.
B：How do you do? Mr Barker.
A：Parker. B：Oh, Parker with a Parker with a P. B：
Er…I‘m Barker.
A：Barker? With a B. Of course. B
：Yes, with a B.
A：Won‘t you come in, Mr Barker? B：
Thank you, Mr Parker.
94
LESSON 32 辅音 [t] 和 [d]
THE CONSONANTS [t]AND [d]
发音方法
1. 发[t]音时，嘴巴张开，软颚抬起，舌尖抵住上齿龈，气流通道完全阻塞，空气从肺部压出，舌尖离开齿
龈，气流突然从口腔冲出，从而形成爆破音，声带不振动。
2. 发[d]音时，主音同[t]相同，只不过送气的力量较弱，声带振动。
A.Listen, circle the corresponding number if you hear /t/ or /d/ in the word .
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
1. it away 6. _busy street
2. _car 7. a mess
3. Commerce and 8. _on the floor
4. play tennis 9. look
5. a lovely
C.Listen and repeat. Notice the sound /t/ and /d/ in the words .
/t/
1. He lost his sight, didn‘t he?
2. He didn‘t lose his sight.
3. Didn‘t he lose his sight?
4. He just lost his sight two days ago.
5. Don‘t tickle Tessie, Tom.
6. The cart got stuck in the mud.
7. Too many teenagers tend to waste their time watching television.
8. This article means to explain that it is easy to prepare for traveling.
9. He pointed to the notice-board on the right.
10. He stopped, took out an envelope and wrote on it.
/d/
1. David used to be a good guide, didn‘t he?
2. David didn‘t use to be a good guide.
3. Did David use to be a good guide?
4. David had changed a lot.
5. Dick‘s daughter Diana doesn‘t like dancing.
6. Teddy hurt his foot and was taken to the doctor.
7. I‘m ready to go anywhere.
8. He smiled at me so sadly that I knew that I could never tell him the truth.
9. Anthony had already proved himself the more skillful general.
10. Decide whether each of the following statements is true or false.
D. Proverbs
/t/ Time and tide wait for no man. 岁月不饶人。
95
/d/ Danger is next neighbor to security. 最危险的地方也是最安全的地方。
E.Tongue twisters
/t/ That master said that that ―that‖ is the right ―that‖ in that particular place.
A writer named Wright was instructing his little son how to writeWright right.
He said：―it is not right to write Wright as ‗rite‘—try to write Wright right!‖
/d/ Daring Dan dashed dizzily down the dale doing damaging deeds as he went.
Why does David do these dare-devil deeds?
F. Read after the recorder .

Initial： tailor turn tune tone tide tea top tap tell tire day delight dignity
double dinner deep dip debt date doubt
Medial：internal repetition factory settle motive grateful hepatic hinterland hostage
hotdog golden leader minded kingdom tender griddle hideous hindrance
lady ladder
Final： represent invent fact used translate heat hit wet wait white gold lead
mind head field cord feed pod friend bread
Exercise 1：Listen to these sentences and circle the right word you hear on the tape.
1. I want to (try/dry) this shirt.
2. She (writes/rides) very well.
3. We (sent/send) all the packages airmail.
4. Do you have the (time/dime)?
Exercise 2：Make up four sentences with the given words.
1. tea 2. water 3. desk 4. cards
Exercise 3：Complete the sentences with the hints：
1. When there was a blackout, … (type)
2. If it‘s fine tomorrow, … (go dancing)
3. Pal enjoys the holiday because … (play football)
4. Although Mrs. White likes reading, …(tired)
H.Passage: Under line the letters that sound /t/ and /b/.
(1) Ted cooked beef stew yesterd ay, but he did n‘t have enough of the ingredient s. He used less meat and
fewer tomat oes the recipe required. He also used less salt , less red wine, and fewer pot at oes than he
was supposed to. As a result, Ted‘s beef stew didn‘t taste very good.
I lost hope of cat ching my ship. I had not enough money to buy a ticket for another ship, or to stay in a
hotel for several d ays. My bank was far away. But I did not need a hot el, I was going to the police-station.
⑵ It seemed a long time before the officer reached me, and when at last his face came roud the door, it was
very hot. Most of the things from the corrid or were now out side on the station, and a lot of very angry
people were out there too. I got read y to go with the officer.
I.Dialogue: Under line the letters that sound /t/ and /b/.
⑴ A：Hello! B：Hello, Debbie. This is Donald.
A：Oh, hi, Donald.
B：What happened yesterd ay? You forgot our date, didn‘t you?
A：Well, it rained hard all day and I had a bad cold, so I decided to stay home. B
：you did? But I tried to call you at least twenty times and nobody answered.
A：Oh, thet elephone lines wered amaged by the storm. They repaired them yest erday. B：
What did David do yest erday? Did he and Judy go dancing?
96
A：No, they st ayed home and played cards with the children. B：
And what did you do? Did you play cards, too?
A：No. I listened to records and studied, what did you do yest erd ay, Donald. B
：I just told you, Debbie. I tried to call you twenty times!
⑵ A：What‘s the date today?
Righr. What present should we give him this time? By the way, how oldis he? B：
Thirteen today and tomorrow. Fourteen theday after tomorrow.
J. Humors
⑴ Dad was furious about Sonny‘s school report. ―I‘ve never read anything like it,‖ he roared. ―It says here
that you‘re nothing but a little terror! What does this mean?‖
―It means, Dad,‖ said the object of the report, ―that I‘m the son of a big terror.
⑵ A city lad, visiting the sea side for the first time, found himself walking along the dock of a little fishing
village.
―That‘s the sea?‖ he asked an old fisherman.
―That‘s right, my dear,‖ said the fisherman.
―I hear it‘s very good for the feet. I‘d like to try it.‖ said the innocent vacationer.
―I can help you there, my dear,‖ said the fisherman, and he let down a bucket into the sea, filled it, and
drew it up again. ―You can bathe your old tootsies in there, my dear. Only a dime.‖
So that city lad paid his money, took off his socks and shoes, and had a paddle; then away he went, quite
satisfied.
A couple of hours later he passed the same fisherman, and by this time the tide had gone out quite a
distance.
―My goodness!‖ he exclaimed, ―Business must be good!‖
K.Rhymes
⑴ Motto for Motorists
Pedestrians should be seen and not hurt.
Don‘t kid about safety, You may be the goat.
Time saved at a crossing, May be lost in the emergency ward.
⑵ Pease pudding hot, Pease pudding cold,
Pease pudding in the pot
Nine days old.
Some like it hot, Some like it cold,
Some like it in the pot
Nine days old.
L.Messages of greeting
⑴ Warm thanks to someone special
What a bright and happy place
This world of ours would be
If everyone
Were just as nice
As you have been to me.
There is no endto the thanks that I‘m sending to you
Because there is no end
To the kind things you do.
97
⑵ To a wonderful teacher
As years go by,
A dear teacher
Means more and more to us.
For all your hard work and dedication,
You deserve a day off.
Answer Key
A. 1. north 2. tape 3. driver 4. throat 5. suicide 6. flats 7. this 8. train 9. hundred 10. catch
B. 1. take 2. used 3. industry 4. table 5. dog 6. avoid 7. pretty 8. stand 9. after
G.. Exercise 1 1. dry 2. writes 3. sent 4. dime
H. Passage
(1) Ted cooked beef stew yest erd ay, but he didn‘t have enough of the ingred ients. He used less meat and
fewer tomatoes that the recipe required .He also used less salt, less red wine, and fewer potat oes than he
was supposed to. As a result, Ted‘s beef stew didn‘t taste very good.
(2) I lost hope of catching my ship. I had not enough money to buy a ticket for another ship, or to stay in a
hotel for several days. My bank was far away. But I did not need a hotel, I was going to the police-st at ion.
It seemed a long time before the officer reached me, and when at last his face came round the door, it was
very hot. Most of the things from the corrid or were now out side on the st at ion, and a lot of very angry
people were out there too. I got ready to go with the officer.
I. Dialogue
A：Hello!
B：Hello, Debbie? This is Donald. A：
Oh, hi, Donald.
B：What happened yesterday? You forgot our date, didn‘t you?
A：Well, it rained hard all day and I had a bad cold, so I decided to stay home. B：
You did? But I tried to call you at least twenty times and nobody answered.
A：Oh, the telephone lines lines were damaged by the storm. They repaired them yesterday. B：
What did David do yesterday? Did he and Judy go dancing?
A：No, they stayed home and played cards with the children. B：
And what did you do? Did you play cards, too?
A：No. I listened to records and studied, what did you do yesterday, Donald? B
：I just told you, Debbie. I tried to call you twenty times!
A：What‘s the date today?
Right. What present should we give him this time? By the way, how old is he? B：
Thirteen today and tomorrow. Fourteen the day after tomorrow.
98
LESSON 33 辅音[k]和[E]
THE CONSONANTS [k] AND [E]
常见问题
这两个音是爆破音，中国学生很容易将这两个音发成汉语拼音 k 和 g，发音时摩擦的感觉较重。发音方
法
发[k]音时，嘴巴张开，舌后部抬高，并抵住软颚前部，使气流通道完全阻塞。同时软颚抬起，堵住鼻腔通道，
再从肺部压出空气。当抵住软颚的舌离开软颚时，气流突然冲出口腔，发出爆破音，声带不振动。
发[E]音时，主音同[k]相同，只不过送气的力量较弱，声带振动。

A.Listen, circle the corresponding number if you hear /k/ or /E/ in the word.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
1. have a 6. _sb. up
2. off drugs 7. as _as a play
3. up 8. write with the left
4. have a 9. talk
5. _a house

C.Listen and repeat. Notice the sound /k/ and /g/ in the sentences.
/k/
1. A hot coal fell in the carpet.
2. Take off your coat!
3. It was a complete surprise to Mike.
4. Who is carrying the kettle?
5. Cut your coat according to your cloth. (量体裁衣)
6. Every country has its customs.
7. Take care of the pence and the pounds will take care of themselves.（小事留意，大事顺心）
8. Cats are covered with fur and dogs are covered with hair.
9. Let her have her cry out.
10. He has gained the character of miser.
/E/
1. Go ahead, please!
2. Grace serves as a guide for a company.
3. Don‘t be pulling Meg‘s leg.
4. What he has done is not legal.
5. All that glitters is not gold.
6. A good beginning makes a good ending.
7. I‘m beginning to feel hungry. Give me some eggs and a big jug of beer.
8. You must be guided by your sense of what is right and just.
9. We‘re expecting guests to dinner.
10. Potatoes are sold in grade, and Grade A potatoes are of the best quality.
D. Proverbs
Confidence in yourself is the first step on the road to success. 信心是迈向成功的第一步。
The golden rule of life is ―making a beginning.‖ 生命的真谛在于开始。
99
E.Tongue twisters
/k/ Can Christmas come twice?
If Christmas can come twice, when else can Christmas come?
Canners can can what they can can but can not can things can‘t be canned.
The king cursed the courtiers and slapped them quickly into clink for taking prescriptions from a quack doctor.
/E/ Gracie‘s great-grand-gran is greater than Gregory‘s great-grand-gran is.
●Part Three 跟读练习

F. Read after the recorder .
Initial： cat kite coco courage chemical king kept come came cost guest gust
groom goal glad God gun guide got get
Medial：fact election liquid liquor outskirts crucifix crucifixion critical precaution
prefix linger linguist angle magnet again pregnant prefigure figure finger
rigging
Final： think magic neck lock sake bark lock look wake work vague leg
tag egg flag league jug dog pig bag
Exercise 1：Fill in the blank with the word you hear on the tape.
1. I caught my coat ona in the kitchen.
2. Has she got a new _?
3. How many do you have?
4. Be careful, something is on your .
Exercise 2：Complete the sentences with adverbs.
1. Helen runs as as Kelly. (quick)
2. You are_ right. (exact)
3. You should enter the room . (quiet)
4. He is amused. (great)
Exercise 3：Complete these sentences using the words given in past tense.
1. The girl (greet) him eagerly.
2. He _(pick) up the pack of cards and counted them.
3. He was (catch) in the heavy rain.
4. He was (accuse) of murder.
Exercise 4：Questions and Answers
1. Where‘s my door key? In your pocket, I think.
2. Where‘s my newlock? Right here on the desk.
3. Where‘s Tom‘s birthday cake? In the cupboard over there.
4. Where‘s the little girl? She‘s at the school gate.
5. What‘s in her hands? Well, a jug of milk and a bag of bananas.
H. Passage：underline the letters that sound /k/ or /E/ .
Walking down Oxford Street at Christmas time, you can see all kinds of exciting decorations. It was animals
last year, a glass turkey wearing a ridiculous cap; a goat with a gap in its top teeth; a monkey wearing a gold coat; a
duck dressed as a railway guard; a pig holding a big card—the king of clubs. When we got to Piccadilly Circus, I
put my glasses back in my bag. Although it was cold, it was better than classes at school.
I. Dialogue：underline the letters that sound /k/ and /E/.
⑴ A：I just got a telegram from Margaret and Greg.
B：Are they coming to Chicago again?
A：Yes. They‘re coming the beginning of August. B：
Oh, good! We can all get together again.
100
A：I‘m glad they‘re coming in August. MaybeGreg and I can play some golf or get tickets to a baseball
game.
B：And Margaret and I can take the dog and go jogging in the park.
A：Remember the garden party they gave when we were in England?
B：Oh, yes. We all sat on the grass, and Margaret played the guitar and sang Greek songs. A
：I had a great time. It‘ll be good to see them again.
⑵ A：When the rain stops, you‘ll see how beautiful the beach is.
B：But the rain has been pouring down for two days. We‘ve both caught colds. A：
And this bedroom is too big and damp. But it‘s better than a tent.(She sneezes) B：
How unlucky! (He sneezes, too) Let‘s pack our bags and go home.
J. Jingles and nursery rhymes
⑴ There was a young man from Quebec ⑶ Buttercups and kingcups and cowslips too;
who wrapped both his legs round his neck. I‘m picking them all for a bouquet for you.
but then he forgot how to undo the knot, a ⑷ ―Where are you going, big pig, big pig?‖
nd now he is an absolute wreck! ―I‘m going to dig in the garden.‖
⑵ His horse went dead and his donkey went lame, ―In the garden to dig! Disgraceful pig!‖
and he lost six cows in a poker game; ―Beg pardon, ma‘am, beg pardon.‖
then a hurricane came on a summer day,
and blew down his house when he was away!
and an earthquake came when that was gone,
and swallowed the land that the house stood on!
Answer Key
A. 1. forge 2. forgive 3. back 4. session 5. hit 6. catch 7. gee 8. gate 9. horse 10. lung
B. 1. success 2. keep 3. get 4. lecture 5. guard 6. call 7. good 8. hand 9. cross
G. Exercise 1 1. hook 2. goat 3. classes 4. back Exercise 2 1. quickly 2. exactly 3. quietly 4. greatly Exercise 3 1.
greeted 2. picked 3. caught 4. accused
H. Passage
Walking down Ox ford Street at Christmas time, you can see all kinds of ex citing dec orations. It was animals last
year, a glass turkey wearing a ridiculous cap; a goat with a gap in its top teeth; a monkey wearing a gold coat; a duck
dressed as a railway guard; a pig holding a big card—the king of clubs. When we got to Picc adilly Circ us, I put my
glasses back in my bag. Although it was cold, it was better than classed at school.
I. Dialogue.
(1) A：I just got a teleg ram from Marg aret and Greg.
B：Are they coming to Chicago again?
A：Yes. They‘re coming the beginning of August. B：
Oh, good! We can all get together again.
A：I‘m glad they‘re coming in August. Maybe Greg and I can play some golf or get tickets to a baseball
game.
B：And Marg aret and I can take the dog and go jogging in the park. A：
Remember the garden party they gave when we were in England?
B：Oh, yes. We all sat on the grass, and Margaret played he guitar and sang Greek songs. A
：I had a great time. It‘ll be good to see them again.
⑵ A：When the rain stops, you‘ll see how beautiful the beach is.
B：But the rain has been pouring down for two days. We‘ve both caug ht colds. A：
And this bedroom is too big and damp. But it‘s better than a tent. (She sneezes) B：
How unlucky! (He sneezes, too) let‘s pack our bags and go home.
101
LESSON 34 辅音[ts]和[dz]
The CONSONANTS [ts] AND [dz]
常见问题
这一组辅音的发音十分简单，与汉语拼音 c 和 z 很接近，但送气略有不同，注意发音方法描述。发音方
法
发[ts]音时，舌身要放在[s]的位置上，舌尖还要抵住上齿龈。气流从肺部压出，舌不要过于迅速地从齿龈离
开，舌刚离开时有爆破，在移开的过程中能听见短促的[s]音。发音时声带不振动。
发[dz]音时，主音同[ts]音相同，只不过声带要振动。

A.Listen ，circle the corresponding number if you hear /tz/ or /dz/ in the word.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
1. They are . 6. flying
2. Are they ? 7. train
3. They are . 8. eight
4. sing. 9. remarkable
5. in the_

C.Listen and repeat. Notice the sound /ts/ and /dz/ in the sentences.
/ts/ /dz/
1. He gets up at 7. 1. There are four periods.
2. Parrots can be trained to imitate human 2. These beds are for children.
speech. 3. It leads to a war.
3. It‘s not easy being parents. 4. He reminds me of his brother.
4. The farm products from Heilongjiang are 5. Keats wants some cards and boards.
good. 6. The guards have killed thousands and thousands of
5. There are sorts of things on the shelves. birds and cats.
6. These shorts are in good style.. 7. There are hundreds and hundreds of beds in the carts.
7. He gets up at 7o‘clock every day. 8. Liz reads newspaper every morning.
8. These seats are not occupied. 9. There are many new words in the text.
9. I saw lots and lots of birds and kites. 10. The odds are in your favour.
10. He holds three cats in his hand.
D. Proverbs
Two Heads are better than one. 两人智慧胜过一人。
Like attracts like. 物以类聚
E.Tongue twister
/ts/ A box ofbiscuits, a box of mixed biscuits and biscuits mixer.
/dz/ One of the kids guards a ball in the playgrounds.

F. Read after the
tape .
Final： sits hits its bites fights heats feats lots coats pots words beads kids threshold
prudes odds birds ends hides rides
102
G.Sentence exercises
Exercise 1 ：Listen and write down the right word on the tape.
1. They are playing .
2. There are two .
3. All lead to Rome.
4. Thereare 42 in the hall
Exercise 2 ：Form a sentence with the words given.
kites are there spring in the sky lots of
Exercise 3 ：Form sentences in present tense with the words given.
1. coats 2. hands 3. toes 4. roommates
H. Passage：underline the letters that sound /ts/ and /dz/ .
Liz, whose legs are injured, never demands help so long as she can do it by herself. Every morning, she
washed her hands and face. And then makes the beds. She has two cats; she feeds them at 9 in the morning. After
that, she reads for a while.
I. Dialogue：underline the letters that sound /ts/ and /dz/ .
A：What‘s wrong with it?
B：It‘s broken . I just bought it yesterday, you know, it costs me $556. A
：It sounds too bad. What will you do?
B：Mike suggests me to return it. A：
That‘s what I want to say.
J. Rhymes
⑴ Gifts, gifts, gifts!
Rafts of gifts!
Gifts from you and me.
The wind shifts.
The tide lifts.
Rafts drift out to sea.
⑵ The winds, the winds, the winter winds,
have blown the sands to sea;
But friends, my friends, those loving friend,
are still kind friends to me.
Answer Key
A. 1. right 2. scratches 3. cats 4. scoops 5. bees 6. goods 7. hands 8. cuts 9. coast 10. pens
B. 1. students 2. roommates 3. classmates 4. Let‘s 5. fields 6. birds 7. goods 8. grades 9.insig hts
G. Exercise 1 1. cards 2. cats 3. roads 4. seats
H. Passage
Liz , whose legs are injured, never demands help so long as she can do it by herself. Every morning, she
washed her hands and face. And then makes the beds. She has two cats, she feedsthem at 9 in the morning.
After that, she reads for a while.
I. Dialogue
A：What‘s wrong with it?
B：It‘s broken. I just bought it yesterday, you know, it costs me $556. A
：It sounds too bad. What will you do?
B：Mike suggests me to return it. A：
That‘s what I want to say.
103
LESSON 35 辅音[tr]和[dr]
THE CONSONANTS [tr] AND [dr]
常见问题
有些中国同学分不清这组音同[tN][dI]的区别。注意发音时要圆唇，同时舌头闭气的部位较[tN]和[dI]略前。发
音方法
发[tr]音时，舌身要放在发[r]音的位置上，舌尖抵住齿龈后部，气流从肺部压出，舌不宜过速地离开齿龈，
在刚离开时有爆破，在离开的过程中能听见[r]音，发音时声带没有振动。
发[dr]音时，主音同[tr]音相同，只不过声带要振动。

A.Listen, circle the corresponding number if you hear /tr/ or /dr/ in the word.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
B.Write down the words you hear on the tape, fill in the blanks below .
1. an book 4. friendship 7. tears
2. to a pint of milk 5. have a 8. introduce a
3. addict 6. fish in waters 9. a beautiful

C.Listen and repeat. Notice the sound /tr/ and /dr/ in the words.
/tr/ /dr/
1. Have a try! 1. How were they dressed?
2. A dog is trenched for irrigation. 2. Beijing has taken dramatic changes.
3. Does your dog know any trick? 3. He often dreams
4. They are planting trees. 4. It drizzled all day.
5. Trudy‘s dream has come true at last. 5. I had a strange dream in the train.
6. The boy drew a train running along the trees. 6. The ship‘s anchor dragged during the night.
7. Mr. Trench treated me to some strong drinks. 7. Military expenditure has been a great drain on the country‘s
8. There‘s a shortage of trained nurse. resources.
9. There‘s a tramp at the door begging for food. 8. Land must be well drained for some crops.
10. The wounded soldiers trailed past us. 9. When does the draw take place?
10. Are you interested in amateur dramatics?
D. Proverbs
/tr/ A strong man will struggle with the storms of fate. 强者能与命运抗争。
/dr/ Constant dripping wears away a stone. 水滴石穿。
E.Tongue twisters
The drain in the train dripped again and again until the drain in the train dropped dry.
The children tried to trim the tree.
The driver drove the dray.
I always find travel by train very trying.

F. Read after the
tape.
Initial： trial trip treasure translate troy tree treat tread track true drive dry drag dress
drove drink dream drive dreary drown
Medial：interest extra struggle stress strange streak straw strength strike industry
104
Final： (no such word)
Exercise 1 ：Listen and write down the right words on the tape.
1. These are .
2. Did you have a ?
3. Have a .
4. His has come true.
Exercise 2 ：Complete the sentences with the words given.
1. The film is very thrilling and dr_ large audience.
2. The person who drives is a dr_ .
3. Shoemaking is a useful tr .
4. It‘s a tr inChina to spend the Spring Festival.
trim the children tree tried
Exercise 4 ：Form sentences in future tense with the words given.
1. travel 2. translate 3. transport 4. trouble
H. Passage：underline the letters that sound /tr/ and /dr/.
I‘m looking for a pair of trousers in a department store, the clerk told me the trousers counter is past the
women‘s dress. I found it and another clerk introduced me their new style and told me the material is easy to dry. I
chose one and it matches my dress very much.
I. Dialogue：underline the letters that sound /tr/ and /dr/.
A：Would you drink some coffee?
B：No, thanks. I have some trouble with my heart, my doctor suggests me to drink less. A：
Would you try some watermelon juice? It tastes good.
B：All right.
J. A Jingle
At noon in June when the flowers droop
and the roofing sky is blue;
when the doves croon through
the gloom of the trees,
what do we choose to do?
why, to troop to the pool
where the water cool,
seems far too good to be true!
Answer Key
A. 1. trousers 2. dive 3. extra 4. throne 5. throat 6. drive 7. drama 8. door 9. droll 10. dream
B. 1. interesting 2.drink 3.drug 4. true 5. try 6. troubled 7. draw 8. topic 9. drum
G. Exercise 1 1. trees 2. trip 3. try 4. dream
Exercise 2 1. draws 2. driver 3. trade 4. tradition
H. Passage I‘m looking for a pair of trousers in a department store, the clerk told me the trousers counter is past
the women‘s dress. I found it and another clerk introduced me their new style and told me the material is easy
to dry. I chose one and it matches my dress very much.
I. Dialogue A：Would you drink some coffee?
B：No, thanks. I have some trouble with my heart, my doctor suggests me to drink less. A：
Would you try some watermelon juice? It tastes good.
B：All right.
105
LESSON 36 辅音[tN]和[dI]
THE CONSONANTS [tN] AND [dI]
常见问题
北方同学注意不要同汉语拼音 chi 和 zhi 相混，南方同学注意不要同 q 和 j 相混。发音方
法
发[tN]音时，软颚抬起，舌尖和舌面抬起，气流通道完全阻塞，空气从肺部压出。舌一离开齿龈，气流便从
口腔冲出，当舌移开时，必须在后面的任何一个音发出之前能够听到同部位的摩擦音[N]，声带不振动。
发[dI]音时，主音同[tN]音相同，只不过声带要振动。

A.Listen, circle the corresponding number if you hear /tN/ or /dI/ in the word.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
1. a doctor 6. strength
2. Give us a . 7. sth. up
3. a_ stone 8. the of time
4. Take your . 9. in the
5. up
●Part Two 综合练习

C.Listen and repeat. Notice the sound /tN/ or /dI/ in the sentences.
/tN/
1. Won‘t you take a chair and sit down?
2. There is a box of chocolate on the chair.
3. Is he a chain smoker?
4. The children arechasing on the beach.
5. Jane had chicken and French fries for lunch.
6. The chief charge against John is that he cheated the judge.
7. John urged Judy to buy a digital watch.
8. George is choosing a chair.
9. He bought a cheap watch.
10. They are marching to the beach.
/dI/
1. He had a tooth drawn.
2. He is at the age of 75.
3. George is drinking a glass of orange juice.
4. I‘m much obliged to you.
5. The chief charge against John is that he cheated the judge.
6. John urged Judy to buy a digital watch.
7. Just for a joke, we mixed gin and ginger with some jam.
8. They are walking along the edge of the bridge.
9. This watch has 15 jewels.
10. It‘s a hard job for a poor man to keep his wife and children clothed and fed.
D. Proverbs
Misfortunes always come at night. 不幸总是在夜晚来临。
106
All work and no play make Jack a dull boy. 只工作无娱乐使人愚钝。
E.Tongue twisters
/tN/ Charles chose cheap cheese and cherries.
Watch the children playing catch on the beach.
Charles chartered a launch to Greenwich Reach where he purchased a lunch of chops and cheese
/dI/ Joseph Johnson jeered a jesting juggler. A jesting juggler Joseph Johnson jeered.
When Joseph Johnson jeered a jesting juggler, how did Joseph Johnson jeer the jesting juggler?
George follows the edge of the hedge until he reaches the bridge.

F. Read after the
recorder.
Initial：chance chalk chief chest choice cheap chip chest chat chop Jack jacket jeep
gymnastic geography germ Jane join joke judge
Medial：discharge entrenchment richer picturetorture biology gadget rejoin major margin
Final：which sandwich hatch rich inch reach hatch torch march itch hedge age sewage
beverage charge forge urge lodge badge large
Exercise 1 ：Listen to these sentences and circle the right word you hear on the tape.
1. She‘s (choking/joking).
2. Both David and Robert don‘t like (ships/chips).
3. Are these (Madge‘s/matches)?
4. I‘ll (watch/wash) the bag for you.
Exercise 2 ：Complete the following sentences based on the letters given.
1. Which kind of cheese do you ch se?
2. Fetch the ch en from the butcher‘s.
3. The giant had a h jaw.
4. Jame was obliged to ch ge the arrangement.
Exercise 3 ：Form a sentence in present tense using the words given and other structural words.
Jame very much jam cheese enjoy
Exercise 4 ：Questions and Answers
1. Who‘s sitting in that armchair?
Jane is. She‘s sitting there and knitting.
2. Where‘s her child? In the garden.
He‘s playing with his toys.
3. Look at this picture of the church. What are the people doing?
They are having a church service.
4. What‘s the man doing in this picture?
He‘s striking a match to light his cigarette.
5. What‘s in the jar in this picture?
Well, jam. It‘s a jar of strawberry jam.
6. The jeep in this picture looks nice.
Is it yours?
7. No, it‘s John‘s. Yes, it‘s a nice jeep.
It‘s the latest model made in Beijing.
8. Who‘s walking on this bridge?
Thejudge is. He enjoys a walk on this bridge after work.
H. Passage：underline the letters that sound /tN/ or /dI/ .
107
My uncle George is really quite a charming gentleman. But he simply has no judgement when it comes to
108
choosing topic of conversation. He embarrassed us recently when he gave us a long lecture. He chose the subject of
Anglo-German cultural relations. A wretched man who had come to move some furniture had to listen.
I. Dialogue：underline the letters that sound /tN/ or /dI/ .
⑴ A：Good morning, Ms Chan. What can I get you today?
B：Good morning, Mr. Church. I‘d like some lamb chops for the children‘s lunch.
A：Shoulder chops, Ms Chan?
B：Yes. I‘ll take four shoulder chops and I‘d like a small chicken. A
：Would you like to choose a chicken?
B：Which one is cheaper? A：
This one is cheapest.
B：How much is all that? I don‘t have much cash. Can I give you a check? A：
Yes, of course, Ms Chan.
⑵ A：How are the children doing in your class, Jane?
B：They‘re all doing fine. Let me show you some of their pictures.
A：Which child is this? B：That‘s Charles.
A：What a large child! B：
All my children are large. A：
And which child is this? B：
That‘s James.
A：What an agile child! B：
All my children are agile. A
：Now which child is this?
B：That‘s Joanna. Joanna hopes to go to college. A：
Mm. ―All my children hope to go to college.‖ Right?
⑶ Childishness (童心)
A：―I wonder if I can see your mother, little boy. Is she engaged?‖
B：―Engaged? She‘s married‖.
A：―Johnny, I wish you‘d stop reaching for things. Haven‘t you a tongue?‖ B：
― Yes, Mother, but my arm is longer.‖
J. Nursery rhymes
⑴ Jack and Jill went up the hill, to fetch a pail of water.
Jack fell down and broke his crown, and Jill came tumbling after.
⑵ Chuck! Chuck! Chuck?
I‘ve hatched a little duck, and such a batch of cheeping chicks.
Chuck! Chuck! Chuck!
⑶ Jump, jump, over the hedge, And jingle-jangle all the way,
And joggety-jog across the bridge, Gee-up! The jolly old gentlemen say!
109
Answer Key
A. 1. knock 2. nurse 3. child 4. forge 5. shine 6. catch 7. Jill 8. together 9. garage 10.gem
B. 1. fetch 2. gesture 3. huge 4. choice 5. chop 6. giant 7. hitch 8. passage 9. church
G. Exercise 1 1. joking 2. chips 3. Madge‘s 4. watch
Exercise 2 1. choose 2. chicken 3. huge 4. change
H. Passage
My uncle George is really quite a charming gentleman. But he simply has no judgment when it comes to choosing
topic of conversation. He embarrassed us recently when he gave us a long lecture. He chose the suberman cultural
relations. A wretchjed man who had come to move some furniture had to listen.
I. Dialogue
⑴ A：Good morning, Ms Chan. What can I get you today?
B：Good morning, Mr Church. I‘d like some lamb chops for the children‘s lunch. A：
Shoulder chops, Ms Chan?
B：Yes. I‘ll take four shoulder chops and I‘d like a small chicken. A：
Would you like to choose a chicken?
B：Which one is cheaper? A：
This one is cheapest.
B：How much is all that? I don‘t have much cash. Can I give you a check? A：
Yes, of course, Ms Chan.
⑵ A：How are thech ildren doing in your class, Jane?
B：They‘re all doing fine. Let me show you some of their pictures.
A：Which child is this?
B：That‘s Charles. A：
What a largech ild! B：All
my children are large. A：
And which child is this? B：
That‘s James.
A：What an agile child! B：
All my children are agile. A：
Now which child is this?
B：That‘s Joanna. Joanna hopes to go to college. A：
Mm. ―All my children hope to go to college.‖ Right?
110
LESSON 37 辅音[f]和[v]
THE CONSONANTS [f] AND [v]
常见问题
主要集中在[v]音上，注意发音时不要将这个音同半元音[w]混在一起。发
音方法
发[f]音时，下唇贴住上齿，气流从上齿和下唇之间以及牙缝中间强行通过，软颚抬起，声门敞开，声带不振
动。
发[v]音时，主音同[f]音相同，只不过声带要振动。

A.Listen, circle the corresponding number if you hear /f/ or /v/ in the word.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
1. _and husband 6. near a
2. a beautiful 7. in
3. ten_ 8. speak_
4. sit on a 9. one‘s instructions
5. _a lesson

C.Listen and repeat. Notice the sound /f/ and /v/ in the words.
/f/
1. He lives far away from his hometown.
2. Would you like a cup of coffee?
3. A friend in need is a friend indeed.
4. Which knife do you prefer?
5. Feel whether there are any bones broken.
6. Few people live to be 100 and fewer still live to be 110.
7. Shall I fetch your coat for you?
8. We are going away for a few days.
9. When dogs fight, they use their teeth.
10. What a fine field of wheat!
/v/
1. He gave her a vase for her birthday.
2. Have you ever been to America?
3. The driver arrived late.
4. I‘m starving.
5. He knows our very thoughts.
6. Subsequent events verified mysuspicions.
7. He could not veil his distrust.
8. There‘s a large variety of patterns to choose.
9. Art may be used as vehicle for propaganda.
10. Nothing venture, nothing gain. (不入虎穴，焉得虎子)
D. Proverbs
Industry is fortune‘s right hand, and frugality her left. 勤奋是财富的右手，节俭是其左手。
110
Virtue is fairer than beauty. 美德胜于美貌。
E.Tongue twisters
/f/ ⑴ This fish has a thin fin, that fish has a fat fin; This fish is a fish that has a thinner fin than that fish.
⑵ A Finnish fisher named Fisher failed to fish any fish one Friday afternoon and finally he found out a big
fissure in his fishing-net.
⑶ The four flour factories furnished Mr. Ford with a terrific fortune.
⑷ Famine and failure faced the frenzied farmer.
/v/ Eve‘s elevating eleven elephants.

F. Read after the
recorder.
Initial：food fetch fan ferry few feet fat form farm firm voice vain
vocation victory very vest vary volley vote vow
Medial ： afford afraid prefer laughter soften reform reflect refine refer infer
driver review eleven novel avoid invoice invest involve invoice invite
Final：tough beef enough knife loaf hoof safe life tough laugh above live
love have wave have halve seven leave five
Exercise 1 ：Listen to these sentences and write down the right words you hear on the tape.
1. Could you _this sweater? 3. Is his the ?
2. I bought a new _. 4. This room has .
1. I like reading short no .
2. She‘s le_ for Shanghai tomorrow.
3. I once li in the south of China.
4. Could you give me a cup of co ?
Exercise 3 ：Form a sentence by using the words given.
the forms fill in for food
Exercise 4 ：Form sentences with the words given.
1. father 2. friend 3. victory 4. love
1. What do you see on the table?
Food. Lots of food.
Enough food for an army.
2. What do you see in this picture?
A flower.
A red, red rose.
3. What‘s the man in this picture doing?
He‘s laughing.
He‘s just heard a funny story.
4. What‘s the girl doing?
She‘s coughing.
She has a cold, I‘m afraid.
5. What does the vendor sell?
She sells all kinds of vegetables.
6. What‘s the girl doing?
She‘s divingfrom a high platform.
111
Oh, what a beautiful dive!
112
H. Passage：underline the letters that sound /f/ and /v/ .
Only a few friends were ever invited to the famous violinist‘s villa. Many had seen photographs of it—the
view over the river, the valuable violins, the family leaving for Venice, the family feeding the elephants. So I felt
brave as I ventured up the driver that November afternoon.
After all I had been a fan ofhis for years. After returning to England in 1929, Sir Francis Chichester made a
solo flight to Australia in a biplane. Two years later, in 1931, he piloted the first east-west flight over the Tasman
Sea between New Zealand and Australia. He then planned to fly round the world, but the plane was severely
damaged in an accident in Japan.
I. Dialogue：underline the letters that sound /f/ and /v/ .
⑴ A：Has your family lived here for long?
B：Five and a half years. We moved here on the first of November. A：
You have a fantastic view.
B：Yes. I love living here.
A：Look! You can see the village way down in the valley. B：
Yes. It‘s a lovely view.
⑵ A：Hello, Vicki.
B：Hi, David. What a beautiful necklace! Dude, I‘ve never seen anything like it. A
：Well, you can have it for eleven hundred—as a friend.
B：I think seven hundred is enough.
A：What? Seven hundred? B：
Well, eight hundred, then? A：No,
one thousand at least.
B：Eight hundred and fifty. Come on. I have 4 kids, 3 dogs, and 2 husbands to feed! A：
You‘re a thief, Vicki. But I guess, eight hundred and fifty is all right.
B：Here you are, sucker! Victory for me, I bought it for 30 bucks just yesterday!
⑶ A：What are you doing, Victor?
B：I‘m making a list of food and drinks. A：
What for?
B：What for? For the party, of course. A：
Party? What party?
B：We‘re having a Valentine‘s Day Party. A：
Oh, I forget. Who‘s invited?
B：We‘ve invited all our sophomore friends from school. A：
Can I help you get ready?
B：That‘ll be a big help. Well, here‘s a list of some of the food you could buy. A：
Ok, just leave it to me. I‘ll take care of it.
B：Thanks. See you at five. Don‘t forget to bring your valentine.
J. Jingles and rhymes
⑴ Puff, puff ⑶ He that would thrive,
Puff the fluff, Must rise at five.
And fly, feather, fly; He that has thriven,
Puff, puff, May lie till seven.
That‘s enough— And he that by the plough would thrive,
It‘s far, far off in the sky. Himself must either hold or drive.
⑵ Come visit the lovely violets ⑷ The fair breeze blew,
That live in the valley here; The white foam flew;
The loveliest violets you ever have seen The furrow followed free,
Over the hills or near. We were the first to burst — Into that silent sea.
113
Answer Key
A. 1. fold 2. hold 3. pan 4. van 5. hall 6. fall 7. best 8. vest 9. few 10. view
B. 1. wife 2. valley 3. calves 4. sofa 5. review 6. river 7. fashion 8. French 9. follow
F. Exercise 1 1. fold 2. fan 3. vest 4. view
Exercise 2 1. novels 2. leaving 3. lived 4. coffee
H. Passage
Only a few friend were ever invited to the famous violinist‘s villa. Many had seen photographs of it – the view
over the river, the valuable violins, the family leaving for Venice, the family feeding the elephants. So I felt brave as
I ventured up the driver that November afternoon. After all I had been a fan of his for years.
After returning to England in 1929, Sir Francis Chichester made a solo flight to Australia in a biplane. Two
years later, in 1931, he piloted the first east-west flight over the Tasman Sea between New Zealand and Australia.
He then planned to fly round the world, but the plane was severely damaged in an accident in Japan.
I. Dialogue
⑴ A：Has your family lived here for long?
B：Five and a half years. We moved here on the first of November. A：
You have a fantastic view.
B：Yes. I love living here.
A：Look! You can see the village way down in the valley. B：
Yes. It‘s a lovely view.
(2) A：Hello, Vicki.
B：Hi, David. What a beautiful necklace! Gosh, I‘ve never seen anything like it. A：
Well, you can have it for eleven hundred—as a friend.
B：I think seven hundred is enough.
A：What? Seven hundred? B：
Well, eight hundred, then? A：No,
one thousand at least. B：Eight
hundred and fifty.
A：You‘re a thief, vicki. Ok, eight hundred and fifty.
⑶ A：What are you doing, Victor?
B：I‘m making a list offood and drinks. A：
What for?
B：What for? For the party, of course. A
：Party? What party?
B：We‘re having a Valentine‘s Day Party. A：
Oh, Iforget. Who‘s invited?
B：We‘ve invited all our friends from the sophomore. A：
Can I help you get ready?
B：That‘ll be a big help. Well, here‘s a list of some of the food you could buy. A：
Ok, just leave it to me. I‘ll take care of it.
B：Thanks. See you at five.
114
LESSON 38 辅音[L]和[M]
THE CONSONANTS [L] AND [M]
常见问题
这组辅音发音时舌头出现在上下门齿之间，但不要咬得太紧。发音方
法
发[L]音时，舌尖抵住上齿，舌身呈扁平，舌尖和下齿之间的气流通道非常窄小，软颚抬起，声带不振动。
发[M]音时，主音同[W]音相同，只不过声带要振动。

A.Listen, circle the corresponding number if you hear /L/ or /M/ in the word.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
B.Write down the word you hear on the tape, then fill in the blanks below.
1. the chapter 6. in the
2. a lot 7. fine
3. and sister 8. shoes
4. life and 9. you
5. I don‘t like .

C.Listen and repeat. Notice the sound /L/ and /M/ in the words .
/L/
1. Both this one and that one are good.
2. Do you want three books or thirteen books?
3. I don‘t know anything about math.
4. You‘d better thinkit over.
5. Something is better than nothing.
6. He was on the threshold of his career.
7. A bone has stuck in my throat.
8. His wound throbbed with pain.
9. The race was threatened with extinction.
10. This train goes through to Paris, there is no need to change train.
/M/
1. He runs faster than his brother.
2. There‘s a house near the lake.
3. There‘s something wrong with the television.
4. They don‘t like these clothes.
5. They have a house of their own.
6. Those dogs that attacked your sheep ought to be shot.
7. Bring it nearer so that I may see it better.
8. I like her no better than he does.
9. Are these your children?
10. He will be here on Thursday.
D. Proverbs
It‘s a thousand times easier to contract a new habit than to get rid of an old one. 习惯易养不易除。
Living without an aim is like sailing without a compass. 生活没有目标好比航行的船只没有指南针。
115
E.Tongue twister
There are 3333 feathers on that thrush‘s throat.
I thought a thought. But the thought I thought wasn‘t the thought I thought. If the thought I thought had been
the thought I thought, I wouldn‘t have thought so much .

F. Read after the
tape .
Initial ： third think thunder theme thought theft thing theme thank thrift then those
though there this their that these they thus
Medial：truthful fifthly athlete author something without mother either weather whether
Final： oath bath both mouth month wrath moth tooth youth birth breathe bathe clothe
smooth with lathe soothe clothe wreathe soothe
Exercise 1 ：Listen and write down the right words on the tape.
1. It‘s very . 3. finally came.
2. She for a long time. 4. Is it ?
Exercise 2 ：Complete the sentences with the words given.
1. This book is thin, and that one is th .
2. Tom and Mary live in the same neighborhood, th go to school together.
3. Linda didn‘t go shopping today, and I didn‘t e_ .
4. It‘s not difficult. It‘s so ea _.
to the path took Ruth the theatre
1. thin 2. thirsty 3. this 4. smooth
1. Look at picture 1, what‘s it?
It‘s a thumb, the biggest finger on my hand.
2. What‘s that in Picture 2?
It‘s a thread. We use a needle and a thread when we sew.
3. What do you see in picture 3?
The birth of a baby.
4. What do you see in picture 4?
The death of an old man. His wife is crying.
5. What do you see in this picture?
A dog and a cat. They are fighting each other.
6. Who‘s the woman in picture7?
She‘s Arthur‘s mother. She‘s the mother of Arthur.
7. Who‘s the man in picture 8?
He‘s Martha‘s father. He‘s the father of Martha.
H. Passage：underline the letters that sound /L/ and /M/ .
Edith Roth is thirty-three, she just had her 33 rd birthday last Thursday. She looks like more than 33, she works
very hard. Perhaps that‘s why she looks older. She has bought a house with 33,333 dollars.
I. Dialogue：underline the letters that sound /L/ and /M/ .
⑴ A：I went to Roths‘, you know, Edith Roth is the author of a book about moths.
B：Is she? I thought she was a mathematician. A：
I‘m so thirsty.
116
B：Are you? I thought you had something to drink at her home.
117
A：No. Edith didn‘t give anythingto drink. B：
I‘ll buy you a drink. A：Oh! Thank you.
⑵ A：And „while you‘re up there, could you pass me that cup, too, Martha?
B：Oh, you mean this one, Father?
A：No, not that one, the other one. Yes, that‘s it. B：
There you are, Father. Is that all?
A：Yes, that‘s all for the moment. Thank you, Martha.
J. Poems
⑴ There was an old woman, And nothing she had.
And so this old woman, Was said to be mad.
She‘d nothing to eat, She‘d nothing towear,
She‘d nothing to lose, She‘d nothing to fear,
She‘d nothing to ask, And nothing to leave,
And when she did die, Nobody grieved.
⑵ ―This‖ is used for something near,
―That‖ means something over there,
―These‖ and ―those‖ mean two or more,
―Those‖ are far and ―these‖ are near.
K.Jingles
⑴ When the wind is in the East, It‘s good for neither man nor beast;
When the wind is in the North, The skilful fisher goes not forth;
When the wind is in the South, It blows the bait in the fisher‘s mouth;
When the wind is in the West, Then it is at its very best.
⑵ He that would thrive, Must rise at five.
He that has thriven, May lie till seven.
And he that by the plough would thrive, Himself must either hold or drive.
Answer Key
A. 1. this 2. safe 3. thief 4. breeze 5. breathe 6. press 7. there 8. air 9. air 10. weeds
B. 1. third 2. worth 3. brother 4. death 5. this 6. north 7. clothes 8. leather 9. thank
F. Exercise 1 1. thin 2. thought 3. They 4. thick
Exercise 2 1. thick 2. they 3. either 4. easy
H. Passage
Edith Roth is thirty - three, she just had her 33rd birth day last Thursday. She looks like more than 33, she
works very hard. perhaps that‘s why she looks older. She has bought a house with 33,333 dollars.
I. Dialogue
⑴ A：I went to Roths‘, you know, Edith Roth is the author of a book about moths.
B：Is she? I thought she was a math ematician. A：
I‘m sothirsty.
B：Are you? I thought you had something to drink at her home. A：
No. Edith didn‘t give anything to drink.
B：I‘ll buy you a drink. A：
Oh! Thank you.
⑵ A：And… while you‘re up there, could you pass me that cup, too, Martha?
B：Oh, you meanth is one, Father?
A：No, not that one, the other one. Yes, that‘s it. B：
There you are, Father. Is that all?
A：Yes, that‘s all for the moment. Thank you, Martha.
118
LESSON 39 辅音[s]和[z]
THE CONSONANTS [s] AND [z]
常见问题
注意同汉语拼音中的 s 和 z 的区别。按照发音方法中描述的舌位，气流通过口腔时应摩擦上齿龈。发音方
法
发[s]音时，舌面抬向齿龈，同时舌前部略为向硬颚方向抬起，上下齿自然合拢，口不能张大，舌面与齿龈之
间的距离极为狭窄，软颚抬起，声带不振动。有些人发音时，舌尖略向齿龈抬起，另有些人舌尖抵住下齿。这两
种舌位都不会影响发音效果。
发[z]音时，主音同[s]音相同，只不过声带要振动。

A.Listen, circle the corresponding number if you hear /s/ or /z/ in the word.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
1. ten_ 4. large 7. room
2. sit 5. book 8. the war
3. a man 6. go to the 9. the latest

C.Listen and repeat. Notice the sound /s/ and /z/ in the words.
/s/
1. Three cups of tea, please.
2. ―I don‘t like this shirt‖, she said to her sister.
3. Do you like sports?
4. Her little sister is missing.
5. The sun rises in the east and sets in the west.
6. Sister Suzy will sing us some sweet songs.
7. Cindy collects all sorts of stamps.
8. Sam collects horse-grasses and all sorts of glasses.
9. He said in a soft voice.
10. My sister lost her purse yesterday.
/z/
1. Put your bags back, please.
2. On Sundays, we often go to the zoo.
3. He sends Liz a vase.
4. How do you think of these handbags?
5. Sally always suffers fromsea-sickness when she is at sea.
6. The sun rises everyday.
7. His brothers go to school together every day.
8. He lost the keys to the houses.
9. There are zebras in the zoo.
10. Boys and girls, please come in.
D. Proverbs
Speech is the picture of the mind. 语言是思想的表述。
Zeal should not outrun discretion. 热情应顾及谨慎。
119
E.Tongue twisters
/s/
⑴ Mrs. Snelling‘s selling six sick six-shilling sheep.
⑵ A snow-white swan swam swiftly to catch a slowly-swimming snake in a lake.
⑶ What an ass that stranger seemed sitting there in the sunshine sucking cider through a straw.
/z/
⑴ The soldiers‘ shoulders shudder when shrill shells shriek.
⑵ I am amazed it is a craze these days to dance to music of jazz.

F. Read after the
recorder.
Initial： sit scene city sorry something set sat soft sour soil zone zebra zoo zigzag
zero zone zip zinc zeal zest
Medial ： listen message receive sincere essay cost casement cask cloister clasp exact
scissors freezer puzzle reason residence resign resin resist resolve
Final： loss box ice ships Jack‘s this course ass rice gas ages hers pause goes chosen
cease gaze buzz lose as
Exercise 1 ：Listen to these sentences and circle the right word you hear on the tape.
1. Do you hear a ( bus/buzz)? 3. What‘s the (price/prize)?
2. He (races/raises) horses. 4. Do you spell that with a (C/Z)?
1. There are many b s on the bookshelf.
2. That‘s the r_ why I came late.
3. Could you hand me book pl ?
4. This is h , Mary‘s.
Exercise 3 ：Form a sentence using the words given and other structural words.
the doors closes he always
Exercise 4 ：Form sentences in past tense with the words given.
listen choose receive cause
1. Is she standing?
No, she‘s not standing. She‘s sitting on a chair.
2. Is he sitting or standing?
He‘s standing and singing.
3. Is this a bowl of rice or a glass of orange juice?
It‘s orange juice. I drink a lot of orange juice every day.
4. What animal is this? It‘s a zebra.
I like the black and white stripes on its body.
5. Where is the zebra?
It‘s in the zoo.
6. What‘s the boy doing?
He‘s dozing off in class. He‘s a lazy boy.
H. Passage：underline the letters that sound /s/ and /z/.
⑴ She speaks slowly and smokes special, expensive cigarettes. As she steps upstairs, her long skirt sweeps
over her silver slippers. She is small and smart and sweet — looking. Her skin is like snow.
⑵ A school-teacher had found her class of boys reluctant in their writing of English compositions. At last she
120
conceived a great idea to stimulate their interest — to write an account of a ball game. It seemed that she
121
was successful. With one exception, the boys threw themselves at the task. The one in the back row chewed
reluctantly at his pen and was then struck by a burst of genius. When the teacher opened his paper, it read：
―Rain, no game.‖
I. Dialogue：underline the letters that sound /s/ and /z/.
⑴ A：Let‘s go to the seashore on Saturday.
B：Yes! Let‘s go sailing and water skiing. That‘s so exciting.
A：It‘s expensive, too. Let‘s just sit in the sun and go swimming instead.
B：Yes. Let‘s sleep on the sand. That‘s most exciting!
⑵ A：He has lots of hobbies.
B：And he‘s always busy with his pictures and roses. A
：He‘s won a dozen prizes for his pictures and roses. B：
But as for his business in the city…
A：He lets his cousins look after his business. B：
He sounds more like an artist than a businessman.
⑶ A：I‘ll sing you a song.
B：Yes, sing a song. But don‘t sing a sad song. A：
B：Well, please sing one that‘s not sad. A：
OK, I‘ll sing San Francisico then.
⑴ The man who misses all the fun
Is he who says ―It can‘t be done.‖
In solemn pride he stands aloof,
And greets each venture with reproof.
Had he the power, he would efface
The civilizations of the human race.
We‘d have no steam or trolley cars,
No streets lit by electric stars;
Notelegraph or telephone,
We‘d linger in the age of stone!
The world would sleep if things were run
By men who say ―It can be done!‖
⑵ We drowse and doze under the trees
In a mazy haze on days like these,
Dizzied with sounds of sheep that browse,
And lazy sounds of grazing cows,
And buzz of busy bees, whose sound
Makes lazier laziness around.
K.A message of greeting
A birthday wishto my wife
From the Guy who seldom shows it
But who knows his wife is a whiz—
Who doesn‘t often say she‘s sweet
But always thinks she is!
Who may not always mention
That he just can‘t live without her—
But hopes she knows that all the time
He is simply wild about her.
122
Answer Key
A. 1. silk 2. third 3. that 4. this 5. zoo 6. books 7. pens 8. thank 9. with 10. beds
B. 1. pencils 2. sit 3. wise 4. zebras 5. exercise 6. university 7. stuffy 8. zones 9. style
G. Exercise 1 1. buzz 2. raises 3. price 4. C
Exercise 2 1. books 2. reason 3. please 4. hers
H. Passage
⑴ She speaks slowly and smokes Special, expensive cigarettes. As She stepsups tairs her long skirt sweeps
over her silver slippers. She is Small and smart and sweet – looking. Her skin is like snow.
(2) A school-teacher had found her class of boys reluctant in their writing of English compos itions. At last she
conceived a great idea to stimulate their interes t – to write an account o a ball game.
It seemed that she was Success ful. With one exception, the boys threw themselves at the task. The
backward on chewed reluctantly at hispen and was then struck a burst of genius. When the teacher opened
his paper, it read：―Rain, no game.‖
I. Dialogue
⑴ A：Let‘s go to theseas hore on Saturday.
B：Yes! Let‘s go sailing and water skiing. That‘s so exciting.
A：It‘s expensive, too. Let‘s just sit in the sun and go swimming instead. B：
Yes. Let‘s sleep on the sand. That‘s most exciting!
(2) A：He haslots of hobbies.
B：And ha‘s always busy with his pictures and roses. A
：He‘s won a dozen prizes for his pictures and roses. B
：But as for his bus iness in the city...
A：He lets his cousins look after his bus iness.
B：He sounds more like an artist than a bus iness man.
(3) A：I‘ll sing you a song.
B：Yes, Sing a song. But don‘t sing a sad song. A：
B：Well, please sing one that‘s not sad. A：
OK, I‘ll sing San Francisico then.
120
LESSON 40 辅音[N]和[I]
THE CONSONANTS [N] AND [I]
常见问题
北方同学注意不要同汉语拼音 shi 和 ri 相混，南方同学注意不要同 xi 和 yi 相混。发
音方法
发[N]音时，舌尖和舌面抬向齿龈后部，舌身弓起，上下齿合拢或相当靠近，口不要张太大，发音时舌面与
齿龈之间的空隙狭窄，但比发[s]时要大些，而舌身与硬颚之间的气流通道比发[s]时要窄，双唇前伸并外翻，软
颚抬起，声带不振动。多数人发[N]音时舌尖抬向齿龈，但有些人却只将舌面抬起，而把舌尖放低。这两种发音
在实际音效上听不出任何差异。还有些人发音时将双唇展平，这种方式下发出的音在效果上显得比正常的[N]更
“清晰” 。
发[I]音时，主音同[N]音类似，只是送气弱一些，声带要振动。

A.Listen, circle the corresponding number if you hear /N/ or /I/ in the word.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
B.Write down the words you hear on the tape, then fill in the blanks.
1. one‘s height 4. in the 7. white
2. give me a 5. in 8. watch
3. go 6. I‘m 9. up

C.Listen and repeat. Notice the sound /N/ and /I/ in the sentences.
/N/
1. Shirley went to shop with her sister.
2. Have you had some fish for lunch?
3. The day is getting longer and longer.
4. This shop sells the latest fashion of shorts and shirts.
5. She showed me some machine-made horse-shoes.
6. Mr. Mash sells fish and shellfish fresh from the ocean.
7. The shepherd and his sheep shuddered in a shed near the station.
8. He shares the office with his two other persons.
9. Show me the washing machine.
/I/
1. What‘s on the television?
2. He treasures the watch his father gave him.
3. As usual, he is late.
4. What do you usually do on Sundays?
5. Don‘t make a decision in such a hurry.
6. I have met Mr. White on several occasions.
7. He remained calm in the confusion of battle.
8. Have you ever had visions of great wealth and success?
9. It‘s a pleasure to meet you.
10. The tailor measured me for a suit.
D. Proverbs
Marry in haste, repent at leisure. 仓促结婚，闲时后悔。
121
Every misfortune is to be subdued by patience. 忍耐是不幸的淡化剂。
E.Tongue twisters
/N/ There was a young fellow named Fisher, who was fishing for fish in a fissure.
―Shall I show you the shop for shoes and shirts?‖ Shirley said to Shelley.
/I/ The genre of the writer was a measure of his vision.
They treasure their leisure with measureless pleasure.

F. Read after the
recorder.
Initial： share shed ship shore shoe shine show sheet shake shower genre
Jacque (French pronunciation)
Medial：fissure mention voracious vicious usher vision azure pleasure visual usual treasure
measure mirage seizure
Final： lavish fish dish stash Spanish rush harsh wash wish fresh garage mirage massage
collage beige prestige
Exercise 1 ：Listen to these sentences and write down the right words you hear on the tape.
1. Are those ?
2. Shelley is going to buy some new .
3. Could you this, please?
4. Did you all the nuts?
1. I‘m looking for leather sh , could you tell me where the footwear is?
2. You‘d better m your weight.
3. In America, the last d is usually the dessert.
4. We can fill up the tank in the ga e station.
Exercise 3 ：Form a sentence by using the words given.
Door sure she is shut the
1. share 2. show 3. shop 4. wash
1. What‘s the English for ―羊‖?
It‘s ―sheep‖. One sheep, two sheep, three sheep.
2. What‘s the English for ―船‖?
It‘s ―ship‖. A big ship, a small ship.
3. How do you say ―一盘鱼‖ in English?
A dish of fish. By the way, fish is my favorite dish, you know.
4. What do you say to someone who thanks you?
One of the things you can say is ―My pleasure.‖
5. Now what‘s the English for ―车库‖?
Garage. A garage is the place where you keep your car.
6. Do you have a car?
Yes, I have. But I don‘t have a garage.
H. Passage：underline the letters that sound /N/ and /I/.
The explosion, he thought, came from behind the shrubs, just near the garage. Had the chauffeur left the
machine inside? He dashed across the garden, knocked over the rubbish bins and shone his torch in the direction of
the garage. Sure enough—a hole measuring four by four.
122
I. Dialogue：underline the letters that sound /N/ and /I/.
123
⑴ A：Do you sell washing machines?
B：Yes. We‘re having a special sale on this machine here. A：
Is that a Danish machine? The name looks Danish.
B：No. It‘s Swedish. Would you like me to demonstrate it for you? A：
Sure. I‘d like to see how it washes.
⑵ A：Sheila, what time should we meet tomorrow?
B：The usual time. Half past two in the afternoon. A：
What place?
B：The usual place. In front of the treasure house.
A：And what should I wear? B：Your usual shirt and shoes. A：
What are you going to wear?
B：Nothing unusual, I‘m afraid.
A：Sheila, how about that fashionable blue dress? B：
Good. That‘s something unusual.
J. Rhymes
⑴ A dish of mashed potatoes,
A bowl of mush I wish,
And all the hash that I can eat
And fish, and fish, and fish.
⑵ Our baby is a treasure,
A vision of delight.
Her eyes are deepest azure,
Her cheeks are cherry bright.
K.Messages of greeting
⑴ Distance can never weaken our relationship.
We are separated right now,
But distance can never weaken our relationship,
For what is in our minds and hearts
Is stronger than any outside force,
And when we are together again,
Our relationship will be that much more intense and beautiful.
⑵ For you, daughter, with our warmest wishes
Daughter,
Like lovely flowers,
Filled the world with happiness.
It‘s impossible to measure
Just how dear
You‘ve always been
Or how precious
Are the joys you‘ve given
Time and time again—
It‘s impossible to measure
Just how much
We‘re wishing you
The very best things possible
Now and your whole life through.
124
Answer Key
A. 1. shop 2. sick 3. beach 4. treasure 5. mobster
6. mixture 7. mention 8. fuss 9. fussion 10. gather
B. 1. measure 2. shock 3. shopping 4. garage 5. Asian 6. sure 7. ships 8. television 9. dish
G. Exercise 1 1. shoes 2. sheets 3. sign 4. sell
Exercise 2 1. shoes 2. measure 3. dish 4. garage
H. Passage
The explosion, he thought, came from behind the shrubs, just near the garage. Had the chauffeur left the mach
ine inside? He dashed across the garden, knocked over the rubbish bins and shone his torch in the direction of
the garage e. Sure enough—a hole meas uring four by four.
I. Dialogue
⑴ A：Do you sell washing machines?
B：Yes. We‘re having a special sale on this machine here.
A：Is that a Danish machine? The name looks Danish.
B：No. It‘s Swedish. Would you like me to demonstrate it for you?
A：Sure. I‘d like to see how it washes.
⑵ A：Sheila, what time should we meet tomorrow?
B：The usual time. Half past two in the afternoon. A：
What place?
B：The usual place. In front of the treasure house. A：
And what should I wear?
B：Your usual shirt and shoes. A
：What are you goingto wear? B
：Nothing unusual, I‘m afraid.
A：Sheila, how about that fashionable blue dress?
B：Good. That‘s something unusual.
125
LESSON 41 辅音[h]
THE CONSONANT [h]
常见问题
汉语拼音中的 h 是个摩擦硬腭的音，英语中要摩擦声带。发音
方法
发[h]音时，气流通过完全敞开的声门，在通过时产生摩擦。

A.Listen, circle the corresponding number if you hear the /h/ sound in the word.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
B.Write down the words you hear on the tape, then fill in the blanks.
1. go 4. no 7. feel
2. ride 5. _a try 8. in
3. an hour 6. on of 9. food

C.Listen and repeat. Notice the sound /h/ in the sentences.
1. Who opened the door?
2. Her hair becomes gray.
3. Each one has his or her own habit.
4. Tom won a prize for good behavior at school.
5. How horrible! Hugh has hurt his hand with a heavy hammer.
6. The hunter hid himself behind a high hedge.
7. He hailed me with a hearty hullo and a handshake.
8. Here‘s your hand.
9. There is a hat in his hand.
10. I‘m honored to have a speech here.
D. Proverbs
Honor and profit lie not in one sack. 名誉与利润不能共存。
Habit cures habit. 习惯总是接踵而至。
E.Tongue twisters
How high His Highness holds his haughty head!
Hundreds of horses‘ hard hoofs hit the hard high road.

F. Read after the
tape .
Initial： horse house hale hearty have whole hell heat half-and-half his help
hand had hard hot hook heard home horn hurry
Medial：childhood secondhand inhuman inherit lighthouse grasshopper inhabit unhidden
subhuman household behind behave behest beholden behead behavior
behalf behoove beholden rehistoric
Final：(This sound doesn‘t occur at the end of words in English)
Exercise 1 ：Listen to the sentences and choose the right words you hear .
1. He is (eating/heating) the soup. 2. It was (I/high).
126
3. The (air/hair) is nice and clean. 4. I (ate/hate) eggs for breakfast.
Exercise 2 ：Complete these sentences with the letters given.
1. When did you go h_ ?
2. He‘s ill and is in h_ _.
3. He looks frustrated, what h_ to him?
4. A：She‘ll be all right soon. B：I hope so.
Exercise 3 ：Form a sentence with the words given below.
honey historian to the horse his give the gray haired
1. whose 2. who 3. how long 4. how far
H. Passage：underline the letters that sound /h/.
The Harrisons spent a very happy holiday in the Highlands. One half of the family took the Mercedes Benz,
and the other half hitchhiked. Mrs. Harrison had rented a very comfortable, furnished house. She had hired some
servants from a hotel her husband had heard of from a business friend in Edinburgh. When the family had
assembled, they hurried out to see how the local inhabitants behaved. Henry, who liked history, visited the historical
sight.
I. Dialogue：underline the letters that sound /h/.
⑴ A：Hello, Ellen.
B：Hello, Helen, have you heard the news? There‘s been a horrible accident. A：
Oh, no! What happened?
B：Hilda Harris husband, Henry had an accident on his way home from work. A
：How awful! Was he hurt?
B：Yes. He was taken to the hospital in an ambulance.
A：How did it happen?
B：His car was hit by an express train. It happened at the crossing just behind his house. A：
How horrible!
B：He‘s having an operation in the hospital now. Poor Hilda! You can imagine how unhappy she is. A
：I hope he‘ll be all right.
B：I hope so, too.
⑵ A：How happy Henry is!
B：Yes, he‘s always happy. A：
How handsome Henry is! B：Henry
is handsome, isn‘t he! A：And how
hardworking Henry is! B：Henry
does work hard.
A：And how honest Henry is!
B：Oh? Is Henry honest?
J. Jingle and rhyme
⑴ His horse went dead and his donkey went lame,
And he lost six cows in a poker game;
Then a hurricane came on a summer day,
And blew down his house when he was away!
And an earthquake came when that was gone,
And swallowed the land that the house stood on!
⑵ He that would thrive, Must rise at five.
He that has thriven, May lie till seven.
And he that by the plough would thrive,
Himself must either hold or drive.
127
Answer Key
A. 1. believe 2. behave 3. fee 4. he 5. air 6. hair 7. beehive 8. white 9. hay 10. ray
B. 1. home 2. horse 3. half 4. help 5. have 6. behalf 7. unhappy 8. hospital 9. hot
F. Exercise 1 1. heating 2. high 3. hair 4. hate
Exercise 2 1. home 2. hospital 3. happened 4. hope
H. Passage
The Harrisons spent a very happy holiday in the High lands. One half of the family went by car, and the other
half hitch – hiked. Mrs Harrison had rented a very comfortable, furnished house. She had hired some servants
from a hotel her husband had heard of from a business friend in Edinburg h. When the family had assembled,
they hurried out to see how the local inhabitants behaved. Henry, who liked history, visited the historical sight.
I. Dialogue
⑴ A：Hello, Ellen.
B：Hello, Helen, have you heard the news? There‘s been a horrible accident. A：
Oh, no! What happened?
B：Hilda Harris husband, Henry had an accident on his way home from work. A：
How awful! Was he hurt?
B：Yes. He was taken to the hospital in an ambulance. A：
How did it happen?
B：His car was hit by an express train. It happened at the crossing just behind his house. A：
How horrible!
B：He‘s having an operation in the hospital now. Poor Hilda! You can imagine how unhappy she is. A
：I hope he‘ll be all right.
B：I hope so, too.
⑵ A：How happy Henry is! B：
Yes, he‘s always happy. A：How
handsome Henry is! B：Henry is
handsome, isn‘t he! A：And how
hardworking Henry is! B：Henry
does work hard.
A：And how honest Henry is! B：
Oh? Is Henry honest?
128
LESSON 42 辅音[r]
THE CONSONANT [r]
常见问题
汉语发音中没有这个辅音，很多中国同学按照汉语拼音 r 的读法来读这个音，实际上汉语的读法更接近英语
中的[I]，因此中国同学读出的 rose，听起来像“肉丝”；road，听起来像“肉的”。而安徽，浙江，及江苏南部的
同学注意，发音时舌头千万不要接触硬腭，不然会同[l]音混发。
发音方法
发[r]音时，舌尖抬向齿龈后部，舌身放低，舌前部伸向上颚，整个舌边卷缩成凹型。上下齿张度大小并不重
要，上下齿大大张开也能发出这个音。发音时软颚抬起，声带振动。发这个辅音时双唇略为突出并收圆为好，在
重读时尤其是这样。事实上通常称作[r]音的音很多，我们在这里主要描述的是在英语中最常用的摩擦音[r]。

A.Listen, circle the corresponding number if you hear /r/ in the word.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
1. be 4. _good 7. make
2. get 5. _and peace 8. _film
3. listen to the 6. _times 9. about

C.Listen and repeat. Notice the sound /r/ in the sentences.
1. The war broke out in 1914.
2. He is a rash young man.
3. She would rather have the small one than the large one.
4. There is a dog under the chair.
5. Those red roses are really very pretty.
6. Harris rarely reads literary reviews.
7. She wore a dress made of a rough, rusty material.
8. The crops have been ruined by the hungry sparrows.
9. The railway bridge across the river is over a hundred feet high.
10. Let‘s ride to the bride.
D. Proverbs
Rome wasn‘t built in a day. 罗马非一日建成。
When in Rome , do as the Romans do. 入乡随俗。
E.Tongue twisters
Round and round in the stream they rowed.
The rusty rod was wrapped in a rag.

F. Read after the
tape .
Initial： rare repair rent repay replace report republic round wrong respect read red rid
rod room rude right round wrote rain
Medial：Taurus merry merit literal hurry veteran factory (BE) quarrel ferry grass cream
crack craft crop crush crazy grain grind grown brass
Final： there(is) there(are) war(and peace) far(away) bar(of soap) wear and tear
129
Exercise 1 ：Listen to the sentences and choose the right words you hear on the tape .
1. He‘s going to (collect/correct) the homework.
2. Put these paper in the (file/fire).
3. Did you (pray/play) just now?
4. Are you carrying the (light/right) suitcase?
1. Please r_ me to answer that letter, or I‘ll forget.
2. Could you give me a r_ ? I‘ll go to the market.
3. I won‘t buy it at that p_ .
4. His daughter is very capable, he is p_ of her.
nursery rhymes reading were the children
1. very 2. rare 3. really 4. roughly
H. Passage：underline the letters that sound /r/.
―Very sorry‖, said Mr. Blake. ―I pray you forgive me. It‘s all my fault. I allowed William to play cricket against
the wall. I‘ll pay for the glass he broke, if you like?‖ ―Well, I‘d really rather he helped me cut the grass.‖ Mrs. Lamb
replied.
I. Dialogue：underline the letters that sound /r/.
⑴ A：Are the children all grown up now, Rose?
B：Oh, yes. Laura‘s the oldest. She‘s a computer programmer.
A：Oh, very interesting. And what about Rita? She was such a bright child —always reading.
B：She‘s a librarian at the public library.
A：Really? And Chris? She was a very pretty little girl.
B：Christy is working as a waitress at a restaurant in Paris. She‘s married to a French photographer. A：
Oh, how interesting. And what about Larry and Rocky?
B：Larry drives a truck. He drives all over the country. We hardly ever seen him. A：
Really? Where does he live now?
B：Colorado.
A：And does Rocky drive a truck, too? B：
Oh, no. Rocky is a pilot.
A：Really? Where does he fly ? Does he fly to other countries? B
：Yes. Mostly to England and France.
⑵ A：Mary, it was wrong of you to be so late. Mother‘s very worried.
B：I‘m so sorry I‘m late. But Henry‘s car broke down. A
：I don‘t really like Henry. I like my Rose.
B：I don‘t like your Rose. And I do love Henry. And I‘m going to marry him. A：
But my Rose is great.
B：Your Rose is a fool. A：
Really, Mary, you‘re horrible.
B：Why don‘t you marry Rose, then?
J. Jingle and rhyme
⑴ Don‘t worry if your job is small,
And your rewards are few.
Remember that the mighty oak,
Was once a nut like you.
⑵ The man who misses all the fun
130
Is he who says ―It can‘t be done.‖
In solemn pride he stands aloof,
And greets each venture with reproof.
Had he the power, he would efface
The civilizations of the human race.
We‘d have no steam or trolley cars,
No streets lit by electric stars;
No telegraph or telephone,
We‘d linger in the age of stone!
The world would sleep if things were run
By men who say ―It can‘t be done!‖
Answer Key
A. 1. right 2. light 3.height 4. fly 5. fry 6. why 7. rye 8. wear 9. blight 10. crash
B. 1. ready 2. married 3. radio 4. very 5. war 6. several 7. remarks 8. horrible 9. worry
G. Exercise 1 1. corret 2. fire 3. pray 4. right
Exercise 2 1. remind 2. ride 3. price 4. proud
H. Passage
―Very sorry‖, said Mr. Blake. ―I pray you for give me. It‘s all my fault. I allowed William to play cricket
against the wall. I‘ll pay for the glass he broke, if you like?‖ ―Well, I‘dreally rather he helped me cut thegrass.‖
Mrs. Lamb replied.
I. Dialogue
⑴ A：Are the children all grown up now, Rose?
B：Oh, yes. Laura‘s the oldest. She‘s a computer programmer.
A：Oh, very interesting, And what about Rita? She was such a bright child – always reading. B：
She‘s a librarian at the public library.
A：Really? And Chr is? She was a very pretty little girl.
B：Chris is working as a waitress at a restaurant in Paris. She‘s married to a French photographer. A：
Oh, how inter esting, And what about Larry and Rocky?
B：Larry drives a truck. He drives all over the country. We hardly ever seen him. A：
Really? Where does he live now?
B：Colorado.
A：And does Rocky drive a truck, too? B
：Oh, no. Rocky is a pilot.
A：Really? Where does he fly to? Does he fly to other countries? B
：yes. Mostly to England and France.
A：Mary, it was wrong of you to be so late. Mother‘s very worried.
B：I‘m sorry I‘m late. But Henry‘s carbroke down.
A：I don‘t really like Henry. I like my Rose.
B：I don‘t like your Rose. And I do love Henry. And I‘m going to marry him. A
：But Rose is great.
B：Your Rose is a fool. A：
Really, Mary, you‘re horrible.
B：Why don‘t you marry Rose, then?
131
LESSON 43 辅音 [m]
THE CONSONANT [m]
常见问题
这个辅音发音时注意将嘴闭住即可。发音方
法
发[m]音时，双唇闭合，完全阻塞口腔气流通道，软颚放低，使由肺部压出的气流从鼻腔泄出，舌头放松，
声带振动。

A.Listen, circle the corresponding number if you hear /m/ in the word.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
1. spread your 4. and father 7. in the schoo
2. in 5. military 8. nursery
3. make 6. take some 9. Merry

C.Listen and repeat. Notice the sound /m/ in the sentences .
1. The manager claimed he was a reformed hoodlum.
2. What an amazing memory Mary must have!
3. More and more of the motors were damaged.
4. Can you mention the new movie?
5. Why did the man and woman run so fast?
6. You are welcome.
7. Let me drive you home.
8. I can‘t make it by myself.
9. The Olympic Games began in the 5th century B.C.
D. Proverbs
Man is the soul of the universe. 人类是宇宙的灵魂。
The man who makes no mistakes does not usually make anything. 不犯错误的人通常一事无成。
E.Tongue twisters
Mother met a monkey in the middle of the market and made a mailbox of money.
Might the medical commander deny the claim of recidivism?

F. Read after the
tape .
Initial ： money music must motive mountain middle master mutual midnight measure
meet miss meat mist mouth mad male make month myself
Medial ： sample simple normal hammer imagine comfort animal postman company camp
female handsome complete statement woman appointment example apartment small
Final ： come room poem ham atom lamb arm calm claim shame norm game form
Mary home ham yam lamb same shame
Exercise 1 ：Listen to the sentences and choose the right words you hear on the tape.
1. Can you (make/bake) it? 2. I‘ll give you (mine/nine).
132
3. Be careful! Don‘t step on the (gum/gun)! 4. Could you give me a (ham/hand)?
1. I usually get up at seven o‘clock in the mo . 3. How m did you pay?
2. I m looking for a blouse. 4. The bus is c !
Exercise 3 ：Form a yes or no question withthe words given below.
tomorrow homemade make some you muffins will
Exercise 4 ：Form sentences in past tense with the following words.
1. come 2. climb 3. make 4. move
H.Passage：underline the letters that sound /m/.
⑴ I‘m sixteen. My trouble is my spotty skin. I‘ve used all the creams on the market, but none of them do any
good. And now I‘ve met a marvelous girl.
But I‘m afraid to ask her to go out with me.
⑵ Mr. and Mrs. Jones very seldom go out in the evening, but last Saturday Mrs. Jones said to her
husband.―There‘s a good film at the cinema tonight. Can we go and see it?‖ They came out of the cinema at
11 o‘clock, got into their car and began driving home. It was quite dark. Then Mrs. Jones said, ―Look, Bill.
A woman is running along the road very fast, and a man‘s running after her. Can you see them?‖
Mr. Jones said, ―Yes, I can.‖ He drove the car slowly near the woman and said to her. ―Can we help you?‖
―No, thank you,‖ the woman said, but she did not stop running. ―My husband and I always run home after
the cinema, and the slower one washes the dishes at home.‖
I.Dialogue：underline the letters that sound /m/.
⑴ A：Mom?
B：Mm?
A：Can my friend, Tom Mitchum, come home with me for lunch tomorrow? B：
Of course, Jim. Have I met Tom before?
A：Mm—hmm.You met him last summer. He is small and very smart. B：
Oh, yes. I remember Tom. His family comes from Maine, right? A：Yes.
⑵ A：Is this your umbrella, miss?
B：Oh, yes, it is. Thank you. I was looking for it just now.
A：You look a bit familiar to me. I wonder if I have seen you somewhere before. B：
Have you?
A：May I ask where you live?
B：Just two blocks away, in that tall building. A：
That‘s it. I live there, too. I live on the sixth floor.
B：My family move in just two weeks ago. We live on the fourth floor. A
：It‘s a small world! May I know your name, miss?
B：I‘m Chen Ming.
A：How do you do, Miss Chen? I‘m Song Mei. B：
I‘m glad to meet you, Mr. Song.
A：Are you going to your office now, Miss Chen?
B：No, I‘m going to the airport to meet some friends from Beijing.
A：See you later, Mr. Song.
B：Have a good time, Miss Chen.
A：You too.
J. Rhymes
⑴ Where are you going, my little kittens? Whoever could think of a kitten in mittens?
We‘re going to town to fetch us some mittens. ⑵ There is a time to part and a time to meet,
What? Mittens for kittens! Do kittens wear mittens! There is a time to sleep and a time to eat;
133
There is a time to work and a time to play, There‘s a time to plan and a time to do;
Thereis a time to be silent and a time to say; There‘s a time to grin and show your grit,
There‘s a time that‘s glad and a time that‘s blue, But there never was a time to quit.
Answer Key
A. 1. baker 2. make 3. mow 4. bow 5. be 6. merit 7. arm 8. bay 9. snake 10.deny
B. 1. arm 2. come 3. money 4. mother 5. museum 6. medicine 7. middle 8. rhyme 9. Christmas
F. Exercise 1 1. bake 2. nine 3. gum 4. hand
Exercise 2 1. morning 2. am 3. much 4. coming
H. Passage
⑴ I‘m sixteen. My trouble is my spotty skin. I‘ve used all the creams on the market, but none of them do any
good. And now I‘ve met a marvelous girl. But I‘m afraid to ask her to go out with me.
(2) Mr and Mrs Jones very seldom go out in the evening, but last Saturday Mrs Jones said to he husband.
―There‘s a good film at the cinema a tonight. Can we go and see it?‖
They came out of cinema at 11 o‘clock, got into their car and beg an driving home. It was quite dark. Then
Mrs Jones said, ―Look, Bill. A woman is running along the road very fast, and a man‘s running after her.
Can you see them?‖
Mr Jones said , ―yes. I can.‖ He drove the car slowly near the woman and said to her. ―Can we help you?‖
―No, thank you,‖ the woman said, but she did not stop running. ―My husband and I always run home after
the cinema, and the slower one washes the dishes at home.”
I. Dialogue ⑴ A：Mom?
B：Mm?
A：Can my friend, Tom Mitchum, come home with me for lunch tom orrow? B：
Of course, Jim. Have I met Tom before?
A：Mm – hmm. You met him last summer. He is small and very smart. B：
Oh, yes. I remember Tom. His family comes from Maine, right? A：Yes.
(2) A：Is this your umbrella, miss?
B：Oh, yes, it is. Thank you. I was looking for it just now.
A：You look a bit familiar to me. I wonder if I have seen you somewhere before. B：
Have you?
A：MayI ask where you live?
B：Just two blocks away, in that tall building. A：
That‘s it. I live there, too. I live on the sixth floor.
B：My family move in just two weeks ago. We live on the fourth floor. A：
It‘s a small world! May I know your name, miss?
B：I‘m Chen Ming.
A：How do you do, Miss Chen? I‘m Song Mei. B
：I‘m glad to meet you, Mr. Song.
A：Are you going to your office now, Miss Chen?
B：No, I‘m going to the airport to meet some friends from Beijing. A：
See you later, Mr Song.
B：Have a good time, Miss Chen.
A：you too.
134
LESSON 44 辅音 [n]
THE CONSONANT [n]
常见问题
长江流域部分省份的同学需要特别注意，发音时嘴巴不要张大，否则舌头闭不住气，会和舌边音[l]相混。发
音前先把鼻音发出来一些，后面的变化就容易了。还有像陕西、山西、浙江、云南等地的同学注意，当这个音在
元音后面出现时不要同另外一个鼻音[H]混了。
发音方法
发[n]音时，舌尖抬起，抵住上齿龈，完全阻塞口腔气流通道，软颚放低，使由肺部压出的气流从鼻腔泄出，
舌头放松，声带振动。

A.Listen, circle the corresponding number if you hear /n/ in the word.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
1. stand 4. _the house 7. English
2. short_ 5. the door 8. cats and dogs
3. room 6. a present 9. book

C.Listen and repeat. Notice the sound /n/ in the sentences.
1. Ann needs another nice name.
2. Don‘t spend more money than you earn.
3. Lend the men the designs that you‘ve drawn.
4. Will the politician finance the nuclear plant now?
5. This expression is used when friends haven‘t seen each other for long.
6. They have been neighbors for quite a few months.
7. The man and the woman live in a six-storied building.
8. I don‘t think the ship will sink.
9. Helen‘s new house is near the lake.
10. What‘s going on?
D. Proverbs
Nature is the glass reflecting truth. 自然是反映真理的一面镜子。
If you confer a benefit, never remember it; if you receive one, remember it always. 施恩勿记，受恩勿忘。
E.Tongue twisters
Nancy‘s number is neither ninety nor nineteen.
Nina needs nine knitting needles to knit naughty Nita‘s knickers nicely.

F. Read after the
tape.
Initial： no know knowledge note noble nervous gnaw night navy name now nail naive
narrow nasty neck nasal nation native neglect
Medial：honor plenty land ground can‘t government banner offense island business outnumber
distance ransack technique tenacious tendency technical transport unsettle vanity
Final： woman women contain eaten taken sudden kitchen season broken American sun
win sin tin tine train tradition vein wanton waxen
135
Exercise 1 ：Listen to the sentences and write down the right words you hear on the tape.
1. He likes .
2. I‘ve you more than once.
3. In my _, you shouldn‘t go there alone.
4. I felt , because the pipe in my bathroom is broken.
1. If you have questions, just put up your h .
2. It‘s r n hard.
3. The farmers work on the l_ _d.
4. The letter B comes be A and C.
Are ten kitchen in onions there the
Exercise 4 ：Form sentences in past tense with the following prepositions.
1. in 2. on 3. under 4. near
H.Passage：underline the letters that sound /n/.
⑴ One day Mrs. Neat got on a bus, went up on top and sat down. When the conductor asked her for her fare,
she opened her handbag, took out the coins and then closed the handbag.
⑵ I‘m Mrs. Nelson. My first name is Nancy. I‘m a nurse and work in a hospital. I‘m married to John Nelson.
He‘s a professor of Education.
My husband and I live in New York State. We live in a house. Our house isn‘t new and it isn‘t large, but we
like it very much.
We have two children, a daughter and a son. My daughter‘s name is Helen. Her room is upstairs. It isn‘t big.
But it‘s neat and sunny.
Our son is only one year old. His name is Han. We love our children very much.
I.Dialogue
⑴ A：Good morning. I‘m looking for a one-bedroom apartment downtown.
B：Certainly, sir. How much rent did you want to pay?
A：Well, I didn‘t want to pay more than $520 a month.
B：$520 a month? We don‘t often have apartments as inexpensive as that.We have one apartment for $599 a
month, on Seventh Avenue. It‘s near the station.
A：Is it furnished?
B：No. it‘s unfurnished. It has a kitchen, but no oven.There‘s a garden in the back, but the tenants can‘t use
it.The landlord lives downstairs.Friends are forbidden in the apartment after midnight. No noise and no
television after 11：15. No„ A：No, thank you! I want an apartment, not a prison.
⑵ A：Alan, open your presents. Here‘s one from Mr. Jones.
B：Ok. Wow!A brown baseball and a nice bat that was signed by all the playerson the New York Yankees.
Gee, thank you, Mr. Jones.
A：I‘m glad you like it. Come on, Alan.
B：Here‘s one from Mr. Han. He‘s gone to Washington on business last night. He told me this would be a
great surprise to you. I wonder if it‘s a big ice-cream sandwich.
A：Oh, boy! A nice CD player! I‘ll go and buy a hundred CDs. I wish it were my birthday every day!
B：Me, too. Alan, this is mine. Hope you like it.
A：Definitely! My! What a nice skateboard!This is what I‘ve been dreaming for since last Christmas. Oh,
thank you. Tom. You ‗re so kind to me.
B：I can teach you how to skate. A：What‘s that? B：
It‘s from Ben.
A：I know him. He‘s good at baseball. Wow! A mitt!
136
B：Here‘s a card. Too. Alan. I‘ll read it to you.
⑴ Mix a pancake, ⑵ When the wind is in the East,
Stir a pancake, It‘s goodfor neither man nor beast;
Pop it in the pan. When the wind is in the North,
Fry the pancake, The skillful fisher goes not forth;
Toss the pancake, When the wind is in the South,
Catch it if you can. It blows the bait in the fish‘s mouth;
When the wind is in the West, Then it is at its very best
.
Answer Key
A. 1. day 2. nay 3. die 4. may 5. D 6. knee 7. me 8. lee 9. near 10. mere
B. 1. newspaper 2. novels 3. neat 4. near 5. knock 6. nice 7. learn 8. rain 9. note
G. Exercise 1 1. bananas 2. warned 3. opinion 4. annoyed
Exercise 2 1. hand 2. raining 3. land 4. between
H. Passage
⑴ One day Mrs. Neat got on a bus, went up on top and sat down. When the con ductor asked her for her fare,
she opened her handbag, took out the coins and then closed the handbag.
(2) I‘m Mrs Nelson. My first name is Nancy. I‘m a nurse and work in a hospital. I‘m married to John Nelson.
He‘s a professor of education.
My husband and I live in New York State. We live in a house. Our house isn‘t new and it isn‘t large, but
we like it very much.
We have two children, a daughter and a soon. My daug hter‘s name is Helen. Her room is upstairs. It isn‘t
big. But it‘s neat and sunny.
Our son is only one year old. His name is Han. We love our children very much.
I. Dialogue
(1) A：Good moming, I‘m looking for a one-bcdroom apartment downtown.
B：Certainly, Sir. How much rent did you want to pay? A
：Well, I didn‘t want to pay more than $520 a month.
B：$520 a month? We don‘t often have apartments as inexpensive as that. We have one apartment for $599
a month, on Seventh Avenue, It‘s near the station.
A：Is it furnished?
B：No. it‘s unfurnished. It has a kitchen, but no oven. There‘s a garden in the back, but the tenants can‘t
use it. The landlord lives downstairs, Friends are forbidden in the apartment after midnight..No noise
and no television after 11: 15. No…
A：No, thank you! I want an apartment, not a prison.
(2) A：Alan, open your presents.Here‘s one from Mr. Jones.
B：Ok. Wow! A brown baseball and a nice bat that was signed by all the playerson the New York Yankees.
Gee, thank you, Mr. Jones.
A：Oh, boy! A nice CD player! I‘ll go and buy a hundred CDs. I wish it were my birthday every day! B：
Me, too. Alan, this is mine. Hope you like it.
A：Definitely! My! What a nice skateboard! This is what I‘ve been dreaming for since last Christmas. Oh,
thank you. Tom. You‘re so kind to me.
B：I can teach you how to skate. A：
What‘s that?
B：It‘s from Ben.
A：I know him. He‘s good at baseball. Wow! A mitt! B：
Here‘s a card. Too. Alan. I‘ll read it to you.
137
LESSON 45 辅音 [H]
THE CONSONANT [H]
常见问题
发音时气流走鼻腔，注意不要从口腔发音。发
音方法
发[H]音时，舌后部抬起，抵住软颚前部，完全阻塞口腔气流通道，软颚放低，使由肺部压出的气流从鼻腔
泄出，舌头放松，声带振动。

A.Listen, circle the corresponding number if you hear /H/ in the word.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
B.Write down the word you hear on the tape, fill in the blanks below.
1. in the 4. you 7. angry
2. up 5. go to the_ 8. a
3. my 6. go 9.

C.Listen and repeat. Notice the sound /H/ in the sentences.
1. How long is the River Nile?
2. He was singing a song.
3. Young remains single.
4. Would you bring me some ink?
5. Would you mind turning down the music a lot?
6. Some friends are having a party for me tonight.
7. If you‘re not doing anything tonight, why not come to our party?
8. Are you doing anything Saturday?
9. Are you feeling very well?
10. She kept looking at Mary‘s stocking.
D. Proverbs
Care brings on gray hair and age without years. 劳心催人老。
The golden rule of life is ―making a beginning‖. 生命的真谛在于开始。
E.Tongue twisters
Mr. Finger will linger longer because his hunger is stronger.
Strong was washing and sweeping for Frank‘s lungs.

F. Read after the tape.
Initial：Nguyen (Vietnamese name)
Medial ： singer stronger English language ringer hunger sings wings handkerchief lingers
brings rink angry hungry thank Thanksgiving tingle hunger hunker sings
Final ： long rang morning drawing driving cooking reading working walking painting
eating drinking running advocating advertising finding looking pounding dashing
smashing
G.Sentence exercises .
Exercise 1：Listen to the sentences and choose the right words you hear on the tape.
138
1. Tony is (thinking/thin).
2. This is not the right place for (sinners/sinkers/singers).
3. The little boy (banned/banged) on the door.
4. Don‘t (hang/hand) the coat.
1. What is l_ ? It‘s a flash produced by natural electricity between clouds in the sky and ground, with
thunder.
2. In summer the day is l_ than that in winter.
3. I‘m so thirsty, and want to d some eater.
4 These books b_ to me.
the wedding in the morning bring the ring to
Exercise 4 ：Form sentences in present continuous tense with the following words.
1. go 2. talk 3.laugh 4.cry
H. Passage：underline the letters that sound /H/.
Thanksgiving is coming, and several of our relatives from out of town will be staying with us during the
holiday. Uncle Frank will be staying for a few days. He‘ll be sleeping on the coach in the living room.
I. Dialogue：underline the letters that sound /H/.
A：(angrily) Bang ! Bang! Bang! What are the Kings doing at seven o‘clock on Sunday morning?
B：Well, Mr. King is singing. A：
Yes, but what‘s the banging noise?
B：(looking out the window) He‘s standing on a ladder and banging some nails into the wall with a hammer.
Now he‘s hanging some strong strings on the nails. A：
And what‘s Mrs. King doing?
B：She‘s bringing something pink for Mr. King to drink. Now she‘s putting it … OK. A：
What‘s happening?
B：The ladder‘s falling? A：
What‘s Mr. King doing?
B：He‘s hanging from the string. He‘s holding onto the string with his fingers and shouting to Mrs. King. A：
And is she helping him?
B：No, she‘s running toward our house. That‘s her ringing the bell. A：
Well, I‘m not going to answer it. I‘m sleeping.
J. Jingle and rhyme
⑴ Pease pudding hot,
Pease pudding cold,
Pease pudding in the pot
Nine days old,
Some like it hot.
Some like it cold,
Some like it in the pot
Nine days old.
⑵ Spring is gay with flower and song,
Summer is hot and days are long.
Autumn is rich with fruit and grain,
Winter snows and brings New Year again.
139
Answer Key
A. 1. ban 2. bang 3. can‘t 4. fin 5. finer 6. English 7. income 8. thank 9. ink 10. incline
B. 1. spring 2. ring 3. uncle 4. thank 5. bank 6. bankrupt 7. angry 8. monkey 9.
G. Exercise 1 1. thinking 2. singers long
3.banged 4. hang
Exercise 2 1. lightning 2. longer 3. drink 4. belong
H. Passage
Thanksgiving is coming, and several of our relatives from out of town will be staying with us during the
holiday. Uncle Frank will be staying for few days. He‘ll be sleeping on the coach in the living room.
I. Dialogue
A：(angrily) Bang! Bang! Bang! What are the Kings doing at seven o‘clock on Sunday morning? B：
Well, Mr. King is singing.
A：Yes, but what‘s the bangingnoise?
B：(lookingout the window) He‘s standing on a ladder and banging some nails into the wall with a hammer. Now
he‘s hanging some strong strings on the nails.
A：And what‘s Mrs. King doing?
B：She‘s bringing something pink for Mr. King to drink. Now she‘s putting it … OK.
A：What‘s happening?
B：The ladder‘s falling? A：
What‘s Mr King doing?
B：He‘s hanging from the string. He‘s holding onto the string with his fingers and shouting to Mrs King. A：
And is she helping him?
B：No, she‘s running toward our house. That‘s her ringing the bell. A：
Well, I‘m not going to answer it. I‘m sleeping.
140
LESSON 46 辅音 [l]
THE CONSONANT [l]
常见问题
长江流域部分省份的同学应注意，发音时嘴巴先张开，舌头再抬高落下，不要嘴巴舌头一起动，不然很容易
同[n]混发。另外发 dark[l]时要注意舌尖有向上翘起的动作，汉语中基本没有这个动作，大家发音时要尽量养成
习惯。
发音方法
舌边音：气流通道中央阻塞，在阻塞处的两边或一边留下通道让气流自由通过发音。
字母 L 有两种读法，clear L 只出现在元音和半元音[j]前，dark L 则只出现在所有其他辅音前面和音节末尾。
发这两个音时，舌尖抵住上齿龈，使口腔中部完全阻塞，但在舌的一边或两边要留有气流通道，软颚抬起，声带
振动。
发 clear [l]音时, 在下一个音即将发出时，舌头离开上齿龈，迅速落下。
发 dark [l]音时，后面没有紧跟的音节，舌头不需要落下。

A.Listen, and circle the corresponding number if you hear /l/ in the word.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
B.Write down the word you hear on the tape,then fill in the blanks below.
1. a lie 4. by the_ 7. _a house
2. right 5. food 8. a of rice
3. go to the 6. a _of 9. a of milk

C.Listen and repeat. Notice the sound /l/ in the sentences.
1. Shall we make up a dialogue?
2. I can handle it. 3. The room was flooded.
4. I‘m glad to meet you.
5. Let me think for a minute.
6. I‘m glad you wrote me a letter.
7. Linda has not been living in New York for a long time.
8. Listen to the passage carefully.
9. The letter mainly tells us Linda‘s aunt will come for a visit at Christmas.
10. The small man had a wonderful time at the party.
D. Proverbs
Love is neither bought nor sold. 爱情无价。
Many hands make for light work. 众人拾柴火焰高。
E.Tongue twisters
Lots of little London Lamplighters light London‘s lots of little lamps.
Little Boy Blue a big blue bubble blew.

F. Read after the
tape .
Initial： liquor lead lunch local London look large love learn lobby Lyre lunatic lucid
lovely logic loose lookout loin lodge lobster
Medial： influence world shield float flow felt film glue child solve lowland Middleman
141
olive silly stimulate silt splashlid valley uphold
Final ： people girl bottle trail medical apple middle pole school full ill pill bill
wrinkle genial maple noodle novel nostril middle
Exercise 1：Listen to the sentences and choose the right words you hear on the tape
1. That‘s the dog‘s (bone/bowl).
2. Is it (night/light) already?
3. There were (no/low) tables in the room.
4. I dropped a (pin/pill).
Exercise 2：Complete these sentences with the letters given.
1. Your argument doesn‘t h water.
2. We‘ve enough food to l_ 3 days.
3. I‘d l you to come with me.
4. Don‘t cry over the spilt m .
Exercise 3：Form a sentence with the words given below.
too the child ride to bicycle is little
Exercise 4：Form sentences with the following words and give a reason.
1. lonely 2. low 3. ill 4. terrible
H.Passage：underline the letters that sound /l/.
The Tailor family lives in a small village, they like the village very much. Before, they lived in Brownsville,
which is not an ideal place to live in. The streets in Brownsville are not clean, the bus system is bad and there are a
lot of thieves in the streets. So last year they moved to the small village they are living in now.
I.Dialogue：underline the letters that sound /l/.
⑴ A：Hello, Lily.
B：Hello, Mr. Clark. You‘re early for lunch. It‘s only eleven o‘clock.
A：When I come late, there‘s usually nothing left.
B：What would you like today? A：
I‘ll have the leg of lamb.
B：And would you like salad? The salad plate today is lettuce, tomatoes, and black olives.
⑵ A：Mother, Father, come in, please.
B：Yes, please come in. Welcome to our new home! Do youlike it?
A：It‘s very nice. I think it‘s beautiful.
B：Sit down, please. Coffee or tea? A
：I don‘t like tea.
B：We like coffee.
A：This is the living room. Do you like it? B：
Yes. It‘s lovely.
A：What do you think of that table? B：
I like it. Such a beautiful small table!
A：I‘m sorry. I don‘t like it. I don‘t like small tables. B
：I like your music, I dig it.
A：I can‘t stand that music. I don‘t like pop music at all.
I prefer classical rock, or any music from the late 70‘s.
J. A collection of messages and greetings
⑴ Mother For showing the way I should go,
And teaching me things that I should know„
For helping me through the ups and downs
And standing by me through smiles and frowns„
142
For being all that a mother could be,
Thanks —you mean the world to me.
⑵ I hope your birthday wishes all come true.
Life‘s a little sunnier,
A little sweeter, too.
A little more delightful
Just because of you!
May your birthday be a happy one
In all kinds of ways —
And may all your tomorrows
Be wonderful days.
I greet you with words and gifts and gifts of words!
Greetings and salutations!
Answer Key
A. 1. no 2. low 3. row 4. room 5. wrong 6. wool 7. apple 8. could 9. hot 10. lot
B. 1. tell 2. all 3. field 4. lake 5. delicious 6. lot 7. build 8. bowl 9. bottle
G. Exercise 1 1. bowl 2. lig 3. low 4. pill
Exercise 2 1. hold 2. last 3. like 4. milk
I. Dialogue ⑴ A：Hello,Lily.
B：Hello, Mr. Clark. You‘re early for lunch. It‘s only eleven o‘clock. A：
Whem I come later, there‘s usually nothing left.
B：What would you like today? A：
I‘ll have the legoflambs.
B：And would you like salad? The salad plate today is lettuce, tomatoes, and black olives.
(2) A：Mother, Father, come in, please.
B：Yes, please come in. Welcome to our new home! Do youlike it? A：
It‘s very nice. I think it‘s beautiful.
B：Sit down, please. Coffee or tea?
143
LESSON 47 辅音 [j]
THE CONSONANT[j]
常见问题
这个音很简单，同汉语“也”的发音方法很类似。
发音方法
发[j]音时，舌前部向硬颚抬起的程度相当高，双唇展平，软颚抬起，声带振动。

A.Listen, circle the corresponding number if you hear /j/ in the word.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
1. New 4. in 7. three
2. tongue 5. trade 8. one
3. and old 6. in my 9. bathing

C.Listen and repeat. Notice the sound /j/ in the sentences.
1. Are you familiar?
2. The uniforms of the police are blue.
3. Both my grandpa and grandma are sitting in the yard.
4. I used to live in Shanghai.
5. Yesterday I heard a curious and beautiful tune.
6. Excuse me if I refuse, but this suit isn‘t suitable.
7. Yale University is not in the State of New York.
8. Don‘t argue, or you‘ll make me furious.
9. When the orchard-yield will be gathered soon.
10. The dog in our yard awakes with a yawn.
D. Proverbs
Beauty is in the eye of the beholder. 观者眼中皆是美。
Love is the touchstone of virtue. 爱情是道德的试金石。
E.Tongue twisters
The yellow yacht from the Vineyard was owned by a young millionaire.
Did Yuppies yesterday yearn to see New York?

F. Read after the
tape
Initial： you yours yard yesterday year yield unify yen use yawn yes yacht yoke yearn
ear young yet yellow
Medial：union coal-yard opinion million value few abuse accuse fuel humor hue huge
hula humiliate music mute mutual numeral nuance nucleus
Final：(this sound doesn‘t occur at the end of words in English)
Exercise 1 ：Listen to the sentences and write down the right words you hear on the tape.
1. I want some .
2. The were painful for him.
144
3. Their son went to .
4. Haven‘t you finished it _?
1. The meter is a u_ of length.
2. May I u_ your pencil? Mine is lost.
3. In the y 1867, they came to China.
4. We‘re l_ to our country.
the new students about are union in arguing their things
Exercise 4 ：Form sentences with the following words and give a reason.
1. you 2. your 3. yours 4. you
H.Passage
In the year of 1982, Ursular went to Yale University. After graduation, she started her own computer company.
At the beginning, she didn‘t do very well , but she accumulated a lot ofexperience from failure and later she became
a millionaire.
I.Dialogue：underline the letters that sound /j/.
A：Excuse me, you look familiar. Did you use to live in New York?
B：Yes.
A：Did you use to work at NYU?
B：Oh, did you know Hugh Young? He was a music student.
A：Hugh Young? Didn‘t he use to wear a funny yellow jacket all the time?
B：Yes. And he used to play the piano with a jazz group at the university.
A：I remember Hugh. Most people thought he was a little…uh…peculiar. Do you know what he‘s doing now? B
：Yes, he‘s a millionaire in Houston now.
A：A millionaire? As a jazz musician?
B：Oh, no. He‘s an executive for a large computer company. I saw an interview with him on TV yesterday.
They were asking his opinion about future uses for computers. A：
Well! I guess people don‘t find him so peculiar anymore.
J. Rhymes
⑴ We waddle away from the water,
And now we will waddle back;
Then swish, swish, we are swimming again.
Quack! Quack! Quack! 我们从水中摇摇摆
摆地走了出来。现在又摇摇摆摆地走回
去。沙，沙，沙，我们又在水中游泳。
嘎！嘎！嘎！
⑵ When the orchard yield will be gathered soon,
And the fields beyond are yellow with corn,
The dog in our yard awakes with a yawn,
And yaps and yelps at the yellow moon. 果园
里的累累果实丰收在望，远处的玉米地
也是一片金黄，咱们院里的懒狗打着哈
欠醒了过来，对着黄色的月亮又喊又叫
。
145
Answer Key
A. 1. jaw 2. yaw 3. yacht 4. draw 5. your 6. usually 7. university 8. tribune 9. duty 10. June
B. 1. York 2. your 3. young 4. Europe 5. union 6. opinion 7. onions 8. billion 9. beauty
G. Exercise 1 1. jam 2. years 3. jail 4. yet
Exercise 2 1. unit 2. use 3. year 4. loyal
I. Dialogue
A：Excuse me, you look familiar. Did you use to live in New York? B：
Yes.
A：Did you use to work at NYU?
B：Oh, did you know Hugh Young? He was a music student.
A：Hugh Young? Didn‘t he use to wear a funny yellow jacket all the time? B：
Yes. And he used too play the piano with a jazz group at the university.
A：I remember Hugh. Most people thoug ht he was a little…uh…peculiar. Do you know what he‘s doing now?
B：Yes, he‘s a millionaire in Houston now.
A：A millionaire? As a jazz musician?
B：Oh, no. He‘s an executive for a large computer company. I saw an interview with him on TM yesterday.
They were asking his opinion about future uses for computers. A：
Well! I guess people don‘t find him so peculiar anymore.
146
LESSON 48 辅音 [w]
THE CONSONANT[w]
常见问题
汉语中，尤其是北方话中，这个辅音经常同[v]音混在一起，在英语中注意将这两个音分开。发音方
法
发[w]音时，双唇缩拢成圆形，舌后部向软颚高高抬起，软颚也要抬起，声带振动。

A . Listen, circle the corresponding number if you hear /w/ in the word.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
B. Write down the words you hear on the tape,then fill in the blanks below.
1. east and_ 4. go 7. a _night
2. deal 5. of 8. in
3. in his 6. be 9. on

C. Listen and repeat. Notice the sound /w/ in the sentences.
1. We‘ll go shopping.
2. I wish you a happy New Year.
3. There were very gook friends.
4. Would you go with us?
D. Proverbs
In water you can see your own face, in wine the heart of another. 水中知己面，酒中知人心。
The wise man is always a good listener. 智者往往是一名好的听众。
E. Tongue twisters
Wyvel worried the West would get a wave of Stonewalling.
Will Wall Street‘s rewards wane if workers wield power.

F. Read after the
tape.
Initial： will would work wall word Washington wander wit whip wealthy Wheel wait
went while wear why wheel wound wane which
Medial ： persuade vowel always square swim sweep swam swell power quiet quarrel
quantity question quick quack swear swan sweet sweat shower
Final：(no such words)
G. Sentence exercises
Exercise 1 ：Listen to the sentences and choose the right words you hear on the tape
1. The (veils/whales)were gray.
2. There‘s something wrong with this (veal/wheel).
3. Is this book (verse/worse)?
4. Look for it in the (vest/west).
1. The woman ruler is called qu .
2. Everyday, we have to qu for a bus.
3. The sun al rises in the east.
147
4. We w_ home at 10 o‘clock yesterday.
weeping quietly was Wendy
Exercise 4 ：Form sentence with the following words and give a reason.
1. weather 2. wealth 3. reward 4. power
H. Passage：underline the letters that sound /w/.
―Well, well,‖ said Willy, ―you are lucky, you‘ve got a million pounds. What will you do with it.‖ ―What will I
do with it? Well, I‘ll buy a boat, go away to a quiet place somewhere, or perhaps visit all the warm places in the
world. I don‘t know.‖ ―Anyway, you‘ll be a very wealthy person. When did you hear the news?‖ ―Yesterday, I woke
up as usual, shut the window, listened to some music on the radio, then went downstairs to wait for the postman.
One minute later it came：a copy of my aunt‘s will.‖
I. Dialogue：underline the letters that sound
/w/.
⑴ A：Did you see Victor on Wednesday, Wendy?
B：Yes. We went for a walk in the woods near the highway. A：
Wasn‘t it cold on Wednesday?
B：Yes. It was very cold and windy. We wore heavy wool sweaters and walked quickly to keep warm. A：
It‘s so nice and quiet in the woods.
B：Yes. Farther away from the highway it was very quiet and there were birds and squirrels everywhere.
We counted over twenty squirrels.
A：It sounds wonderful. Did you take lunch with you?
B：Yes, we bought veal sandwiches. We stopped around twelve, and we ate and watched the squirrels, but it
was too windy to sit long. It was a very nice walk, anyway.
⑵ A：Where‘s the wagon?
B：Where‘s what wagon? A：
The water wagon. B：What
water wagon?
A：The wagon with the water, of course.
B：That‘s my wagon. I need the water to water my eater my flowers in the yard.
A：No, you can‘t do that. There isn‘t much water in the wagon. And we need the eater for drinking.
J. Questions and answers
1. Come and eat this watermelon.
Sweet and juicy, isn‘t? It makes my mouth water. What a big melon.
2. Who‘s sitting in the wheel chair?
My aunt. She can‘t walk. But she can go anywhere in her wheel-chair.
3. What‘s this? Is it a refrigerator?
No, it isn‘t. It‘s a washing machine. We use it to wash our clothes.
4. Now look at this. What kind of furniture is it?
It‘s a closet. It‘s very useful. I keep all my clothes in it.
5. What‘s this? Looks like a yacht.
Yes, it‘s a yacht. A large, often motor driven boat used for pleasure.
6. What do you call this?
Oh, it‘s a courtyard.
7. Now look at the egg in this picture.
What do you call the yellow part?
The yolk. I like to eat yolk.
8. What‘s the youngster doing in this picture?
He‘s helping his father cut down a tree.
148
Answer Key
A. 1. vine 2. wine 3. way 4. may 5. where 6. me 7. we 8. west 9. vest 10. veal
B. 1. west 2. with 3. will 4. away 5. aware 6. quiet 7. wonderful 8. winter 9.Wednesday
G. Exercise 1 1. whales 2. wheel 3. worse 4. west
Exercise 2 1. queen 2. queue 3. always 4. went
I. Dialogue
⑴ A：Did you see Victor on Wednesday, Wendy?
B：Yes. We went for a walk in the woods near the highway. A：
Wasn‘t it cold on Wednesday?
B：Yes. It was very cold and windy. We wore heavy wool sweaters and walked quickly to keep warm. A：
It‘s so nice and quiet in the woods.
B：Yes. Farther away from the highway it was very quiet and there were birds and squirrels everywhere.
We counted over twenty squirrels.
A：It sounds wonderful. Did you take lunch with you?
B：Yes, we bought veal sandwiches. We stopped around twelve, and we ate and watched the squirrels, but it
was too windy to sit long, It was a very nice walk, anyway.
(2) A：Where‘s the wag on?
B：Where‘s what wag on? A
：The water wag on. B：
What water wag on?
A：The wag on with the water, of course.
B：That‘s my wag on. I need the water to water my eater my flowers in the yard.
A：No, you can‘t do that. There isn‘t much water in the wag on. And we need the eater for drinking
149
LESSON 49 辅音连缀
CONSONANT CLUSTERS
●Part One Initial consonants and consonant clusters
English words begin with no, one, two, or three consonants.

A.Listen and repeat. Read across the chart. The first word has no initial consonant.
No Initial Initial [j]：you Initial [w]：we Initial [r]：row Initial [l]：lie

Consonant：old
[E] go [Ew] Gwen [Er] grow [El] glad
[k] key [kj] cute [kw] quiet [kr] cry [kl] climb
[sk] sky [skj] skewer [skw] square [skr] scratch
[b] bee [bj] beauty [br] brown [bl] blue
[p] pie [pj] pure [pr] prove [pl] play
[sp] spoon [spj] spurious [spr] spring [spl] splash
[d] do *[dj] due [dw] Duane [dr] draw
[t] too *[tj] tune [tw] twenty [tr] tree
[st] stay *[stj] stew [str] strong
[v] vote [vj] view
[f] fine [fj] few [fr] free [fl] fly
[L] thing [Lw] thwart [Lr] three
[s] see *[sj] suit [sw] swim [sl] slow
[N] show [Nr] shrink
[h] he [hj] huge *[hw] white
[m] me [mj] music
[n] no *[nj] news
Common words also begin with these sounds：
[z] zoo [M] they [tN] chew [dI] job [sn] snow [sm] smile [sf] sphere
*Many English speakers do not pronounce the [y] or [h] in these words.
B.Some words have [j] after another consonant sound. Use a word from the [y] column of
the chart to answer each question.
1. What are we listening to? (We‘re listening to some music.)
2. What word is the opposite of very small?
3. Why do people sometimes buy water at the store?
4. Do you want to make a lot of mistakes on a test?
5. What do you think of baby‘s shoes?
6. Why do people stop their car there and look around?
C.Some words have /w/ after another consonant. Use a word from the /w/ column of the
chart to answer each question.
1. What is a boy‘s name in the column?
2. How old do you think he might be?
3. What color is his hair?
4. Is he a noisy person?
5. What does he do every weekend?
6. What shape is his classroom?
D. Some words have /r/ after another consonant. Use a word from the [r] column of the
150
chart to answer each question.
1. What season is May Day in?
2. Does everyone have to buy tomatoes?
3. How much did you pay for this sample?
4. What color are her eyes?
E.Some words have / l / after another consonant. Use a word from the /w/ column to
answer each question.
1. What color is the sky?
2. What do all children like to do?
3. Does everyone walk fast?
F. Repeat the words. Then fill in the blanks with words from the list.
black dress sleep throat
blue drive street train
bream pretty strong travel
1. The movie King Kong was filmed in and white.
2. The opposite of weak is .
3. I never take planes. I always by .
4. Do you know how to a car?
5. John has a cold and a sore .
6. My address is 2126 24 th _.
7. I eight hours every night but I never .
8. The young lawyer was wearing a very_ .
G.Repeat the words. Then fill in the blanks with words from the list.
squeeze stranger thread
splinter shrink scream
1. I washed my new shirt. I hope it didn‘t _.
2. Let‘s have orange juice this morning. Will you a few oranges, please?
3. If you‘re going to sew on buttons, you‘ll need a needle and .
4. I‘ve never met that man. He‘s a complete _.
5. She was terrified, but was unable to .
6. My finger‘s sore. I think I have a in it.
H.Form noun phrases with the adjectives and nouns. Use them in sentences.
E.g. beautiful view
They have a beautiful view from their window.
blue strong beauty fly spring glad
brown green sweet bread glass square
clean huge three cloth grass string
cute proud true cross music tree
dry pure twenty cube plane view
few slow beautiful dress musician quarter
●Part Two Medical consonants and consonant clusters
A.Say each consonant sound in final position and medial position.

stop/stopping write/writer time/timing
rub/rubber ride/riding sing/singer
off/offer lock/locker witch/witches
love/loving log/logger wash/washer
151
B.Say each pair of words. Then listen as one of the words is spoken again. Circle that
word.
1. riding/writing 4. mabel/maple 7. rival/rifle
2. logger/locker 5. fuzzy/fussy 8. edging/etching
3. ringer/rigor 6. aloe/arrow 9. glazier/glacier
C.Listen to and repeat words that have [t] or [d] between vowels. Then fill in the blanks
with words from the list and read the sentences aloud.
butter/button lattice/Latin woody/wooden redder/redden
kitty/kitten subtle/Sutton ladle/laden hiding/Haydn
1. He spilled on his shirt.
2. The on my coat is loose. I hope I don‘t lose it.
3. A will come to you if you say, ―Here, ‖
4. He was embarrassed, and his face got and .
5. Ican‘t find Jimmy. Do you think he‘s ?
D. Repeat the underlined words and sentences. These medial clusters have [r] and [l].
1. Ardis wasn‘t at the party.
2. Archie was a sergeant in the army.
3. Martha Larson married MarvinMarshall.
4. This is the album of our Alpine trip.
5. The butler‘s name was Dudley.
6. Wilga welcomed the guests warmly.
E.Answer with a full sentence. Add–ly to one of the adjectives in the list to form an
adverb.
How does he sleep? (He sleeps soundly.)
How does the car run?
How did the soldiers fight?
How did the actor dress?
How did the president speak?
brave quick smooth clear rich soft fierce rough sound frank sharp strange
F. Repeat the pairs of words. The medial clusters have /m/, /n/ and /H/.
1. symbol/simple 6. Jenner/center
2. Dempsey/Ramsey 7. mentioned /danger
3. Denzel/pencil 8. window/winter
4. drinker/finger 9. Houghton/mountain
5. Ridgemont/Richmond 10. Disney/Passner
Now select three pairs of words from the list above and form three statements of questions using them. E.g.：
Jenner was the regular center on our basketball team.
G.Read the names of these football players and former players. Then compare their
ages. Use older than, younger than, or the same age as.
E.g.：Pitman is older than Cushman.
1. Pitman, 45 6. Goodman, 81
2. Beckman, 26 7. Hagman, 61
3. Hoffman, 32 8. Cushman, 39
4. Crossman, 77 9. Wiseman, 29
5. Fineman, 21 10. Pullman, 32
H.Repeat these sets of words. The medial clusters have stops or /s/ or /z/.
1. Edsel/pretzel 3. whispered/husband 5. captain/napkin 7. Pitkin/Redken
2. Bugsie/taxi 4. risky/exit 6. Edgar/Rutgers 8. Clifton/doctor/Ogden
152
Now listen to the questions and answer them.
Who ate the pretzels? (Edsel did.)
Who took a taxi home?
Who did Jane whisper to?
What is risky to use?
What does the captain need?
Who‘s going to Rutgers College?
Who sells Redken products?
What is the name of the doctor who practices in Ogden?
I.Read the names. Then complete the sentences, using any name from the list and
adding -ful to one of the nouns in parentheses to form an adjective.
Jepson Gibson Leffson Dodgeson
Matson Hudson Wilson Carson
Jackson Gregson Johnson Simpson
1. Mr. Hudson is a careful worker. (care, skill)
2. Mrs. got rid of the insects. (dread, harm)
3. Mr. is very about his health. (doubt, thank)
4. Mrs. spent a night. (rest, wake)
5. Miss had a operation. (help, pain)
6. Mr. is a person. (peace, truth)
●Part Three Final consonants and consonant clusters

English words end with no, one, two, or three consonants, not counting words that have a plural or past suffix.
A.Listen and repeat. Read across the chart. The first word has no final consonant.
No final [r]+Final [l]+Final Nasal+Final

Consonant: go, see Consonant Consonant Consonant
[k] ache [rk] mark [lk] milk [Hk] ink
[E] egg [rE] morgue
[p] hope [rp] sharp [lp] help [mp] camp
[b] rob [rb] garb [lb] bulb
[t] eight [rt] art [lt] belt [nt] ant
[d] add [rd] hard [ld] gold [nd] and
[tN] match [rtN] march [ltN] welch [ntN] inch
[dI] edge [rdI] large [ldI] bulge [ndI] change
[f] if [rf] scarf [lf] shelf [mf] triumph
[v] of [rv] carve [lv] solve
[L] math [rL] north [lL] health [nL] month
[th] breathe
[s] us [rs] horse [ls] else [ns] dance
[z] as [rz] Mars [nz] lens
[N] wish [rN] marsh [lN] Welsh
[I] beige
[m] an [rm] arm [lm] film
[n] in [rn] corn [ln] kiln
[H] sing
[l] all [rl] Carl
153
[r] or
Common words also end with these sounds.
[kt] act [ks] ax [sk] desk [ts] blitz
[kt] exitinct [ks] jinx [sp] wasp [rts] quartz
[pt] adapt [ps] collapse [st] fast [lts] waltz
[mpt] tempt [mps] glimpse [nst] against [ft] lift
B.Some words end with /r/ and another consonant. Use a word from the /r/ column to
1. What vegetable is often served with a meal?
2. Is Chicago in the South?
3. Jane draws very well. What should she study?
4. How did Jim hurt himself?
5. What‘s Mary wearing around her neck?
6. What does the teacher do with tests?
7. Is that a star in the sky?
8. What is the baby‘s name?
C.Some words end with / l / and another consonant. Use a word from the /l / column to
1. Why doesn‘t this light work?
2. What did Mrs. Fay buy at the grocery store?
3. What‘s that ring made of ?
4. Where‘s the sugar?
5. Why don‘t you smoke any more?
6. What nationality is he?
D. Some words end with /m/, /n/, or /H/ and another consonant. Use a word from the
nasal column to answer each question.
1. What shall we do on the weekend?
2. How long is it till spring?
3. Is this a good camera?
4. How long is this line?
5. Do you have a red pen?
6. Is that a fly?
E.Form sentences using these verbs and objects.
E.g.：I can‘t lift this box.
act dust park bank bus desk maid
ask fix send belt camp film milk
change help sort bench card gold part
drink lift want box corn horse shell
Answer Key
Part One
B 1. (music). We are listening to some music.
2. (huge). The opposite of very small is ―huge‖.
3. (pure). Because the water is more pure.
4. (few). No, I want to make very few.
5. (cute). I think they are very cute.
154
6. (view). They stopped to look at the view.
C. 1. There‘s a name called Gwen. 3. It‘s white. 5. He often swims.
2. He might be twenty. 4. No, he‘s quiet. 6. It‘s square
D. 1. It‘s spring. 3. I paid three dollars.
2. Everyone‘s free to buy anything. 4. Her eyes are brown.
E. 1. The sky is blue. 2. They all like to play. 3. No, a lot of people walk very slow.
F. 1. black 2. strong 3. travel train 4. drive 5. throat 6. street 7. sleep dream 8. pretty blue dress
G. 1. shrink 2. squeeze 3. thread 4. stranger 5. scream 6. splinter
Part Two
B. 1 riding 2. locker 3. rigor 4. mabel 5. fuzzy 6. arrow 7. rival 8. etching 9. glazier
C. 1. butter 2. button 3. kitten, kitty, kitty 4. redder, redder. 5. hiding.
E. 1. It runs quickly. 2. They fought bravely. 3. They dressed strangely 4. He spoke frankly.
H 1. 1. Rugsie did 2. Her husband 3. An exit 4. A napkin 5. Edgar is. 6. Pitkin does 7. It‘s Clifton.
I. 1. 2. harmful 3. doubtful 4. wakeful 5. painful 6. truthful
Part Three
B. 1. Corn is often served. 5. She‘s wearing a scarf.
2. No, it‘s in the North. 6. Here she marks them.
3. She should study art. 7. No, that‘s the planet mars.
4. He fell off the horse. He cut himself with a sharp knife. 8. The baby‘s name is Carl.
C. 1. I guess the bulb‘s out. 3. It‘s made of gold. 5. Because it causes no good in health.
2. Some celery and milk. 4. On the second shelf. 6. He‘s a Welsh.
D. 1. How about camping? 4. Less than an inch.
2. Less than two months 5. Yes, I have a pen that uses red ink.
3. Of course, it has a pretty good lens. 6. What a moron! It‘s an ant!
155
UNIT FOUR : 美语的节奏
THE MELODY OF AMERICAN ENGLISH
SECTION ONE
Liaisons
学习内容
1. 辅音对元音的连读
2. 叠合与失爆
3. 元音间的过渡
学习目的
1. 掌握词与词之间各种音的变化规则。
2. 听力上习惯连读，使其不再成为听力中的难点。
3. 能够在口语表达中正确的运用连读的技巧，使朗读尽量流利。
学习方法
1. 明确连读不过是音与音之间的变化，所不同的是这些变化是发生在前后相连的单词之间。
2. 仔细听本章所举连读对词之间音的变化，注意模仿。
3. 反复跟读例句，有意识的将所学连读技巧运用起来。
4. 精听一段文字（可选本书后面所附段子），将出现音的变化的地方标出。
5. 跟读这段文章，尽力模仿原声带上的语音语调，语速由慢到快的把各种连读技巧用上，直到不假思
索即能熟练、正确地运用连读为止。
156
LESSON 50 辅音对元音的连读
LINKING CONSONANTS TO VOWELS
常见问题
1. 多数同学不知道如何把辅音同元音连起来读，实际上这种连读是最简单的。大部分同学都能按音标把单
个单词读准。当我们把连读的两个单词看成一个时，就可以前后连贯了。
2. 当[r]与后面的元音连读时，有些同学拿不准怎么读。其实像 sorry、very 这样的双音节单词读起来的时候，
后面的音节[ri]大家都会读。按照这里[r]的读法，单词之间出现的[r]与后面的元音连读就不成问题了。
连读方法
这是通常情况下大家所理解的连读。就是当前面的单词以辅音结尾，紧随其后的单词以元音开头，这时将前
面的辅音同后面的元音连在一起，像是构成一个音节一样的读出来，以使语言更具有流畅自然的特点.而且连读
必须是发生在短语或句子的同一个意群中的，在意群（及短语或从句）之间有停顿时,两个短语或两个从句间相
邻的音不连读。
一般来说有两种连读：
1. 在同一意群中的两个词, 前者以辅音结尾,后者以元音开头, 这两个音就可以连起来读,称为“连读”
。
2. 相邻的两个词前一个以字母 r 结尾，后一个词以元音开始，辅音/r/可与后面的元音连读，这种连读叫“r
连读”。
A.Listen to the following phrases. Pay attention to the liaisons.
knock at take air get in a line of cars
look into look about get away a glass of milk
take up look out of get along with a bottle of beer
take a chance look over get up a row of desks
take a back look up find out a bag of apples
seat take a nap get out of a cup of tea a carton of cigarettes
take a message to get off a box of books
take advantage of get into a package of gum
B.Form noun phrases, use a lot of + plural noun, or many a+ plural noun.
Bottle actor artist cook table watch infant box team doctor
guide bride bachelor tiger clock star lawyer parent waiter manager
C.Form sentences with the phrases below.
travel around the world have a picnic
a very old tree t hink about it
stage a drama did a very good job
cherish a hope take on an important post
pay in cash waste a lot of time
a man of high prestige lost all his property
bring a lot of trouble read it to me
make a mistake work in the fields
draw a chart have a sweet dream
make a sound judgement see it already
net income a talk on environment
at the back of a group of students
start in a hurry have a look at the house
commit a crime very cold outside
make a living by cheating
157
D. Listen to the tape carefully and then repeat.
/ts/ /r/
It‘s easy. They‘re in class.
I have lots of friends. Our exam was long.
Let‘s eat lunch. You‘re a nswer is right.
/z/ /l/
He‘s angry. She can tell us.
She‘s in trouble. Fill out this applition.
Where‘s our car? He‘s as tall aa you are.
/m/ /p/
Am I too late? It‘s on top of the desk.
Please come in. Keep up the good work.
What time is it? I‘ll have a cup of coffee.
/n/ /t/
Yoy can ask later. Yhey get up late.
He‘s an engineer. Class starts at eight.
Turn off the TV. Please put it a way.
E.Read the sentences for at least 2 times.
Cheer up!
I mean it.
May I have a cup of milk?
What do you think of it?
I‘ve got a lot of work to do.
I‘ve had it with this business.
Don‘t give up your decision yet.
Do you think you can grab it?
Please wrap it in blue paper.
We‘ll have to put it off until tomorrow.
Come in please. How long is the sale on?
Let‘s put the rug over there.
We need some time out tonight.
When does the new supermarket open up?
You need to wipe up the milk.
What time do you get up every day?
I‘m glad I could help you out tonight.
Let me have a look at the book.
How much money do you need to open a company?
F. Two of you students form a group to read the questions and the answers below.
1. How much is it? It‘s five dollars.
2. Is it worth it? It‘s worth every penny.
3. Give it to me, please. Sorry, I can‘t. I need it myself.
4. Stop and think. Why? There‘s a mistake in it.
5. I hope it‘s clean. Yes, it is.
6. I can‘t sleep with the light on. Get under the sheets.
7. Turn off the light, please. I need it on. I‘ve got a lot of work to do.
158
G.Read the dialogue.
Mary：Just outside the district there‘s a very dangerous bridge.
Smith：Yes. Paul told me that two trucks crashed there in last month. Did you know how it happened? Mary：
Well, George was driving the large truck. He was driving a little fast.
Smith：George? Who is the man? Do I know him?
Mary：He is the son of the dentist in our district. I think you know him. He is now the manager of the travel
agency in our district.
Smith：Yes. I remember him. He‘s always telling jokes. Well, was anybody injured?
Mary：Oh, yes. The other truck went over the edge of the bridge, and three children and another passenger
were badly injured.
Smith：Were both trucks damaged? Mary：
Yes.
Smith：And what happened to George? Was he injured?
Mary：George? He is said to hurt his leg terribly and was still in hospital now.
H.Read the following paragraph .
It was the last night of the year. It was snowing heavily and the ominous sky had grown dark. A poor little girl
was walking bare-foot through the streets trying to find people to buy her matches. She had had slippers on when
she left home. But they were too big. She had lost them when she crossed the wide and deep street. So then she
continued walking along without her slippers.
The sad girl looked as thin as the matches that she was selling. She had already been walking in the wind and
snow for a whole day. No one had bought anything from her; no one had given her even a copper penny. She was
shivering with cold, yet she did not dare to go home. If she did not bring money home, her father would beat her.
Besides, her home was as cold as the street.
As her legs could no longer carry her, she sat down at the corner of the street. How fine it would be if she had a
little fire before her! She drew a match from the box and struck it against the wall. Oh, how it burned! The girl
struck one match after another. It really seemed as if she was sitting by a great beautiful stove. When the little fire
was burning, in her imagination she saw a lot of fine things：a Christmas tree, a goose, and so on. It also seemed to
her that her long dead grandmother was standing by her. She was the only person who had been good to her.
The next day the New Year‘s sun was shinning upon the little body that was lying there with the pile of burned
matches. The poor girl had gently frozen to death on the last day of the Old Year.

A.Listen and repeat.
up and down a pair of shoes keep it up for a year
put it on not at all Put it off above all
stand up good idea Dad and Mom first of all
take off pick it up in an hour take it easy
pen and paper far away clean and dirty good evening
for instance knock him out stop it inan instant
far away come on internal affairs loaf away
good on you seven o‘clock ten o‘clock lack of nothing
an Australian boy an old lady in a hotel a number of
on a sunny day half a year here and there sold out
B.Read the following phrases.
at the drop of a hat put in the shade all of a shake
dangers of every shape fall on one‘s feet achieve a lot
catch at shadow make a noise in the world
pick and choose jump at the chance go against the trend
159
be left in the basket come into the market sit on the seat
still in the dark put on a mask a house of his own
the cost of beef stay over the night kick up the dust
wide of the mark trust everyone turn the light off
boast about his achievement
C.Form sentences as the example.
Example：students ate, in a → Students ate in a dinning-room.
1. was amazed, hear about it 6. put on, look at
2. plane arrives, this afternoon 7. some ice, glass of
3. told us, an interesting. 8. women are, some information
4. can open it, take all of 9. there‘s an apartment, on a
5. stop at, for a
D. Read the dialogue.
Megan：Are the children all grown up now, Jane?
Jane：Oh, yes, Laura‘s the oldest, She‘s a manager assistant.
Megan：Oh, very good. And what about Rose? She was such a bright child— always studying. Jane：
She‘s a teacher at a Middle School.
Megan：Really? And Rita? She was a very beautiful girl.
Jane：Rita is working as a librarian at the public library in London. She has married to an American
photographer.
Megan：Oh, how interesting. And what about Bob and Michael?
Jane：Bob is a taxi driver. He drives all over the country. We seldom see him. Megan：
Oh! Then what does he live at present?
Jane：New York.
Megan：And what about Michael? Does he drive a taxi, too?
Jane：Oh, no. Michael is studying at a university. He has done a very good job.
Megan：How many years has he been a university student?
Jane：About 2 years. He said that he wanted to be a computer programmer in the future.
E.Appreciate the English song.
Don’t Give up (Willie Nelson and Sinead O’Connor)
In this proud land we grew up strong
We were wanted all along.
I was taught to fight, taught to win
I never thought I could fail
No fight left or so it seems

I am a man whose dreams have all deserted
I‘ve changed my face, I‘ve changed my name
But no one wants you when you lose
Don‘t give up
‗cause you have friends
Don‘t give up
You‘re not beaten up
I know you can make it good
Though I saw it all around

Never thought that I could be affected
160
Thought that we‘d be the last to go
It is so strange the way things turn
Drove the night toward my home

The place that I was born, on the lakeside
As daylight broke, I saw the earth
The trees had burned down to the ground
Don‘t give up
You still have us
Don‘t give up
We don‘t need much of anything
Don‘t give up ‗Cause somewhere there‘s a place
Where we belong
Rest your head

You worry too much
It‘s going to be alright
When times get rough
You can fall back on us
Don‘t give up
Please don‘t give up
‗Got to walk out of there

I can‘t take any more
Going to stand on that bridge
Keep my eyes down below
Whatever may come

And whatever may go
That river‘s flowing
That river‘s flowing
Moved on to another town

Tried hard to settle down
For every job, so many men
So many men on one needs
Don‘t give up
‗Cause you have friends
Don‘t give up
You‘re not the only one
Don‘t give up
No reason to be ashamed
Don‘t give up
You still have us
Don‘t give up
We‘re proud of who you are
Don‘t give up
161
You know it‘s never been easy
Don‘t give up
‗Cause I believe there‘s a place
There‘s a place where we belong
F. This is the lecture made on the funeral of Diana, princess of Wales. Read it carefully.
There may be some unfamiliar words as “profiteth”, which equals to “profited”. Never
mind, you just read it quickly.
Though I speak with the tongues of men and of angels, and have not love, I am become as sounding brass, or a
tinkling cymbal. And though I have the gift of prophecy and understand all mysteries, and all knowledge, and
though I have all faith, so that I could remove mountains, and have not love, I am nothing. And though I bestow all
my goods to feed the poor. and though I give my body to be burned. And have not love, it profiteth me nothing.
Love suffereth long, and is kind; love envieth not; love vaunteth not itself, is not puffed up, doth not behave itself
unseemly. seeketh not her own, is not easily provoked, thinketh no evil; rejoiceth not in iniquity, but rejoiceth in the
truth; beareth all things, believeth all things, hopeth all things, endureth all things.
Love never faileth：but whether there be prophecies, they shall fail; whether there be tongues. They shall cease;
whether there be knowledge, it shall vanish away. For we know in part. And we prophesy in part. But when that
which is perfect is come, then that which is in part shall be done away.
When I was a child, I spoke as a child, I understood as a child, I thought as a child. But when I became a man,
I put away childish things. For now we see through a glass darkly but then face to face：now I know in part; but then
shall I know even as also I am known. And now abideth faith, hope, love, these three; but the greatest of these is
love.
Answer key
Part Two：
C. 1. I was amazed to hear about it.
2. His plane arrives this afternoon.
3. She told us an interesting story.
4. You can open it and take all of them.
5. Please stop at the store for a newspaper.
6. I put on my glasses to look at this.
7. Here‘s some ice for your glass of water.
8. These women are waiting for some information.
9. There‘s an apartment for rent on a quiet street.
162
LESSON 51 叠合与失爆
LINKOING CONSONANTS TO CONSONANTS
常见问题
1. 辅音对辅音的连读是有发生条件的。很多同学误以为所有辅音之间都会有音的变化发生，这给朗读或口
语表达带来了很大困惑。
2. 叠合要领的掌握，关键在于对辅音送气的把握。如一些同学认为在读 some money 时，前面读 some, 后
面读 money，分明读了两个[m]，实际上体会一下[m]在发音时的送气过程，不难发现我们其实只闭气一次，鼻腔
也只送气一次，实际上该音只发了一次。
3. 关于失去爆破的问题，一定是爆破音才会失去爆破。爆破音失去爆破并不是简单的失音，而是发音过程
中少了一个环节，因此掌握六个爆破音[p][b][t][d][k][E]及其发音要领对于学习和掌握失爆是很重要的。
4. 如果音素/t/ /d/ /s/ /z/后跟一个由/ j /音开始的单词，两个音就连在一起，产生如下变化：
/t/ + /N/ = /tN/ /d/ + /j/ = /dI/
What‘s your name? Did you see the book before?
Can‘t you do it right now? How did you like it?
Actually I know nothing about it. He is well educated.
Don‘t you like it? I graduated from a famous university.
/s/ + /j/ = /N/ /z/ + /j/ = /dI/

Yes, you should follow him. How‘s your father?
I have returned from the Insurance Company. Who‘s your friend?
God bless you! Where‘s your home?
● Part One 叠合听辨练习

辅音对辅音的连读 1
叠合：即前面单词结尾辅音与紧随其后的单词的起始辅音为同一个音时，只需读一次，而不必将这个音读两
次。这种情形常发生在[p], [t], [k], [d], [E] 等辅音出现的时候。
bad desk good day red dress tame monkey
sad dog like candy deep pond grab Bob
take care black coffee book case more rain
part time job at two o‘clock hot tea car ride
ripe pear stop playing keep pace sore ribs
big game big garage big gate fall leaves
dig garden some men same machine bus station
hunt Terence
B.Read the following sentence.
My friend did it. There is a doll lying on the floor.
The desk came. She took care of the children.
The chief flied to New York yesterday. I don‘t believe that Ted is a good boy.
He wears a fresh shirt. He tried hard to persuade Bob not to work too hard.
She can never finish it by herself. Just give the tab back to me when you are ready.
I did this for the first time. When will it rain next?
A big game was played between the two parties. Grab Bob and have him come here.
Please keep peace in the house. How much did the cake cost?
163
Take care of your mother. Why do you want to shame me?
How long is the car ride? Ann Nolan lives over there.
C.Read the dialogue.
Rent Agent：Good morning, sir. Can I help you?
Tony： Good day. I‘m looking for a one-bedroom apartment today.
Rent Agent：Certainly. How much rent did you want to pay?
Tony： Well, I didn‘t want to pay more than $900 a month.
Rent Agent：$900 a month? We don‘t often have apartment as inexpensive as that. We have one apartment for $ 985
a month today, on Eleventh Avenue. It‘s near the municipal buildings.
Tony： Is it furnished?
Rent Agent：No, it‘s unfurnished. It has a kitchen, but there are not many cookers. There‘s a garden in the back, but
the tenants can‘t use it. The landlord lives downstairs. Friends are forbidden in the apartment after
midnight. No noise and no television after 11…
Tony： No, thank you! I want to take an apartment, not a prison.
Rent Agent：Ok, we would do as your requirement. And we‘ll contact with you later!
D. Read the paragraph.
Here, then, is the problem that I present to you, stark and dreadful and inescapable：Shall we put an end to the
human race or shall mankind renounce war? People will not face this alternative because it is so difficult to abolish
war. The abolition of war will demand distasteful limitations of national sovereignty. But what perhaps impedes
understanding of the situation more than anything else is that the term ‗mankind‘ feels vague and abstract. People
scarcely realize in imagination that the danger is to themselves and their children and their grandchildren, and not
only to a dimly apprehended humanity. And so they hope that perhaps war may be allowed to continue provided
modern weapons are prohibited. I am afraid this hope is illusory. Whatever agreements not to use hydrogen bombs
had been reached in time of peace, they would no longer be considered binding in time of war, and both sides would
set to work to manufacture hydrogen bombs as soon as war broke out, for if one side manufactured the bombs and
the other did not, the side that manufactured them would inevitably be victorious...
As geological time is reckoned, Man has so far existed only for a very short period one million years at the
most. What he has achieved, especially during the last 6,000 years, is something utterly new in the history of the
Cosmos, so far at least as we are acquainted with it. For countless ages the sun rose and set, the moon waxed and
waned, the stars shone in the night, but it was only with the coming of Man that these things were understood. In the
great world of astronomy and in the little world of the atom, Man has unveiled secrets which might have been
thought undiscoverable. In art and literature and religion, some men have shown a sublimity of feeling which makes
the species worth preserving. Is all this to end in trivial horror because so few are able to think of Man rather than of
this or that group of men? Is our race so destitute of wisdom, so incapable of impartial love, so blind even to the
simplest dictates of self-preservation, that the last proof of its silly cleverness is to be the extermination of all life on
our planet? —for it will be not only men who will perish, but also the animals, whom no one can accuse of
communism or anticommunism.
I cannot believe that this is to be the end. I would have men forget their quarrels for a moment and reflect that,
if they will allow themselves to survive, there is every reason to expect the triumphs of the future to exceed
immeasurably the triumphs of the past. There lies before us, if we choose, continual progress in happiness,
knowledge, and wisdom. Shall we, instead, choose death, because we cannot forget our quarrels? I appeal, as a
human being to human beings：remember your humanity, and forget the rest. If you can do so, the way lies open to a
new Paradise; if you cannot, nothing lies before you but universal death.
● Part Two 失去爆破听辨练习

辅音对辅音的连读 2
失去爆破：顾名思义,指爆破音失去爆破。发生的条件如下：当前面的单词以[p],[b],[t],[d],[k],[E]这六个爆破音
164
中的任何一个结尾，而紧随其后的单词是以辅音开头的，这时前面单词中的爆破音失去爆破。读法是在发爆破音
时只阻塞气流却不将之释放，说白了就是只作口型不发音。
A.Listen and repeat .

lap dog mad John pet lion truck stop
big shoes hot day a suitcase sit down
put it down red chair round table good teacher
black gate cheap box a badcold good tea
bad boy work hard look good a blackboard
a handbag bad news just great could be
a great pity keep secret late for the flight leave the team
sweet lips read the map a mad rat a vast grassland
the last bark a fat cat a pop shop told him not to shout
patent right feed the goat a red flag
B.Read the following sentences.
1. I have read the book.
2. Put the book on the desk.
3. The rich and the poor have great differences.
4. Let‘s have a good talk.
5. He has made the right choice.
6. It‘s a very rude joke.
7. That‘s a very bad thought.
8. I would like to have one.
9. Let me have a look at it.
10. Good morning, sir.
11. They are mostly teenagers.
12. Football‘s my worst sport.
13. Jim kept studying for his exam.
14. Do you live on the west side or the east side of town?
15. We kept strong for our children.
16. I hope you haven‘t lost trust.
17. Where‘s the grand stand?
18. This is our last trip.
19. You need to wash your hands.
20. I know exactly what you mean.
C.Read the dialogue.
Sally：Hello.
Paul：Hello, Sally? This is Paul. Sally：
Oh, hi, Paul.
Paul：What happened yesterday? You didn‘t come. You forger the date we made, didn‘t you? Sally：
Well, it rained hard all day and I had a badcold, so I decided to stay at home and have a rest. Paul：You
did? But I tried to call you at least 40 times and nobody answered.
Sally：Oh, the telephone lines were damaged by the storm. They repaired them today. Paul：
What did Bob do yesterday? Did he and his classmate go dancing?
Sally：No, they stayed at home and played cards with other children.
Paul：And what did you do? Did you play cards, too?
Sally：No. I listened to records and studied. What did you do yesterday, Paul? Paul
：I just told you, Sally. I tried to call you 40 times!
165
D. Enjoy the small joke .
Teacher：What‘s an abstract noun, Ann?
Ann： I don‘t know, madam.
Teacher：What? You don‘t know! Well, It‘s the name of a thing which you can think of but cannot touch. Now
give me an example.
Ann： A red-hot poker, madam.
E.Read the paragraph correctly .
Almost 60 percent of overweight women in Britain say they would not allow their partner to see them naked, a
body image survey showed last Thursday.
Despite the current craze for curvy figures, too much body fat has a devastating impact on every aspect of a
woman‘s life, Slimming Magazine said. The magazine‘s annual survey of 2,000 women, all of whom regarded
themselves as overweight, revealed that more than 80 percent believed their excess weight was damaging their
health, ruining their sex lives and holding back their careers.
―Overweight women don‘t want to be stick insects, they just want to fall within an average weight range and
feel healthier, sexier and more confident,‖ said Alison Hall, the magazine‘s editor.
―What the media is talking about at the moment is that curves are back. People want to be more like Catherine
Zeta-Jones and Jennifer Lopez, and that‘s great. But we‘re into making sure women are at a good weight for their
height.‖
The survey showed 76 percent of women believed overweight people were seen as being less intelligent than
slim people are. Some 80 percent thought it was easier for slim women to climb the career ladder.
Government statistics show that more than half the British population is now overweight, but 81 percent of
women received no guidance from their general practitioners, the survey said.
National Health Service spokeswoman Gail Robinson said the government did not record information about
dieters seeking advice from their doctors.
●Part Three 跟读练习
A.Listen and repeat the phrases.

a drug store be drunk with joy a job transfer
solicit trade drink like a fish fight for freedom
find fault with great pleasure in the deep valley
in cold blood break ranks bright colors
radiant with read magazine bank service
cheat the journey the youngest child ask yourself
get the cheese feed the duck get his goat
eat hot dogs get the better of hold the bag
keep the key lock the door the first class
leap forward the front yard of the house behind the back of
B.Form sentences with the following phrases.
visit the city hit him on the head a stupid men
cat too much keep fit help them
a bad suggestion forget the plan get sacked
get settled passed the examination cost much money
in a great hurry a first-class university in short supply
date the girl like making cakes hate city life
get the payment lead the team
C.Read the following sentences.
1. He‘s a bad boy.
166
2. I like lollipops.
3. She‘s my favorite daughter.
4. I gave Margaret some books.
5. Monica has big feet.
6. Kirk looked at the photo carefully.
7. I can help Greg with his homework.
8. Grab my coat and we‘ll go.
9. Please keep your words you said.
10. The cub scouts of Canada are a great group.
11. It‘s a big problem if cars do not stop at a stop sign.
12. You look tired tonight.
13. I felt sick last night.
14. Children must look carefully when crossing the road.
15. When the student finished his job training he offered a position with good job benefits.
16. The school held a big meeting to help people understand problems.
17. Last year bad drivers caused deaths on the road.
18. Do farmers still use windmills?
19. Your kindness will be repaid some day.
20. She stopped to listen to the music.
D. Complete the following sentences.
1. It‘s a pity that… 6. It so happened that…
2. It‘s too bad that… 7. It is not known that…
3. It‘s strange that… 8. It is a good thing that…
4. It‘s possible that… 9. It seemed that…
5. It was surprising that … 10. It looked that…
E.Read the following answers, and then put forward a question according to the answers.
And pay attention to the pronunciation between consonants and consonants.
Example：She washed the dishes and put them away.
What did she do all day?
What did she do today?
What did she do?
1. She broke all the dishes and threw them away.
2. He opened the window and looked out of it.
3. My sister is studying in her room.
4. We looked up the word in the dictionary.
5. The boy wrote a letter to his friend and then posted it.
6. They went to the swimming pool this morning.
7. Mary washed all of her dirty clothes today.
8. He gave a lecture on this topic this afternoon.
9. We visit the Great Wall yesterday.
10. They have been rehearsing all day.
F. Read the dialogue.
Mrs. Herbert：Would you like some cream in your coffee, Mr. Fred?
Mrs. Fred：No, thank you. But I‘d like some milk, please.
Mrs. Herbert：Would you like some chocolate cookies?
Mrs. Fred：Mm, yes. Thank you. Did you bake these yourself?
Mrs. Herbert：Yes. It‘s a cuckoo clock. I bought it in Paris.
Mrs. Fred：Is it wooden?
167
Mrs. Herbert：Oh, no. It‘s oak. It was quite an expensive clock. It‘s automatic.
Mrs. Fred：Well, it‘s exactly 7 now, and it‘s very quiet. Doesn‘t it say cuckoo?
Mrs. Herbert：Of course. Look!
Clock：Cuckoo! Cuckoo! Cuckoo! Cuckoo! Cuckoo! Cuckoo! Mrs. Fred：
Well, what a cute clock!
G.Appreciate the English song.
Forever Young (Joan Baez) Stand upright and be strong.
May Godbless and keep you always May you stay…forever young.
May your wishes all come true. Forever young, forever young.
May you already do for others, May you stay forever young.
And let others do for you.
May you build a ladder to the stars. May your hands always be busy,
And climb on every rung. May you feet always be swift.
And may you stay…forever young. May you have a strong foundation,
When the wind changes shift.
May you grow up to be righteous? May your heart always be joyful,
May you growup to be true. May your songs always be sung.
May you always know the truth, And may you stay… forever young.
And see the light surrounding you. Forever young, forever young
May you always be courageous, May you stay forever young.
H.Read the passage, using the way you have learned in this class.
Oceanography has been defined as ― the application of all sciences to the study of the sea.‖
Before the nineteenth century, scientists with an interest in the sea were few and far between. Certainly
Newton considered some theoretical aspects of it in his writings, but he was reluctant to go to sea to further his
work.
For most people the sea was remote, and with the exception of early intercontinental travelers or others who
earned a living from the sea, there was little reason to ask many questions about it, let alone to ask what lay beneath
the surface. The first time that the question ― What is at the bottom of the oceans?‘ had to be answered with any
commercial consequence was when the laying of a telegraph cable from Europe to America was proposed. The
engineers had to know the depth profile of the route to estimate the length of cable that had to be manufactured.
It was to Maury of the US Navy that the Atlantic Telegraph Company turned, in 1853, for information on this
matter. In the 1840s, Maury had been responsible for encouraging voyages during which sounding were taken to
investigate the depths of the North Atlantic and Pacific Oceans. Later, some of his findings aroused much popular
interest in his book. The Physical Geography of the Sea.
The cable was laid, but not until 1866 was the connection made permanent and reliable. At the early attempts,
the cable failed and when it was taken out for repairs it was found to be covered in living growths, a fact which
defied contemporary scientific opinion that there was no life in the deeper parts of the sea.
Within a few years oceanography was under way. In 1872 Thomson led a scientific expedition, which lasted
for four years and brought home thousands of samples from the sea. Their classification and analysis occupied
scientists for years and led to a five-volume report, the last volume being published in 1895.
168
LESSON 52 元音对元音的连读 (元音间的过渡)
LINKING VOWELS TO VOWELS
(Glide from the final vowel to the initial vowel)
常见问题
1. 许多同学不理解为什么两个元音之间会出现半元音，以及什么时候出现半元音[j]，什么时候出现半元音
[w]。这些问题将在下文连读方法中进行解答。
2. 还有同学对加入半元音后是否使单词之间的过渡变得流畅有疑问。这说明问问题的同学明显缺乏朗读经
验，甚至听力练习的广度也不够，需要在这些方面下工夫。
元音对元音的连读方法
元音对元音的连读实际上是在元音之间插入半元音[j]或[w], 从而使纯元音音节之间的过渡变得自然、流畅，
读起来更加上口。半元音插入的情况如下：
1. 前面的单词以元音[e]或[i]结尾，紧随其后的单词以元音开头，这时，在两个单词之间出现半元音[j]作为过
渡。
2. 前面的单词以[u]或[o]结尾，紧随其后的单词以元音开头，这时，在两个单词之间出现半元音[w]作为过渡。
3. 为了把两个相邻的词连在一起, 人们往往在以[C] 或 [A] 结尾的词后面加上[r]音, 以便和后一个词的起
首元音连接,这种添加的/r/ 称为”外加音”[r]。
A. Listen and repeat.

be on time blue on top say it may I
weigh it up clue in blew away who else
play around stay up see it through Russia and China
flew out knew it my only child drama and music
the early bird very interesting day in and day out area of agreement
I am you are she is shah of Persia
go out too often go away law and order
any other go on try it I saw it
try again throw away no way see off
how old no end a banana and an apple
B． Make sentences with the given phrases.
stay up go outside she is the other
he is we are they are her own hands
you are how old I am hear it
we attend do it now be in he and she
they arrive I see Mary is see eye to eye
C. An additional pronunciation between two vowels
I can see it. [j] I did it myself. [ei] You saw it by yourself? [w]
Can you see it?[j] He got it. [ei] You can‘t copy it. [j]
Can you do it?[w] He didn‘t get it yet. [ei] I‘ll type it tomorrow. [ei]
I saw it myself. [w]
D. Listen and repeat the sentences.
1. Make sure you pay up until the end of the month.
2. I‘d like to see Europe in the summer.
3. If Tom asks, don‘t play around, ―Say yes‖.
169
4. We have to stay united in the office.
5. When you are at the interview, be yourself.
6. Be on time for your first appointment.
7. He flew in for my party.
8. Blow out the candles on your cake.
9. When you grow up, you can stay up late.
10. If you knew it, you‘d say it.
11. She isn‘t here at the moment.
12. I don‘t care if she would be in favor ofthe proposal.
13. China is changing a great deal.
14. There is an apple tree in front of the house.
15. Will you keep an eye on my suitcase and boxes?
16. Don‘t any of you try to leave the room?
17. Let‘s not delay in giving them an answer.
18. Do you care for coffee or tea?
19. I know he is a famous artist.
20. Did you run in the race?
E. Read the dialogue.
Roy： Honey, why are you so angry?
Susan：She says nothing.
Roy： Honey, why are you so angry? Can you tell me?
Susan：You don‘t love me, Roy.
Roy： Why do you say such words? I love you very much.
Susan：No, you used to be. But not now. You are in love with someone else. You are in love with my friend, Janet.
You appreciate her very much. You think she is beautiful and fun to be with and you think I‘m dumb and
uninteresting.
Roy： Susan, just one last week I went out to have a lunch with her. There is nothing for you to be jealous about. I
like your company much better than Janet‘s. Susan
：I envy her and also I hate her at the same time. Roy：
Honey, you should know that I love you so deeply.
Susan：Oh, shut up, Roy.
Roy：But honey, I think you‘re terrific. There is nothing…
Susan：Oh, SHUT UP!
F. Appreciate the English song.
Imagine (John Lennon) You may say I‘m a dreamer
Imagine there‘s no heaven But I‘m not the only one
It‘s easy if you try I hope some day you‘ll join us
No hell below us And the world will be as one
Above us only the sky Imagine no possessions
Imagine all the people I wonder if you can
Living for today Noneed for greed or hunger
A brotherhood of man
Imagine there‘s no country Imagine all the people
It isn‘t hard to do Sharing all the world
Nothing to kill or die for You may say I‘m a dreamer
And no religion too But I‘m not the only one
Imagine all the people I hope someday you‘ll join us
Living life in peace And the world will be as one
170
G. Read the paragraph, paying attention to the pronunciation between linking vowels.
I have a Dream
… I say to you, my friends, so even though we must face the difficulties of today and tomorrow, I still have a
dream. It is a dream deeply rooted in the American dream.
I have a dream that one day this nation will rise up and live out the true meaning of its creed— we hold these
truths to be self-evident, that all men are created equal.
I have a dream that one day on the red hills of Georgia, sons of former slaves and sons of former slave-owners
will be able to sit down together at the table of brotherhood.
I have a dream that one day, even the state of Mississippi, a state sweltering with the heat of injustice,
sweltering with the heat of oppression, will be transformed into an oasis of freedom and justice.
I have a dream my four little children will one day live in a nation where they will not be judged by the color
of their skin but by the content of their character.
I have a dream today!
I have a dream that one day down in Alabama, with its vicious racists, with its governor having his lips
dripping with the words of interposition and nullification, one day right there in Alabama little black boys and black
girls will be able to join hands with little white boys and white girls as sisters and brothers.
I have a dream today.
I have a dream that one day every valley shall be exalted, every hill and mountain shall be made low, the rough
places shall be made plain, and the crooked places shall be made straight and the glory of the Lord will be revealed
and all flesh shall see it together.
This is our hope. This is the faith that I go back to the South with.
With this faith we will be able to hew out of the mountain of despair a stone of hope.
With this faith we will be able to transform the jangling discords of our nation into a beautiful symphony of
brotherhood.
With this faith we will be able to work together, to pray together, to go to jail together, knowing that we will be
free one day.
This will be the day when all of God‘s children will be able to sing with new meaning-‖my country ‗tis of thee;
sweet land of liberty; of thee I sing; land where my fathers died, land of the pilgrim‘s pride; from every mountain
side, let freedom ring‖ —and if America is to be a great nation, this must become true.
So let freedom ring —from the prodigious hilltops of New Hampshire, let freedom ring; from the mighty
mountains of New York. Let freedom ring—from the heightening Alleghenies of Pennsylvania.
Let freedom ring from the snow-capped Rockies of Colorado.
Let freedom ring from the curvaceous slopes of California.
But not only that. Let freedom ring from the Stone Mountain of Georgia.
Let freedom ring from Lookout Mountain of Tennessee.
Let freedom ring from every hill and molehill of Mississippi, from every mountainside, let freedom ring.
When we allow freedom to ring, when we let it ring from every village and hamlet, from every state and city,
we will be able to speed up that day when all of God‘s children—black men and white men, Jews and Gentiles,
Catholics and Protestants—will be able to join hands and to sing in the words of the old Negro spiritual, ―Free at
last, free at last; thank God Almighty, we are free at last.‖
171
SECION TWO
Stress(重音)
学习内容
1. 词的重音
2. 短语和句子的重音
3. 数词的重音
4. 中性句子的重音
5. 对比句的重音
6. 实意重读
学习目的
1. 了解单词重音的重要性。
2. 掌握如何找准短语及句子重音的方法。
3. 体会重读对听力的直接影响，培养对句子中受到重读的那部分单词的听力敏感度，在听力中建立对重音
良好的感觉。
4. 将重读技巧运用到口语实践中，使意思及情感的表达变得精确起来。
学习方法
1. 听一听单词中哪个音节比别的音节读的声音大，用的力量足，体会什么是重读音节。
2. 体会短语和句子中哪个单词的重读音节更加突出，逐渐培养对重音的敏感。
3. 本章要求大家先仔细听几遍泛读的练习，再了解一下关于句子重读的一般性规律，然后在跟读练习中尽
力突出重读音节，以便熟悉并最终掌握技巧。
172
LESSON 53 词的重音
WORD STRESS
常见问题
单音节和双音节单词的重音比较好掌握。三音节及多音节单词的重音则有些难度。有些同学对着音标及标注
出来的重音还读不准。实际上原因还在于对重音的特色理解不到位，其次不熟悉英语语言的节奏，换句话说
就是听力上有待加强。
什么是词重音
英语单词都由一至多个音节构成，一个单词至少要有一个音节，而在一组音节中，总有一个音节比其他的音
节读的声音大一些，用的力量足一些，这个音节就是所谓的重读音节。
A.Listen to this group of syllables.

1. da 2. dá da 3. da dá 4. dá da da
dá dá da dá da da da dá
da dá dá da da dá da da dá
da dá 6. da dá da 7. da da da 8. dá da
5. dá da da dá da da dá da dá da da
da dá dá da da da da dá da da dá
dá da
B.Listen to the English words of one, two, or three syllables.
One syllable：
go come child want try
John make low do have
think like pea fee be
kite live zip kick rim
kiss hill fish if dip
pig ill gift ink find
fix knife face save vet
hay age ache wait day
they test bath robe stir
dirt earth hour due rip
Two syllables：
téach·er bá· be·gí na wí n·dow for·gét léav·ing
réad·ing
by ·gópa· sís·ter a Spá·nish
lód·ger
lín·ger lace wít· pró·mise ·lí ve ad wó·man
wí l·low ness mer· bed·time ·vice na·tion c
ma·chine chant boy blan·ket jour·nal ón·tact
ath·lete ·cott spe fra·gile f·ty
thrí slim·mer
snic·ker
stu·pid c ·cial lígh lóo·ter mud·died
re·sólve
ár·ton e ·ten en· wri·ter sus·pect res·trict
·merge l large bud· writ·ten pa·tent
óa·der ding blad·der sím·mer
Three syllables：
173
pro·fés·sor I méd·i·cine rá·di·o um Oc·tó·ber pr
hos·pi·tal ác·tic·ing
·tál·ian í n· ·brél·la ín
com·pu·ter pro·per·ty
ter·est cé· díf·fi·cult ·dus·try re·mém·ber
leb·rate de· oc·ca·sion ex care·ful·ly cou·ra·geous
vé·lop fa·mí ·pé·rí ence o phy·sí·cian im·me·diate
·liar pho·né ·pí ·nion tér ef·fí·cient ha·bí·tual
·ri·fy va· his·tor·ic an·te
·tics ac· ex·ten·sion
e·ty au·to
rí
comp·lish sá grá·ti·tude ·date cóun·ter
·mat mí c·ros
·tis·fy án· ·cope em· su·pér·ior ·point ul·tra
ti·freeze mo ploy·ée pri· cír·cum·cise ·sound ex·pan
·nor·ail im· vate·ly mul·tip·l y ·sion
pór·tance at sé·na·tor
·tén·tion
More than three syllables：

de·mó·cra·cy char·ac an·ni·vér·sary pos·si·bí·li·ty
an·te·cé· dent
· te·rí s·tic au·to ·ma an·ti ·só·cial
·na·tional
mul·tí
·tic mo·no·lí n·gual au pér·ma·nent ·ly ul·tra·ví
o·let
·to·mo·bile com·pe·ti·tive
C.Listen．Mark the stress in these words．Mark on the vowel a，e，i，o，or u.

1. lesson les·son 16. anxiety an·xiety
2. practice prac·tice 17. engage en·gage wal
3. music mu·sic 18. wallow ·low he·si
4. window win·dow 19. hesitate ·tate reg·ret
5. answer an·swer 20. regret Chev·ro·let
6. Brazil Bra·zil 21. Chevrolet rep·re·sent
7. balloon bal·loon 22. represent un·der·stand
8. Peru Pe·ru 23. understand pho·to·graph
9. guitar gui·tar 24. photograph hol·i·day
10. record re ·cord 25. holiday cig·a·rette
11. perturb per·turb 26. cigarette se·ven·teen
12. relapse re·lapse 27. seventeen pro·nun·ci·a·tion ig·no·
13. broken bro · ken 28. pronunciation rance
14. annoy an·noy an 29. ignorance e·co·no·mi·cal
15. announce ·nounce 30. economical

Stress of words of one syllable
June clash choose porch watch cat
thank sun line why blue sock
clay germ joy shape jingle war
hut wine wide well west raise
climb soil lock bug car yoke
174
Stress of words of two syllables
flower August July radish paper divide
begin pencil winter about hello usual
river forget wisdom cousin tonight lettuce
airplane birthplace dinner railway over pocket
eyelid downturn mission bishop session beckon
Stress of words of three syllables

carpenter accountant astronaut elephant promising important
telephone hospital December newspaper alphabet radio
example exercise different visitor tomorrow introduce
overlook rearrange alphabet appetite general confusion
financial allusion seventy anything furniture citizen
Stress of words of more than three syllables

secretary storekeeper congregate accusation
psychology photographer multimedia mathematical
realization consideration indifference management
mountaineer obligation institution opportunity
economic difficulty university specialty
conversation preparation declaration modernization
announcement harmonious pessimistic sympathetic
B.Listen and repeat.

The noun ending–er is often the weak or unstressed syllable．
teach teacher buy buyer run runner
speak speaker sell seller drive driver
steam steamer bath bather hunt hunter
lecture lecturer speak speaker wait waiter
loan loaner lend lender sing singer
dance dancer win winner examine examiner
ling linger bank banker
on your own：Now repeat the one-syllable word and add the ending –er to form a two-syllable word Example
：work + er =worker
1. own 2. read 3. print 4. call 5. play
6. swim 7. write 8. send 9. accuse 10. cadge
11. adore 12. walk 13. talk 14. listen 15. balance
16. dress 17. cook 18. judge 19. fight 20. smoke
C.Talk bout these occupations：baker，painter，teacher，writer，farmer，dancer．Tell what

each person does．Use the verb（the form without the er ending）and the noun.
Example：A baker bakes bread and cake．
On your own：
175
D. Talk about the weather, including these weather conditions：cloudy，rainy，sunny
， windy and the noun that -y is added to.
Example：Is it cloudy this morning？
Well，look outside．The weather forecast said there would be clouds all day．
On your own：
E.Repeat the names of the occupations and the first and family names in the table.
Occupations clerk doctor carpenter mechanic astronautic

nurse dentist scientist professor acrobatic
cook student messenger reporter diplomatic
Women‘s Anne Sally Harriet Roberta Genevieve
First Names May Janice Kimberly Anita Josephine
Men‘s Tom Robert Benjamin Arturo Abraham
First Names Fred Alan Timothy Reynaldo Constantine
Family Ride Wilson Kennedy O‘Brien Garroway
Names Corr Fielding Robinson Ortega Carradine
F. Now ask questions or make statements using the occupations and names．With
the family names，use Mr., Mrs．，Miss，or Ms.
Examples：Is Ms．Ride a diplomat？No，She‘s an astronaut．
Dr．Wilson isn‘t a professor．He‘s a dentist．
On your own：
G.A certain group of verbs stress the second syllable while their corresponding noun
forms are stressed on the first syllable.
(有些单词作为动词用时重读音节放在第二个音节上，而作名词则把重音放在第一个音节。)
noun verb noun verb
combat combat increase increase
conduct conduct permit permit
conflict conflict record record
contract contract refund refund
export export subject subject
import import survey survey
incline incline suspect suspect
Examples：
1. The policeman spent his life combáting crimes.
The cómbat between good and evil will continue endlessly.
2. His cónduct is very bad.
He should condúct himself more professionally.
3. It is said that there is a great deal of cónflict between environmental protection and industrialization.
176
Does this item conflí ct with any other items in the contract?
4. They had signed a cóntract to buy the car.
Now we have to contráct a designer to change the style.
5. We should expórt our products gradually.
Wool is one of the chief éxports of Australia.
6. Our company decided to impórt a set of counting machines.
Could you tell me the ímport tendency of that country.
7. The population of that city has incréased greatly.
Robbery is on the í ncrease these years.
8. The article inclínes me to change my thought.
We should climb a steep í ncline first.
9. The mother would not permí t the boy to get a driver‘s pérmit.
10. We have recórded the lecture yesterday.
He has established a récord for long distance swimming.
11. The boss finally refúnded our money.
We have the right to demand a réfund on unsatisfactory goods.
12. This country has been subjécted by another one.
His strange behaviors were a súbject for amusement.
13. They plan to survéy the west coast in a few days.
The land is still under súrvey.
14. Hesuspéct I am one of súspects.
H.Enjoy the English song.
Love me tender, Love me tender,
Love me sweet, Love me long,
Never let me go. Take me to your heart.
You have made my life complete, For it‘s there that I belong,
And I love you so. And I we‘ll never part.
Love me tender, Love me tender,

Love me true, Love me dear,
All my dream fulfilled. Tell me you are mine.
For my‘darlin‘ I love you, I‘ll be yours through all the years,
And I always will. Till the end of time.
I.Read the following passage, paying attention to the stressed words and syllables.
Mr. Jones was very angry with his wife, and she was very angry with her husband. For several days they did
not speak to each other at all. One evening, Mr. Jones came back from work very tired, so he went to bed soon after
dinner. Of course, he didn‘t say anything to his wife before he went upstairs. Mrs. Jones washed the dinner things
and then did some sewing. When she went to bed much later than her husband, she found a piece of paper on the
small table near her bed. On it were the words：― Mother, wake me up at 7 a.m. Father.‖
When Mr. Jones woke up the next morning, it was nearly 8. On the small table near his bed he saw a piece of
paper. He took it and read the words：― Father, wake up. It‘s 7 a.m., Mother.‖
177
LESSON 54 短语和句子的重音
PHRASE AND SENTENCE STRESS
常见问题
主要问题在于在对句子中哪些单词重读，哪些单词不重读不够明确。
什么是短语或句子重音
在构成短语或句子的单词中，总有一个单词比别的单词读的重一些，这个单词本身的重读音节也就成为句
子的重心。在不特殊强调式作对比的情况下，短语或句子的重音往往落在最后一个出现的实词上。（在对比
句中，通常分别代表所对照内容物的不同单词会受到相等程度的重读）
名词短语及复合名词的重音
A noun phrase, maybe a single noun, a pronoun, or a noun with modifiers. A noun phrase, whatever its
function or position in the sentence, is spoken as a unit, and forms a part of the rhythm of the sentence of which it is
apart .
Compound nouns are formed of two words. They are used as a single noun. Compound nouns have several
different stress patterns, but characteristically they have strong stress on the first word.
A. noun + noun（名词+名词）
E.g.：straw hat book review coal gas pencil box grave stone iron curtain
B. adj.+ noun（形容词+名词
E.g.：raw material central heating blue print mutual enemies responsible government
C. present participle + noun （现在分词+名词）
E.g.：leading article ruling class grazing land humming bird shooting star
D. noun+noun (名词+名词)
E.g.：courtyard classroom
E. adj+noun (形容词+名词)
E.g.：blackboard greenhouse
F. gerund + noun (动名词+名词)
E.g.：sleeping-car shopping-center
G. verb+noun (动词+名词)
E.g.：a pickpocket a hitch hiker
常用动词短语（双词动词）
verb+preposition (动词+介词)
Often a two-word verb has strong stress on the preposition.
throw away take off call up write down
turn on burn up try on cut out clean up
hang up blow up blow out fill out put up
look up give up take back
A. noun object of a two-word verb has loud stress; a pronoun object has weak stress.
E.g.：burn up burn up the letter burn the letter up burn it up
try on try on the gloves try the gloves on try them on
其他常用短语及复合词
具有两个重音的
B. adj.+ adj. （形容词+形容词） E.g.：deaf-mute north-west south-east
178
E. noun/adj. + past particle （名词或形容词+过去分词）
E.g.：hand-made absent-minded man-made
F. adj. + present participle （形容词+现在分词）
E.g.：good-looking ugly-looking
G. adv.+ present/past particle（副词+现在分词或过去分词）
E.g.：hard-working well-known under-estimated
只有一个重音的
B. noun+adj.(名词+形容词) E.g.：
world-wide color-blind
F. verb+adv. (动词+副词) E.g.
：drawback setback
H. noun (adj.) + verb (名词或形容词+动词)
E.g.：daydream broadcast
短语对比
固定搭配描述原材料或所有格
a gold fish a yellow fish a gold fish
a light bulb a light bulb a glass bulb
a grey hound a gray hound a clay hound
the White House a white house a wooden house
an inn key a small key a steel key
blue jeans blue pants canvas pants
a wrist watch a beautiful watch a gold watch
a cobweb a large web my web
a coffee cup a small cup a wooden cup
a steak knife a sharp knife a steel knife
a thumbtack a shiny tack brass tacks
a baseball an old ball a leather ball
a paint brush a stiff brush a wire brush
a machine gun a toy gun a metal gun
什么样的单词在句子中被重读？
实词一
般情况下，实词要重读，如：名词、动词、形容词、副词等，而代词一般不重读，除非在表示特殊强
调或作对比时。
Listen and repeat the sentences，paying particular attention to those content words.
1. 名词
E.g.：She is an Italian teacher.
I speakChinese.
2. 实义动词
E.g.：I like Chinese cousine.
You should study hard.
3. 形容词
E.g.：That‘s a famous artist.
These new toys are cheap.
4. 副词
E.g.：We often go to school at 6 o‘clock in the morning.
He can do that easily.
5. 感叹词
179
E.g.：Oh, it is very nice!
Hey, it is a good weather today!
Wow, what a beautiful dress it is!
6. 数词
E.g.：He is eight years old.
I‘m in grade two.
Ten plus ten is twenty.
7. 一些需要重读或次重读的代词
⑴ 人称代词用做并列主语或宾语
E.g.：She and I study in the same class.
He told Jill and me the story yesterday.
⑵ 人称代词作对比意义时
E.g.：I like the picture but he doesn‘t.
We talked about the weather while they talked about a well-known singer.
⑶ 关系代词在句中作介词宾语
E.g.：I will go to the school which my aunt worked in.
You are the right person we are looking for these days.
⑷ 物主代词用于对比意义时
E.g.：Is this your magazine?
No, my magazine is on the desk.
一些虚词
介词
⑴ 位于句首的单音节介词和双音节介词
E.g.：In the dinning room they found the wallet.
On the wall there is a map of China.
Beside the person I saw a tree.
⑵ 两个或两个以上音节的介词，upon 除外
E.g.：They decided to go there without Mary.
Read after the tape recorder.
⑶ 系动词之后的介词
E.g.：He is with his teacher at the moment.
We‘re near them.
什么样的单词在句子中不重读？英语中很多单词在句子中都不被重读。大部分的这类单词都是较短的功能词（也
叫语法词）。在英语中，这类单词出现频率极高，一般包括介词、助动词和 be 动词、冠词、和连词。同
时，一部分实词在某些特殊用法也不被重读。另外，代词在句子中一般不被重读。
某些特殊用法中不被重读的实词
1. 名词
⑴ 当某一名词在句中重复出现时，不重读。
E.g.：The girls in red are playing with the girls in green.
This bag is more expensive than that bag.
⑵ 当某一名词表示整体概念且其前面有一修饰语时，通常不重读。
E.g.：Why do you solve the problems in this way?
That‘s your own business.
⑶ 名词在句末用做称呼语时，不重读。
E.g.：Follow me, please, Bob.
This is my classmate, Juliet.
180
2. 实义动词实义动词在句中重复使用时，不重读。
E.g.：He did that as a child did.
He reads the book just as I read it.
My sister listens to the music as a singer listens to
3. 形容词用做问候时，不重读
E.g.：Good afternoon, Mr. Wang.
Nice to see you again, Jane.
4. 副词
⑴ 程度副词：as, about, a little, almost, much, too, very, hardly, pretty, rather, slightly, etc.
E.g.：I‘m too excited today. The house is pretty small.
My school is about 3 miles away from my home.
⑵ 关系副词：why, where, when E.g.：
That‘s the reason why I am late.
Is this the university where you studied years ago?
⑶ 副词位于句末且跟在一重读词后时，有时不重读。
E.g.：We let the fire out.
5. 代词
⑴ 指示代词：this, that, these, those E.g.：
This is my sister.
Those people are working very hard.
⑵ 反身代词：myself, yourself, himself, itself, ourselves, yourselves, themselves E.g.
：I will go to Beijing myself.
He himself opened the window.
⑶ 名词性物主代词：mine, yours, hers, his, ours.
E.g.：This is my book, that is yours.
How about ours?
⑷ 不定代词：some, any, all, both, either, neither, none, another, few, a few, little, a little, many, much,
other, somebody, someone, something, anything, everybody, everything, everyone, anybody, anyone,
nobody, no one
E.g.：I have some books.
They got none of these.
Everybody thought that this is a myth.
He has published another book.
I want to buy them all.
Everything is ok.
⑸ 疑问代词：when, how, who, whom, whose, what, which, where
E.g.：Who can tell me the right answer?
Whose cup is this?
Where are you going?
What do you think of this matter?
Which store is better?
⑹ 人称代词及物主代词
E.g.：We have seen the picture.
My name is Hellen.
He is one of my classmate.
It is very important to tell him the fact.
Could you lend me your bike?
⑺ 相互代词及反身代词
181
E.g.：God helps those who help themselves.
One should not live for oneself alone.
He himself finished the task on time.
虚词
1. 冠词：
E.g.：This is a bed. That is a chair.
The person over there is my teacher.
2. 介词：at, by, for, of, to, in, from, into, near, ect.
E.g.：He is going to New York next Sunday.
My little sister is sitting on a chair.
He is one of my classmates.
There is a coin in the water.
I do this for the sake of my mother.
3. 助动词（and be）：is, are, does, will, can, ect
E.g.：He is studying English.
They are my friends
She often does her homework at that cafeteria.
I will take the rest work back to home. You can do it.
4. 连词：and, but, or, so,ect E.g.：
I need pencil and paper.
I know you are right, but he won‘t listen to your advice.
Do you want coffee or tea?
I didn‘t like the way he‘s talking, so I got angry.
其他例外的情况
1. 副词 “again”用于强调对比时，不重读。
E.g.：Put up your hand again. Repeat your words again.
2. 感叹词为了强调形容词时，次重读。
E.g.：What a beautiful garden! What a clever boy!
3. 主语位于动词之后时，动词一般不重读。
E.g.：“Ok”, I agreed finally. After the war came the problems of employment?
● 听辨练习
A.Listen. and repeat the phrases

to the store the tickets our teacher my brother
an airline pilot some candy going to London leave tomorrow
an English teacher the high school very well without any doubt
be careful give me a hand sold out to learn by heart
slow down go faster write to him not only that
come with me according to him to seat oneself at the table
instead of in an hour in any case not quite
to catch a cold in the middle of sit down tell me
too bad black shoes flying fish a thick dictionary
sports store wedding ring post card jewelry store
B.Listen to the phrases and sentences and then repeat them, paying particular attention
to those grammar words
Prepositions：at, in, of, on,
to to London I‘m going to London．
182
about, to, from, etc．
at at home Is she at home?
Pronouns： he, his, she, us, etc.
he he was He was away then．
them, I, my, etc．
it mail it Will you mail it?
Auxiliaries (and be)：is, are, does, will, can
is is studying She is studying English．
does does she Does she speak it?
Articles： a, an, the, some
a a book I need a book．
some some money I need some money．
Connectors：and, but, or
and and paper I need pencil and paper．
or or tea Do you want coffee or tea?
C.Complete the sentences with compound nouns as in the example.
1. A store that sells candy is a candy store.
2. Water which is good for drinking is called_ _.
3. Paper used for wrapping things is called _.
4. A coat you wear in the rain is a .
5. A person who makes sales is a .
6. A shirt which is made of silk is a _.
D. Listen carefully to these sentences ． Circle the words with weak or medium
stress．Then repeat the sentences.
I‘m going to the stóre. Helen Solo is our téacher.
Ted Baker is an aí rline pilot. That plane is going to Lóndon.
I have the tí
crest. Jack is my bróther.
Let‘s make some cándy. I can‘t leave tomórrow.
I cannot belíeve it. He lives in Róme.
Have a níce day. He had to go to hóspital.
Call me toníght. He wants to táke it.
I bought a box of cándy． Johnis my bróther．
Pam Stokes is a pílot． Is he a dóctor?
Maria is Américan． Tom and Alice are proféssors．
She works in an óffice． He put the books on the táble．
He thinks highly of this pícture. We are going to the cínema.
E.Listen and repeat. Then mark the sentence stress. Use this mark (‟).
1. a. Pant Malik is a téacher. 6. a. These are good pens.
a. She‘s an English‘ teacher. b. They cost fifty cents.
2. a. I work in an office. 7. a. We‘re going to London.
b. I‘m a bookkeeper. b. We leave tomorrow.
3. a. Maria‘s Spanish. 8. a. My brother‘s an airline pilot.
b. She lives in Madrid. b. He‘s in South America now.
4. a. He is waiting for his friend. 9. a. He has written many poems.
b. He is a student. b. He is a poet.
5. a. He would come very soon. 10. a. There are many dogs around.
b. He came to fetch his wallet. b. The dogs are barking at each other.
F. Listen to the statements and questions. Then answer the questions, using the words in
183
the blankets.
1. Tom is sleeping. Where is he? (in the bed room)
2. I‘m buying some stamps. Where am I? (in the post office)
3. Mary is going to the seashore. What does she need? (a swimming suit)
4. Jane doesn‘t see very well. What does she need? (some medicine)
5. John has an earache. Where is he? (in the doctor‘s office)
6. Ann is buying a textbook. Where is she? (in the bookstore)
7. Tom is looking for a book. Where is he? (a library)
8. My sister is going to make a journey. What does she need? (a travel agency)
9. Bob feels very cold at the moment. What does he need? (some clothes)
10. We want to do some cooking. What do we need? (some vegetable)
G.Listen to the following dialogue.
(Mr. Johnson and Mrs. Johnson are at the airport. They have just gotten off the plane from London.)
Official： Passport, please.
Mr. Johnson：I think I‘ve lost our passports, honey.
Mrs.Johnson：Oh, Peter, how could you be so careless? Didn‘t you put them in your pocket?
Mr. Johnson：(emptying his pockets) Here‘s a notebook…a pen…a postcard… an envelop…a pin… a stamp…
Mr. Johnson：Oh, stop taking everything out of your pockets. You probably put them in the bag.
Mr. Johnson：(emptying the bag) Here‘s a newspaper… two apples… a plastic cup… a spoon… some
presents…
Mr. Johnson：Oh, stop pulling everything out of the bag, Peter. These people are getting impatient.
Mr.Johnson：Well, help me, darling. Mr. Johnson：We‘ve lost our passports. Perhaps we dropped them on the
plane.
Official：Then let the other passagers pass, please.
Mr. Johnson：Oh, darling, why don‘t you help? You are not being veryhelpful. Put the things in the bag.
Official： Your name, please?
Mr. Johnson：Johnson.
Mr. Johnson：Please go upstairs with this police officer, Mr. Johnson.
H.Read the following paragraph.
DOGS AND THEIR OWNERS
Four men were talking about how smart their dog‘s were. The first man was an engineer, who said his dog ―T
Squared‖ could do drafting. He told the dog to get some paper and draw a square, a circle, and a triangle, which the
dog did easily. The Accountant, said his dog ―Spreadsheet‖, was smarter. He told his dog to fetch a dozen cookies,
bring them back and divide the cookies into piles of three, which the dog did with no problem.
The chemist, said his dog ―Beaker‖ was even smarter. He told his dog to get a quart of milk and pour seven
ounces into a ten ounce glass, which the dog did with no problem.
The three men then turned to the bureaucrat and asked what could his dog do. The bureaucrat called his dog
―Coffee Break‖ and told him to show the guys what he could do. Coffee Break then trotted over and ate the cookies,
drank the milk, crapped on the paper, screwed the other three dogs, claimed he hurt his back doing so, filed a
grievance for unsafe working conditions, applied for workers compensation and left for home on sick leave—with
pay!
Answer Key
听辨练习
C. 1. drinking water 2. wrapping paper 3. raincoat 4. salesman 5. silk shirt
F. 1. bed room 2. post office 3. swimming suit 4. eye glasses 5. docor‘s office
6. bookstorc 7. travel agency
184
LESSON 55 数词的重音
STRESS OF NUMBERS
数词的重音
1. 数字在名词前面要重读。
2. 像 twenty-one, thirty-six, and forty-nine 这样的数词，往往重读后面的部分。

two two books sixty-seven sixty-seven cents
eight eight women thirty thirty classrooms
nineteen nineteen dollars thirteen thirteen cities
twenty-two twenty pages thirty-three thirty-three stores
forty-eight forty-eight metres fifty-two fifty-two people
sixty-six sixty-six trees seventy-seven seventy-seven spots
eighty-eight eighty-eight numbers ninety-nine ninety-nine pictures
B.Listen to these pairs of numbers. The stress of –teen numbers contrasts with that of
-ty numbers and circle the number you hear.
thirteen thirty seventeen seventy
fourteen forty eighteen eighty
fifteen fifty nineteen ninety
sixteen sixty
C.Write the numbers you hear.
1. Uncle John is years old.
2. Our house is years old.
3. There are teachers in our school.
4. There are boys in this class.
5. I need dollars.
6. This pen costs cents.
7. Did you say Helen was years old?
8. The river is miles broad.
9. The lake is miles around.
10. The mirror is meters high.
11. He is years younger than me.
12. He bought the book days ago.
13. The city is miles away from Beijing.
14. He is meters high.
15. The house is square kilometers.
16. She said she walks miles every day.
17. I have color balls.
18. The book costs dollars.
19. There are students in our class.
20. About people attended this demonstration.
D. Form sentences, using numbers about things around you, for example, pages in a
book, students in a class, floors in a building, buses in the city, cars in the parking lot,
games
185
your team won, and so on. Use about if you don‟t know the exact numbers.
Examples：
1. This book has ninety-six pages.
2. There are about ninety-six pages in this book.
3. We have fifty-three students in this class.
4. There are about seventy-nine floors in the building.
5. Take theNo. twenty-three bus.
6. You are the 14th of the visitors today.
7. Five of the blue ones are my brother‘s.
8. Today is March the tenth.
9. The cost has been reduced by 40 per cent.
10. Its grain output went up 16 percent last year.
11. It is one-third smaller than our country.
12. It is the fourth largest river in the world.
13. This year we will celebrate the 60th anniversary of the founding of our university.
14. Stainless steels contain about 15% of chromium.
15. The output of chemical fibre in our province has increase three and half times in the past three years.
16. Our industrial output value was up 1.9 times during this period.
17. Some of these stars are one hundred million times brighter than the sun.
18. He lives in room 239.
19. My mother has just bought 2 kilos of apples.
20. Three-sevenths of the employees are women.
On your own：
E.Tell the people‟s ages,using full sentences.

Example：The king was born in 12(10). How old was he in 1260?
He was fifty.
On your own：
1. Tom was born in 1970. How old is he this year?
2. Mrs. Chung was born in 194(9). How old was she in 1979?
3. Robert Todd was born in 160(8). How old was he in 1658?
4. The twins were born in 198(3). How old will they be in 1999?
5. My sister was born in 197(5). How old will she be in 2002?
6. Thomas Hardy was born in 1840. How old was he in 1940?
7. Jane Austin was born in 177(5). How old was she in 1835?
8. I was born in 198(6). How old was I in 2001?
185
9. Professor Li was born in 195(8). How old will he be in 2038?
10. The People‘s Republic of China was founded in 194(9). How old will it be in 2039?
F. Read the short poems below.

One two tie my shoes
Three four shut the door
Five six pick up sticks
Seven eight eat your cake
Nine ten good-bye and come again
One little two little three little Indians
Four little five little six little Indians
Seven little eight little nine little Indians
Ten little Indian boys.
Ten little nine little eight little Indians.
Seven little six little five little Indians.
Four little three little two little Indians.
One little Indians boy.
G.Look through the paragraph quickly and then read it loudly, paying attention to the
numbers in the paragraph.
BRITISH women have ballooned in size over the past 80 years, a report yesterday revealed. The vital statistics
for the average woman have risen from 31-20-32 in the 1920s to 36-26-38 in 2001. Bigger breasts are reflected in
the increased sizes. More D-cup bras are now sold in theUK than in any other western country.
Modern women actually eat less, consuming 2,000 calories a day compared with 2,500 calories in the
1940s.But today‘s diet is far higher in fat. Household appliances and sedentary jobs mean women also take less
exercise, says dieting website realslimmers.com. The report said：―In the 1920s, women burned off their calories
doing housework by hand. In 2001, an increasing number of women sit in front of computer screens all day.‖
1920S AVERAGE STATISTICS：31-20-32
BREAKFAST：Porridge/bread and butter
LUNCH： Meat pie with cabbage and potatoes plus apple pie
TEA： Pork pie/scrambled eggs SUPPER：Bread and cheese
BREAKFAST：Powdered scrambled eggs
LUNCH： Rissoles and blancmange
DINNER： Rabbit stew
BREAKFAST：Fried bacon and eggs
LUNCH： Stew and dumplings, spotted dick
DINNER： Egg and chips
BREAKFAST：Cereal and peanut butter on toast
LUNCH： Pizza
DINNER： Spaghetti and chocolate cake
BREAKFAST：Brunch bar
LUNCH： Mozzarella sandwich plus crisps
DINNER： Ready meal followed by a bar of chocolate and a few glasses of wine
H.Tell this joke to your friends or your classmates.
186
Between the ages of 15 - 18 a woman is like China or Iran, developing at a sizzling rate with a lot of potential
but as yet still not free or open.
Between the ages of 18 - 21 a woman is like Africa or Australia. She is half discovered, half wild and naturally
beautiful with bush land around the fertile deltas.
Between the ages of 21 - 30 a woman is like America or Japan, completely discovered, very well developed
and open to trade especially with countries with cash or cars.
Between the ages of 30 - 35, a woman is like India or Spain, very hot, relaxed and convinced of its own beauty.
Between the ages of 35 - 40 a woman is like France or Argentina. She may have been half destroyed during the
war but can till be a warm and desirable place to visit.
Between the ages of 40 - 50 she is like Yugoslavia or Iraq. She lost the war and is haunted by past mistakes.
Massive reconstruction is now necessary.
Between the ages of 50 - 60 she is like Russia or Canada. Very wide, quiet and the borders are practically
unpatrolled but he frigid climate keeps people away.
Between the ages of 60 - 70 a woman is like England or Mongolia. With a glorious and all conquering past but
alas no future.
After 70, they become like Afghanistan. Everyone knows where it is, no one wants to go there.
A.Read the following numbers quickly.

One two three four five six seven eight nine ten eleven
welve twenty twenty-one thirty forty fifty sixty seventy eighty
ninety one hundred first second third fourth fifth sixth seventh
eighth ninth tenth eleventh twelfth thirteenth twentieth twenty-first
twenty-second twenty-third twenty-fourth twen ty-fifth twenty-sixth
twenty-seventieth twenty-eighth twenty-ninth thirtieth fortieth fiftieth sixtieth
seventieth eightieth ninetieth hundredth thousandth millionth
B.Read the following numbers.
6 39 102 713 3,096 5,103 6,500 10,395
320,450 33,098 790,666 190,324 398,685 5,096,465 13,465,678 808,000,000
1/3 1/10 3/7 7/11
C.Read the following formulae.
4-2=2 Four minus two is two.
26-8= 18 Twenty-six minus eight is eighteen.
7+5=12 Seven plus five is twelve.
3+7=10 Three plus seven is ten.
5×31=155 Five times thirty-one is one hundred and fifty-five.
3×8=24 Three times eight is twenty-four.
90÷3=30 Ninety divided by three is thirty.
45÷6=9 Forty-five divided by six is nine.
7×9= 63. Seven times nine is sixty-three.
57+25=82 Fifty-seven plus twenty-five is eighty-two.
D. Read this paragraph loudly and try to remember the numbers in it.
The Chinese language usually refers to the standard language and its dialect used by the Han nationality that
makes up 93.3% of the total population. Most of the minority nationalities in China have their own languages. Both
numerically and in the extent of its distribution, Chinese is the most important language in China and also one of the
official working languages of the United Nations. It is also one of the richest and highly developed languages in the
world.
187
Chinese is also spoken by many overseas Chinese：it is the common languages of more than 10 million
overseas Chinese and persons of Chinese descent in Southeast Asia alone. At present, more than one billion people,
approximately 1/5 of the world‘s population, speak Chinese as their mother tongue.
A written form of the language was developed as early as 6,000 years ago. From the point of view of its origin,
it belongs to the Sino-Tibetan language family.
E.Read the following passage.
The United States is a land of great differences—differences in climate; In landscape; in altitude. The
continental United States, the country‘s territory on the North American continent, stretches about 4,500 kilometers
from the eastern coast, that is, the Atlantic Coast, to the Pacific Ocean on the West; and it extends 2,557 kilometers
from the northern boundary to the southern tip of Texas. The country borders Canada on the north and goes down
south to Mexico and the Gulf of Mexico. Including the States of Alaska and Hawaii, the United States covers an
area of nine million square kilometers, or, to be more exact, 9,191,843 sq. km., a little less than the area of the
People‘s Republic of China, which is 9,600,000 sq. km.
There are altogether 50 states in the United States, the largest of which is Alaska (1,518,807 sq. km.). It was
well known as Russian American until purchased by the Untied States from Russia in1867. It was linked to the
United States by the Alaska Highway in 1942, and became the 49 th state of the U.S.A. in 1959.
Texas is second in size (692,563 sq. km.), which is larger than France, but is only a little less than half of the
area of China‘s Xing Jiang Uighur Autonomous Region.
Hawaii lies in the tropical zone of the Pacific, 3,200 km. away from the North American Continent. It is a
group of islands, which became the 50 th state of the United States in 1959. Hawaii was made very famous by the
Japanese attack, on December 7,1941, on one of its islands—Pearl Harbor which is situated near Honolulu, the
capital of Hawaii.
A jet plane can fly over the continental United States from the east coast to the Pacific Ocean on the west in
about five hours; it will take a little more than two days to travel by train from Los Angeles on the west to New
York City on the east coast. And I think that is about the same, or a little more than the time required to travel from
China‘s Beijing to Quangdong. Of course the actual distance of the former is much greater, since the train travels
almost 100 km. an hour in the United States while your train here, I believe, normally travels no more than 70 km.
an hour.
Answer Key
B. 1. 18 80 2. 14 20 3. 17 70 4. 13 30 5. 15 50
6. 19 90 7. 15 50 8. 16 60 9. 14 40 10. 13 30
C. 1. 70 2. 30 3. 132 4. 18 5. 60
6. 8 7. 15 8. 10 9. 20 10. (2)3
11. 6 12. 4 13. 70 14. 1 , 75 15. 120
16. 1 17. 7 18. 9 19. 33 20. 2000
E. 1. 42 2. 30 3. 50 4. 16 5. 20
6. 100 7. 60 8. 15 9. 80 10. 90
188
LESSON 56 中性的句子重音
NEUTRAL SENTENCE STRESS
We say that a sentence has neutral sentence stress (or neutral phrase stress) if there is no special loudness or
force given to a particular word to show emphasis or contrast. Sentences with neutral sentence stress generally have
the strong stress on the last noun, verb, or adjective in the sentence.
● Part One 重音规则及练习
不特殊强调或对比某些内容时，句子的重音通常落在最后一个出现的实词上。
Listen and repeat.
Last Word
Noun He‘s reading a bóok. Are you buying a gift for Máry?
Verb John‘s wórking. Do you like to réad?
Adjective Is her car blúe? I‘m very húngry.
Adverb of Manner He speaks English flúently. You‘re doing very wéll.
当代词前面的动词是最后一个实词时，这个动词要重读。
Listen and repeat.
Do you hear me? Don‘t send it. I called her.
Can you do it? I don‘t like that Who told you?
当名词或动词后面跟一个介词和一个代词(to him, in it)时,句子的重音落在这个名词或动词上。
Listen and repeat.
Noun Open the wíndow for me. Cóme to the móvie with us.
Verb Whát did he sáy about it? Whát can we dó with it?
有些句子是以名词加不定式结尾的，在这里名词做不定式的宾语。这种情况应该重读名词。如
：I have wórk to do.
Listen and repeat.
have work to do several bills to pay
mails to answer some telephone calls to make
several letters to write a few windows to wash
some friends to visit some books to return
a paper to write an examination to take
A.Form sentences. Use words and phrases from columns A, B, and C (Iam reading a good
book) or from A and B (Who fell?).
A B C
1. The car radio am reading her new address at the door
2. Who is/is not on the floor in the hospital
3. I/He isn‘t working easy English
4. English happened a good book at home
5. What speak(s) very hot in China
6. This water fell very well safe
189
B.Read the sentence. Then say it again and change the underlined word(s) to a pronoun.
Example： He’s writing a letter. He’s writing it.
He‘s writinga letter. Put some gas inthe car.
Tell Mr. Prado about the meeting. Who calledthe doctor?
He‘s writing his sister. They kidnappedthe boy.
Did you mail the package? Where did you seeMr. and Mrs.Ames?
Openthe box. Look, who‘s dancing with Angela?
Did he pay a lot for the car? They handcuffed the prisoner.
C.Read the sentence. Then give advice or make a suggestion using the words in
parentheses. Be sure to use a preposition and a pronoun in your sentence.
Study the example：
This lamp doesn’t work.
Why don’t you/Maybe you’d better put a bulb in it.
1. I haven‘t heard from June recently. (write)
2. This radio won‘t work anymore. (new batteries)
3. This spot won‘t come out of her dress.(cleaning fluid)
4. I wonder why Tom didn‘t go to the party. (ask)
5. This soup is tasteless. (salt)
6. This door won‘t lock. (a new lock)
7. I can‘t get candy out of this machine. (more money)
8. I don‘t know where Tommy is. (look for)
9. This flashlight won‘t turn on. (new bulb)
10. This cut is bleeding badly. (bandage)
D. Listen to the following sentences, trying to find out which word is stressed.
1. There are a number of problems to be taken up at the meeting.
2. That‘s nothing to be ashamed of.
3. This is a point for you to keep in mind.
4. The doctors give me some tablets, to be taken three times a day before meals.
5. It took them two years and a half to complete the project.
6. Her wish is to become a teacher.
7. Our main task at present is to raise our efficiency.
8. What we should do now is to better the living condition of the people.
9. We are sure to fulfill the plan.
10. No conclusion has been reached as yet.
11. She had never been asked to speak before such a big audience.
12. A reception was hold in honour of the guests.
13. A plan will be made to further raise our efficiency.
14. They spent three days on the mountainside.
15. The worker was sent to prison for two years.
16. The fire started on the first floor of the hospital.
17. Have you read the book yet?
18. The newcomer is a young teacher fresh from college.
19. He lost the key to the drawer.
20. This story was painful to listen to.
E.Here is a joke, please tell it to your classmates.
A curious guy goes to a pet shop to buy a parrot. There he sees a parrot with a red string tied to its left leg and a
green string tied to it‘s right leg. He asks the owner the significance of the strings.
―Well, this is a highly trained parrot. If you pull the red string he speaks French; if you pull the green string he
190
speaks German,‖ replies the shop keeper.
―And what happens if I pull both the strings?‖ our curious shopper inquires.
―I fall off my perch, you fool!!‖ screeches the parrot.
F. Appreciate the English song. It would be better to listen to this tape or CD.
Will this night fulfill all the promises
And bury us in peace
Will it leave us free and forgetful
Or at least bring some sleep
Your eyes don‘t catch the little things
As they narrow on your fall
I‘m checking your pulse ‗cause you‘re so quiet
I‘m kissing you but you don‘t feel it
Why do you do this to me?
Showing me all that I‘m good for
Is to watch you sleep as lifeless as anangel
She was the most beautiful cloud
That ever passed before the face of a girl
Seems like nothing‘s too good for this life
Some things are too good for this world
And our names and our faces
Well they‘re just spare change
In memory of a soul
Kept dropping spare change
Why won‘t you stay? In memory of a little girl
Who was far too much in love with the world?
And who didn‘t really wanna stick around for the end
Why won‘t you stay?
G.Listen to the paragraph, trying to find out the stressed words.
“Happy Birthday to You” Where did that song come from?
The story of how the song ―Happy Birthday to You‖ came to be, began as a sweet one, that later soured. Two
sisters, Mildred Hill, a teacher at the Louisville, Kentucky Experimental Kindergarten, and Dr. Patty Hill, the
principal of the same school, together wrote a song for the children, entitled ―Good Morning to All.‖ When Mildred
combined her musical talents, as the resident expert on spiritual songs, and as the organist for her church, with her
sister‘s expertise in the area of Kindergarten Education, ―Good Morning to All‖ was sure to be a success.
The sisters published the song in a collection entitled ―Song Stories of the Kindergarten‖ in 1893. Thirty-one
years later, after Dr. Patty Hill became the head of the Department of Kindergarten Education at Columbia
University‘s Teacher College, a gentleman by the name of Robert H. Coleman published the song, without the
sisters‘ permission. To add insult to injury, he added a second verse, the familiar ―Happy Birthday to You.‖
Mr. Coleman‘s addition of the second verse popularized the song and, eventually, the sisters‘ original first
verse disappeared. ―Happy Birthday to You,‖ the one and only birthday song, had altogether replaced the sisters‘
original title, ―Good Morning to All.‖
After Mildred died in 1916, Patty, together with a third sister named Jessica, sprang into action and took Mr.
Coleman to court. In court, they proved that they, indeed, owned the melody. Because the family legally owns the
song, it is entitled to royalties from it, whenever it is sung for commercial purposes.
191
LESSON 57 对比句的重音
CONTRASTIVE SENTENCE STRESS
对比句的重音规则及简单练习在对比句中，通常分别代表所对照内容物的不同单词会收到相等
程度的重音。
1. 通常的重读（重音落在最后一个名词、动词、形容词或副词上）情况下，出现在短语或句子末尾并代表
所对照内容物的两个实词自然收到相等程度的重读。
Listen and repeat, paying particular attention to the two contrastive content words.
(adj.) John‘s táll, but his brother‘s shórt.
My coat is réd, but his coat is whíte.
(noun) She‘s going to wear a scárf not a sweater.
He likes cóffee, but I like téa.
(verb) He often cólls, but he never wrítes.
You must stáyat home, but you sister can gó out.
(adv.) He isn‘t coming nów, he‘s coming láter.
I met him in the clássroom, not in the dórmitory.
2. 代表所对照内容物的两个单词不在短语或句子末尾或为非实词时，重音也要转移到这两个单词上，不论
这两个单词的词性、位置如何。
Read these sentences, stressing the contrasting demonstratives or possessive forms.
1. Do you want thís pen, or thát one?
2. Who said that, yóur teacher or mine?
3. Does thís car or thát one have more safety features?
4. Those aren‘t my glasses. They‘re yóurs.
5. Yóur car wasn‘t damaged, théirs Was.
6. Thís book wasn‘t very interesting, but the óther one was.
7. Judy didn‘t tell hér mother. She told my mother.
8. This is not my bag. It is hérs.
9. Thís novel was written by a fémale writer. Thát one was written by a mále one.
10. I asked my teacher to do it. I didn‘t ask yóur teacher to do it.
A.Listen to the statement. Then form another sentence like the example. Use sentence
stress on the contrasted noun modifier.
Example：
That‘s Helen‘s new silver brácelet. (gold)
Oh, I thought she was going to buy a gold bracelet.
1. Here‘s my new French dictionary. (English)
2. Here‘s my new winter coat. (summer)
3. That‘s Tom‘s new red sweater. (yellow)
4. That‘s Laura‘s new wool jacket. (leather)
5. This is my cousin Mary. (friend)
6. He is an old teacher in our school. (new)
7. This is our new classroom. (their)
8. He had bought 2 lamps. (3)
9. That‘s the tallest building in the world. ( in your country)
192
10. I‘m going to visit my friend. (teacher)
B.Compare two people, places, or things. Stress the adjective modifier.
Example：
Broadway/wí de/First Street/nárrow street
Broadway is a wide street, but First Street is a narrow one.
On your own：
1. Weaver/English/Chang/Chinese name
2. ―Children‖/plural/‖child‖/singular noun
3. Norm Bolz/brilliant/H.R. Block/ordinary accountant
4. South America/large/Australia/small continent
5. Robert Redford/famous/Harry Ames/unknown actor
6. My brother/ naughty/his brother/obedient boy.
7. We/the tallest/they/the lowest floor.
8. I /early/he/late
9. I/red/she/black skirt
10. The old/hate/ the young/like this trend
11. He/rich/I/poor family.
C.Listen to each sentence. Then follow the examples and form a negative statement
with the same verb and an affirmative sentence with the verb in parentheses.
Example：
Mary threw away her old dí ary. (burn)
She didn‘t just throw awáy her old diary. She búrned it.
On your own：
1. Bryan entered the race. (win)
2. Woody Allen acts in movies. (direct)
3. Mr. Flaks grew the vegetables. (can)
4. Ken Scott designs the new dresses. (market)
5. IrvingBerlin wrote many famous songs. (sing)
6. Brent Holly designs new houses. (build)
7. He listened to the lecture.(record)
8. My brother found the mistake in his homework.(correct)
9. The lady attended the meeting.(make a speech)
10. We thank you for your bravery. (reward)
D. Use the word(s) in parentheses and form a second sentence like the model. Then
read both sentences, stressing and contrasting the subjects.
Example：
John isn‘t my brother. (Tim)
John isn‘t my brother. Tim is.
On your own：
1. The Canadians didn‘t win the game. (the Mexicans)
2. The judge didn‘t decide the case. (the jury)
3. Southern Airways doesn‘t have the lowest fares. (United Airlines)
4. The tiger isn‘t the fastest jungle animal. (the leopard )
5. The secretary of state didn‘t say that. (the president)
6. His leg wasn‘t broken in the accident. (his arm)
7. Helen Lassiter wasn‘t elected president. (Ellen Lassiter)
8. Checking accounts don‘t usually pay interest. (savings accounts)
9. My mother seldom helps me with my study. (my father)
193
10. The red sweater isn‘t mine. (the blue one)
E.Read the sentences to yourself and read them aloud.
1. I don‘t know your brother, but I know your sister.
2. Your brother didn‘t tell me that. Your sister did.
3. I can‘t come, but my wife will be there.
4. The cat wasn‘t in the garage. It was on the garage.
5. I didn‘t tell her. I told him.
6. The doors aren‘t open. The windows are.
7. The trombone isn‘t a stringed instrument. The piano is.
8. She didn‘t see the thief. She heard him.
9. Your book report didn‘t get an A. Mine did.
10. He didn‘t say he could come. He said he couldn‘t come.
11. A：I didn‘t order fish. B：What did you order, sir?
12. He doesn‘t walk for exercise. He jogs.
F. Listen and repeat. Stress the verbs.
1. You can either p?sh it or p?ll it.
2. You can either type your name or prí nt it.
3. You can either rént your house or búy it.
4. You can either réad during your lunch hour or éxercise then.
5. You can either stáy or léave.
6. You can either kéep silent or cónfess your crime.
7. You can either óbey this rule or negléct it.
8. You can either ágree or objéct.
9. You can either réad or wrí te.
10. You can either thínk about it or dóit.
G.Read the following sentences, paying attention to the stressed words.
1. She speaks English as fluently as native speakers.
2. He is as busy as a bee all year around.
3. Among all the courses, I like nothing better than to learn physics.
4. Of all the books written by the famous writer Parsons, I like this one the most.
5. He is a professor more in name than in reality.
6. The dress is not more expensive than that one.
7. They can do no more than that.
8. She is no less beautiful than her sister.
9. I like music, much more than dancing.
10. The more books you read, the more learned you will be.
H.Read the dialogue.
Mother：Go wash your hands, Danny. Dinner is ready.
Danny ：Yes, Mom. Mother：All right, everybody. Time for dinner!
Father ：It makes my mouth water, Mother.
Mother：Set a good example for the kids, Father. (Danny stands up and reaches for the saltshaker.) Don‘t do
that, Danny.
Danny ：But I want the salt.
Mother：You can ask Fanny to pass the saltshaker.
Danny ：All right. (To Fanny)Will you please pass me the saltshaker?
Fanny ：Sure. Here you are.
Danny ：Thank you.
Fanny ：You‘re welcome...Shall I serve the soup, Mother?
194
Mother：Yes, please.(Fanny serves everybody soup.) Danny!
Danny ：What is it this time?
Mother：Don‘t make any sound when you have your soup.
Danny ：Yes, Mother. Father ：Don‘t be so hard on him, Mother. He‘s only a child.
Mother ：He‘s old enough to learn table manners.
Father ：You can teach him in a more pleasant way. You‘ll spoil his appetite. Mother：
Maybe you‘re right. I shouldn‘t have blamed him before。
I.Read these paragraphs. How many examples of contrast stress can you find? Then
listen to the tape or your teacher and read the paragraphs again.
A long time ago, there was a huge apple tree. A little boy loved to come and play around it everyday. He
climbed to the tree top, ate the apples, took a nap under the shadow... He loved the tree and the tree loved to play
with him.
Time went by...the little boy had grown up and he no longer played around the tree everyday.
One day, the boy came back to the tree and he looked. ―Come and play with me,‖ the tree asked the boy.
―I am no longer a kid, I don‘t play around trees anymore.‖ The boy replied, ―I want toys. I need money to buy
them.‖ ―Sorry, but I don‘t have money...but you can pick all my apples and sell them. So, you will have money.‖
The boy was so excited. He grabbed all the apples on the tree and left happily. The boy never came back after he
picked the apples. The tree was sad.
One day, the boy returned and the tree was so excited. ―Come and play with me,‖ the tree said. ―I don‘t have
time to play. I have to work for my family. We need a house for shelter. Can you help me?‖ ―Sorry, but I don‘t have
a house. But you can chop off my branches to build your house.‖ So the boy cut all the branches of the tree and left
happily.
The tree was glad to see him happy but the boy never came back since then. The tree was again lonely and sad.
One hot summer day, the boy returned and the tree was delighted. ―Come and play with me!‖ the tree said.
―I am sad and getting old. I want to go sailing to relax myself. Can you give me a boat?‖ ―Use my truck to
build your boat. You can sail faraway and be happy.‖ So the boy cut the tree truck to make a boat. He went sailing
and never showed up for a long time.
Finally, the boy returned after he left for so many years. ―Sorry, my boy. But I don‘t have anything for you
anymore. No more apples for you...‖the tree said. ―I don‘t have teeth to bite.‖ the boy replied. ―No more truck for
you to climb on.‖ ―I am too old for that now.‖ the boy said. ―I really can give you anything ... the only thing left is
my dying roots.‖ the tree said with tears. ―I don‘t need much now, just a place to rest. I am tired after all these
years.‖ The boy replied. ―Good! Old tree roots is the best place to lean on and rest. Come, Come sit down with me
and rest.‖ The boy sat down and the tree was glad and smiled with tears...
This is a story of everyone. The tree is our parent. When we were young, we loved to play with Mom and
Dad...
When we had grown up, we left them... only came to them when we need something or when we are in
trouble.
No matter what, parents will always be there and give everything they could to make you happy.
You may think the boy is cruel to the tree but that how all of us are treating our parent.
Time is too slow for those who wait, too swift for those who fear, too long for those who grieve, too short for
those who rejoice, but for those who love, time is eternity.
195
LESSON 58 实意重读
MEANING STRESS
常见问题
在进行语言表达时，通常讲话人会在一句话中所要强调的内容上加大音量。即在句子中代表讲话人所强调内
容的单词会收到重音，也就是通常所说强调什么，重读什么。
● 听辨练习
A.Listen carefully. Then mark the sentence stress. Use this mark („ ).
1. Where is your book? 6. He‘s writing a book.
2. What is your first name? 7. Did my sister call?
3. What‘s your last name? 8. The Wilsons are giving the party.
4. Do you speak English? 9. I don‘t want to go.
5. Do you read it? 10. Please give the book to me.
1. Tom likes to play sóccer.(normal stress)
Tom likes to pláy soccer. (not watch it or talk about it)
Tom líkes to play soccer. (He doesn‘t dislike it.)
Tóm likes to play soccer. (Tom, not Bob or Phil)
2. Mrs. Todd likes to walk to wórk. (normal stress)
Mrs. Todd likes to walk tówork. (But she doesn‘t like to walk home from work.)
Mrs. Todd likes to walk to wórk. (not drive or take the bus)
Mrs. Todd lí kes to walk to work. (She doesn‘t dislike it.)
Mrs. Tódd likes to walk to work. (not Mrs. Lock or Mrs. Shapiro)
Mrs. [mí siz] Todd likes to walk to work. (not her husband, Mr. Todd)
3. Today is Tom‘s bí rthday.
Today is Tóm‘s birthday.
Today ís Tom‘s birthday.
4. Do you walk to school?
Do you wálk to school?
Do yóu walk to school?
C.First listen to sentences 1 through 5, and then repeat them. Finally listen to the
sentence and choose a second sentence (a through e) to follow it.
1. My father doesn‘t play tennis on Sáturday. a. He watches it.
2. My father doesn‘t play ténnis on Saturday. b. My mother does.
3. My father doesn‘t pláy tennis on Saturday. c. Someone else‘s father does.
4. My fáther doesn‘t play tennis on Saturday. d. He plays on Sunday.
5. My father doesn‘t play tennis on Saturday. e. He plays golf.
D. Read the sentences. Explain their meaning.
1. I can‘t come néxt week. (I can come the week áfter.)
2. Téd didn‘t tell me.
3. She bought a réd sweater.
4. His lég wasn‘t broken.
5. Where there is oppression, there is resí
stence.
6. How many nationálities are there in China?
7. There is no wáter left in the cup.
196
8. I expect there to be móre people attending this meeting.
9. His opinion dóes influence mine in the discussion.
10. It was my frí end who reminded me of it.
11. Only by thí s means can you improve your English.
12. This is a pálace of a house.
13. I‘m sure that you can wrí te about it.
14. You know that we should dí scuss it today.
15. She says that shéwants us to take it away.
16. An ápple a day keeps the doctor away.
17. He said héhad to leave at once.
18. He wrote the letter on Mónday morning.
19. He cut the bread with a shárp knife.
20. We have waited for an hóur.
E.Appreciate the English song.
I can‘t stop loving you,
I‘ve made up my mind to live in memory of old lonesome time.
It‘s useless to say,
So I‘ll just live in my life in dreams of yesterday.
Those happy hours that we once knew tho‘ long ago,
Still make me blue.
They say that time heals a broken heart,
But times has stood still since we‘ve been apart.

There‘s no use to try pretend there‘s some one new I can‘t live a lie.
I can‘t stop wanting you,
The way that I do.
There‘s only been one love for me that one love is you.
F. Listen to the dialogue and then read it.
Mike：Jill, how do you like your new job ?
Jill： I like it. But how did you know about my new job? I wanted to surprise you.
Mike：I just heard through the grapevine something about you landing a job with some travel agency down
town. You can still fill me in on tile details.
Jill： Well, two weeks ago I got a tip about a possible job opening at Ace Travel Agency over on Franklin
Avenue.
Mike：Sure, Ithink I know the place. Well, anyway, I made a beeline over to their office, had an interview with
the manager, and was told to start work the next day.
Mike：That‘s really great, Barbara. So, what do you do there exactly ?
Jill： Right now I‘mbasically just a secretary, but if I‘m given the chance, I want to become a travel agent
there.
Mike：Don‘t tell me your‘ re already bucking for a promotion.
Jill： No, of course not. I‘ve got a lot to learn yet. In the meantime, I just want tobe a good secretary and not
step on anyone‘s toes.
Mike：Well I wish you luck.
G.Read the following passage and try to find which words should be stressed in each
sentence.
Once More to the Lake
197
Y E. B. White
One summer, along about 1904, my father rented a camp on a lake in Maine and took us all there for the month
of August. The vacation was a success and from then on none of us ever thought there was any place in the world
like that lake in Maine. We return summer after summer—always on August 1 st for one month. I have since
become a salt-water man, but sometimes in summer there are days when the restlessness of the tides and the fearful
cold of the sea water and the incessant wind which blows across the afternoon and into the evening make me wish
for the placidity of a lake in the woods. A few weeks ago this feeling got so strong I bought myself a couple of bass
hooks and a spinner and returned to the lake where we used to go, for a week‘s fishing and to revisit old haunts.
I took along my son, who had never had any fresh water up his nose and who had seen lily pads only from any
train windows. On the journey over to the lake I began to wonder what it would be like. I wondered how time
would be marred this unique, this holy spot—the coves and streams, the hills that the sun set behind, the camps and
the paths behind the camps. I was sure the tarred road would have found it out and I wondered in what other way
ways it would be desolated. It is strange how much you can remember about places like that once you allow your
mind to return into the grooves which lead back. You remember one thing, and that suddenly reminds you of
another thing. I guess I remembered clearest of all the early mornings, when the lake was cool and motionless,
remembered how the bedroom smelled of the lumber if was made of, and of the wet woods whose scent entered
through the screen. The partitions in the camp were thin and did not extend clear to the top of the rooms, and as I
was always the first up I would dress softly so as to wake the others, and sneak out into the sweet outdoors and start
out in the canoe, keeping close along the shore in the long shadow of the pines. I remembered being very careful
never to rub my paddle against the gunwale for fear of disturbing the stillness of the cathedral.
The lake had never been what you would call a wild lake. There were cottages sprinkled around the shores, and
it was in farming country although the shores of the lake were quite heavily wooded. Some of the cottages were
owned by nearby farmers, and you would live at the shore and eat your meals at the farmhouse. That‘s what our
family did. But although it wasn‘t wild, it was a fairly large and undisturbed lake and there were places in it which,
to a child at least, seemed infinitely remote and primeval…
198
SECTION THREE
Stree & Rhythm
学习内容
1. 升降调
2. 陈述句的升调语气
3. 特殊疑问句的升调语气
4. 选择疑问句的语调
5. 并列成串的词的语调
学习目标
1. 把握重读与升降调之间不可分割的联系。
2. 掌握一些特殊情况下的升降调变化。
学习方法
1. 跟读磁带的范读内容，将前一章所学关于句子重音的知识逐句验证。
2. 将句子重音的那个点同升降调结合，体会升降调在这个点上的变化并加以运用。
3. 反复跟读磁带，独立完成综合练习，熟练掌握各种情况下语调的变化。
199
LESSON 59 降调
FALLING INTONATION
常见问题
降调的读法对于中国学生来说比较容易掌握。只要把握住句子的重音即可。使用降调的句子一般有陈述句
、特殊疑问句和祈使句。
陈述句
1. 陈述句一般用降调，声音从一个中等的水平起始，然后在句子重音这个点上声音抬高，力度加大，最后
渐渐降落。
Examples：I am Mary Smith.
I said to do it.
He wants some chicken.
Life is wonderful.
He doesn‘t work part-time.
Jenny enjoyed herself by traveling a lot.
These places are the best ones in America.
I think Peter has been working too hard.
It‘s said that the pay in the US is quite satisfactory.
His wish is to becomea good engineer.
Television plays an educational role in our daily life.
2. 如果句子的重音出现在最后一个音节上，声音从一个较高的点上渐渐滑落。
Examples：She‘s going hóme.
That‘s éníce.
Mary and I are in Class óne.
My name is Bill.
This is our desk.
We should plant more trees and avoid cutting them down.
People have to walk in the sun along the streets.
3. 如果重音不在最后一个音节上，声音直接落下来。
Examples：I‘ll call the doctor.
There are several factors.
She bought an umbrella.
The air in the city is very dirty.
Cars are most likely to substitute bicycles in the future.
Your efforts and self-confidence would prove to be fruitful.
Money can‘t buy everything.
特殊疑问句
1. 特殊疑问句一般也用降调。以疑问代词 who, whose, what, which 和疑问副词 when, where, how, how much,
how long 开头的特殊疑问句，句末一般用降调。
Examples：What is your name?
How old is the man?
What time does the train leave?
How many Englishbooks have you read?
How long have you studied English?
Whose handwriting is the best in his class?
Where have you been all these years?
200
Which film do you like best?
2. 当句子较长，句中有两三个重读音节时，通常采用先平调、后升调、再平调、再升调、最后降调的读法。
Examples：How long have you lived here?
What time did you get up yesterday morning?
How much is the rent of this apartment?
Why are you standing there and doing nothing?
What difficulties do you have in learning English?
What are the differences between British English and American English?
Where else can you find such strange animals and plants?
祈使句
祈使句一般也用降调。说明：祈使句的语调和陈述句相同，一般用降调，即采用平调、升调、降调的调型。
Examples：Let‘s go now! Let‘s have a rest! Sit down, please. Open your book, please. Don‘t look at your books now.
Don‘t break the glass. No smoking! Never do that again. 注：please 一词若出现在句末时不重读，但如出现在句首时
则要重读。 Examples：Please bring me those magazines. Please bring your wife next time. Please don‘t go there
anymore.

The lamp is on the désk. They‘re in the lí
ving room.
The books are on the cháir. Ann is writing a létter.
The baby is on the flóor. The child is pláying
A cat is in the bóx. The dog is sléeping.
I like my wórk. I am a téacher.
F ailure is the mother of succéss. Repetition is the mother of stúdy.
It will do you góod. It will add to your happíness.
This book will prove to be of great hélp. That one is useléss.
Where‘s my bóok? Where‘s my nótebook?
Who‘s that mán? Who‘s that wóman?
What‘s her náme? What‘s her télephone number?
When did you cóme? When areyou léaving?
How is your wí fe? How is your húsband?
When did you cóme? How long will you stáy?
Where is your són? Where is your dáughter?
Who is that mán? Who is that wóman?
How do you like the bóok? How does he like the pícture?
What cólor is the pen?
C.Listen and repeat.
Let‘s góto school. Cóme in, please.
Gét out of the room. Don‘t lóok around the road.
Mí nd your own business. Pléase open the window.
Clóse the door. Lísten to me carefully.
Gíve me the key to the door. Téll me the truth.
Don‘t shóut at me. Don‘t dóthat again.
Don‘t ásk so many questions. Don‘t lóse your heart.
Don‘t gíve up your ideal. Don‘t góto that kind of place.
D. Read the following sentences with falling intonation, and mark the stresses of each
201
sentence.
1. I don‘t understand. 7. What‘s your name?
2. Please repeat the question. 8. Where do you live?
3. The lesson is on page six. 9. What do you do?
4. Where‘s your sister? 10. I‘m not a student.
5. She‘s at work. 11. I‘m an accountant.
6. She works in a hospital. 12. My brother‘s anairline pilot.
E.Listen to the sentences with falling intonation.
A：Where is he going? A：How are you going there?
B：To the doctor. A： B：By train.
Where is she going? B A：What do you think about the work?
：To the dentist‘s. B：It is very boring.
A：I‘m leaving tomorrow. When are you leaving? A：What is Beijing like?
B：Next week. B：Very beautiful.
F. Listen to the short poems, then read it with falling intonation.
There was anold woman, And nothing she had.
And so this old woman, Was said to be mad,
She‘d nothing to eat, She‘d nothing to wear,
She‘d nothing to lose, She‘d nothing to fear,
She‘d nothing to ask, And nothing to leave,
And when she did die, Nobody grieved.
G.Appreciate the English song.
Almost heaven, Teardrop in my eye
Western Virginia
Blue Ridge Mountain Country roads, take me home
Shenandoah River To the place I belong
Life is old there West Virginia
Older than the trees Mountain Mama
Younger than the mountains Take me home, country roads
Growing like a breeze
I hear her voice in the morning hours
Country roads, take me home She calls me
To the Virginia The radio reminds me of my home far away
Mountain Mamma And driving down the road
Take me home, country roads I get a feeling
That I should have been home
All my memories Yesterday, yesterday
Gather round her
Miners‘ lady Country roads, take me home
Stranger to blue water To the place I belong
Dark and dusty West Virginia
Painted on the sky Mountain Mama
Misty taste of moonshine Take me home, country road
H.Listen to the paragraph, paying attention to the falling intonation.
It is not too difficult to teach your dog to sit on command. Call the dog to you, slip the leash over its head, and
say, ―Sit!‖ Repeat the word, hold the dog‘s head up with the leash, and press down on its rump. Reward the dog by
giving it a bit of food as soon as it is in a sitting position, and pat it to show that you think it is a good dog. Make the
dog remain sitting until you say ―Up.‖ The more often you repeat these words, the less time it will take the dog to
202
understand what it is you want it to do.
In the past five years, there have been great changes in the people‘s diet. From the table, we can see that grain,
formerly the main food of most Chinese people, is now playing a less important role in people‘s diet, while the
proportion of some high-energy food, milk and meat for example, has increased.
Bill thought seriously of joining the ever-growing number of Australians flocking to the ports. He was a young
man of twenty-two or twenty-three, tall and lean, with a tousled mop of black hair. He liked the outdoors and was
used to roughing it. During holidays and whenever he had the spare time he liked to camp in the bush. He fished in
rivers and mountain creeks, went for long tramps in the valleys and up the hills, and cooked his meals over a
crackling campfire. The thought of going to California and living out in the open near the gold mines. Nothing
worried him.
A.Read the following sentences with falling intonation.

He speaks Frénch. She speaks Spánish
She‘s an enginéer. She‘s at the drúgstore.
She‘s a nurse. He‘s an accóuntant.
His suit is blúe. Her dress is yéllow.
This is his bág. That is his bággage.
Tom went to the párk. Jane was in the gárden.
I am a student. He is a teacher.
I like music. He likes reading.
B.Read the following sentences.
What are you chatting about? What do you think of this plan?
What kind of coat does she like? What time is the plane due to arrive?
What was the girl like? Which class are you in?
Whose turn is it to speak? Which bus do you think I should take?
Why didn‘t you tell me earlier? When will you be back?
C.Complete the following sentences.
Be sure to …(call me up, write to us)
Take care not to …(dirty your coats, do too much work)
Be so kind as to …(post the letter for me, take a message to Kate)
Don‘t bother to …(get dinner for us, mend this pair of socks)
Don‘t trouble to …(send for a doctor, rewrite the letter)
Don‘t be (so stupid, so sure of yourself)
Do… (have confidence in yourselves, accept the present)
Mind …(the dog outside the yard, the person over there)
D. Read the dialogue, paying attention to the falling intonation.
A：Good afternoon, would you mind if I sit here?
B：Of course not.
A：I‘m Jack. What‘ s your name? B：
Laura.
A：Do you like this place?
B：I don‘t think it‘s very nice. And my father doesn‘t like it. But my mother likes it very much. So we often
come here.
A：How often?
B：Well, we come here almost every month. A：
Who‘s that?
203
B：It‘s my mother. She‘s fond of swimming. And the man beside her is my father. A：
Do you like swimming?
B：No, I hate swimming. I prefer playing tennis.
E.Read the following poem.
STOPPING BY WAY WOODS ON A SNOWY EVENING
Whose woods these are I think I know
His house is in the village, though;
He will not see me stopping here
To watch his woods fill up withsnow.
My little horse must think it queer

To stop without a farmhouse near
Between the woods and frozen lake
The darkest evening of the year.
He gives his harness bells a shake

To ask if there is some mistake.
The only other sound‘s sweep
Of easy wind and downy flake.
The woods are loved, dark, and deep,

But I have promises to keep,
And miles to go before I sleep,
And miles to go before I sleep.
F. Read the following paragraph.
As a young girl, Elizabeth Barret raptured a blood vessel in the lungs, which did not heal. Her physician
consigned her to a milder climate for the winter and she went to Devonshire for restoration. Among the members of
her family who accompanied her to those healing shores was her eldest brother, for a whole year they lived side by
side in affectionate companionship, she all the while being greatly benefited by the mild sea breezes of Torquay.
One summer morning her brother embarked on board a small sailboat with two friends for a trip of several
hours around the coast. Just as the vessel came in sight of the window where Miss Barret set watching, the boat
struck a sunken reef, and all who were in it went down and perished in the sea, before assistance could be rendered.
None of the bodies were ever found, although the whole village, full of sympathy, assembled in search.
This was the tragedy which utterly prostrated for some years afterwards the health and soul of Elizabeth Barret.
Somehow she felt that she herself had in some measure been the cause of all this horror, and she suffered
accordingly. Her whole being seemed shattered, and a full year elapsed before she was able to be moved to London.
This fatal event, which so saddened her youth, gave also a still deeper devotional feeling to her poems. The shadow
fell upon her heart, and her spirit, thus chastened, took the hue of sorrow so apparent in many of her earlier pieces.
204
LESSON 60 升调
RISING INTONATION WITH YES-NO QUESTIONS
常见问题
很多中国同学升调读不准，或发音古怪，根本原因在于没有将重音读准，句子的升调应该从句子重音这个点
上把调拔起来，而不是随意一升，或从后面的单词上升起来的。一般疑问句需要用一个 yes 或 no 回答，这类问
句一般用升调。

Do you know Márc? Does he speakénglish?
Is the baby sleéping? Did you study French?
Is the cat playing with a báll? Did you live in Fránce?
Are the boys asléep? Can you spéak English?
Do you knów Mr. Brown? Can I have a tálk with you?
B.Listen to these yes-no questions with rising intonation.
Did you study Spanish? Does she like reading?
Can you speak it? Would you like a cup of tea?
Was Ann at her desk? Did you post that letter for me?
Was she writing letters? Have you seen the film yet?
Does Mary live in New York? Does he speak Italian?
Do you know her? Do they live in New York?
Are you a student? Is she a professor?
Can you hear me? Are they watching TV?
Have they finished the work? Would you like to have a cup of coffee?
Can you see the picture on the wall? Shall we start off now?
C.Answer the following questions.
Is that your wífe ? Does she speakénglish?
Is that your són ? Is he a stúdent?
Is his name Bób Does he live in NewYórk ?
Is that your cár? Is it a Vólvo?
Is it láte ? Are they sléeping ?
Did he expláin this? Is it impórtant ?
Do you smóke a lot? Is she stúdying now?
D. Read the sentences with rising
intonation. Do you speak Italian?
Are you a student ? Do you live in South America ?
Is Ms. Brown your teacher? Do you play tennis?
Is your sister a lawyer ? Do you drive a car?
Are you in class ? Is she a lawyer?
Do you like Beijing Opera?
E.Read the following dialogue.
George：Are you free for lunch, Al?
Bob：I‘m planning to eat at my desk this noon, George. I‘ve got a lot of work to do.
George：Joan Corbett from Electronic Futures is coming over.
Bob：Is that the new account you were talking about?
George：Well, not yet, but we‘re hoping to get it. It would be good for you to meet her. Bob：
205
Yeah, I agree. I‘m joining you. What time?
206
George：Oh, that‘s great. One o‘clock in my office.
F. Listen to the reading. Then ask yes-no questions about it.
Today is an important day for Lucy and Frank Manners. It is their wedding anniversary, their fiftieth. They
were married in Scranton, Pennsylvania, in 195(2). Frank is now seventy-two, and Lucy is seventy. Frank was an
electrician. Lucy was a cashier in Thompson‘s Drugstore for thirty years.
Their three children are home today. Ted is forty-five. He‘s a language teacher. He teaches French and Spanish.
He‘s married and has two children, Florence and Billy. He lives in Miami, Florida.
Kimberly is a lawyer. She‘s single and lives in New York City. She‘s forty-three. Foster is an artist. He lives in
Los Angeles, California. He‘s forty and single.
Tonight they are all having a big party. Who is going to cook dinner? Not Lucy Manners! They are all going
out to an expensive restaurant.
(Example：Were they married in New York? No, they were married in Scranton, Pennsylvania.)

A.Read the sentences with rising intonation.
1. Is it John?
2. Do you think it is true?
3. Does he bring you some chocolate?
4. Is this the one I borrowed from the library?
5. Is your mother at home?
6. Do you want to talk with him?
7. Does she know the cause of this accident?
8. Is that Mr. Smith speaking?
9. Is this book you are looking for?
10. Are you going to visit your professors tonight?
B.Answer the questions.
Can you finish this task on time? Is the dictionary expensive?
Did you pass the entrance examination? Have you been to Suzhou?
Would you like to go out for a while? Did you have a good time?
Should we attend the meeting? Does our teacher tell you this?
Will you give me some advice? Have you received any reply?
C.Appreciate the English song.
Are You Lonesome Tonight Are you lonesome tonight?
Do you miss me tonight?
Are you sorry we drifted apart?
Does your memory stray to a bright summer day?
When I kissed you and called you sweet heart
Do the chairs in your parlor seem empty and bare?
Do you gaze at your doorstep and picture me there
Is your heart filled with pain?
Shall I come back again?
Tell me dear：
I wonder if you are lonesome tonight. You know someone said the world is a stage and we each must play
a part. Fate had me play in love with you as my sweet heart. Act one was when we met. I loved you at first
glance. You read your lines so cleverly and never misses a cue. Then came act two, using the change you acted
strange, and why I‘d never known. Honey you lied when you said you love me, and I had no cause to doubt
you. But I would rather go on living without you. Now the stage is bare and I‘m standing there with emptiness
all round. And if you won‘t come back to me, then they can bring the curtain down.
207
LESSON 61 陈述句的升调语气
STATEMENTS WITH RISING INTONATION
常见问题
陈述句语序的句子能用升调，恐怕很多中国同学还不了解。注意一般情况下陈述句是用降调的，只有在
下面所列举的特殊情况下，才会用升调。
使用升调的情况
当使用升调来读一个陈述句语序的句子时，往往表示惊讶或存疑。
Listen to the following statements and questions：
陈述存疑
He‘s coming. He‘s coming?
She knows him. She knows him?
They didn‘t want to come. They didn‘t want to come?
陈述惊讶
He‘s forty-two. He‘s forty-two? (I can‘t believe it! He doesn‘t look that old.)
That‘s his wife. That‘s his wife? (I can‘t believe that woman is his wife. I‘m very surprised.)
A. If the sentences are read with a rising intonation, use a question mark (?). If read with a
falling intonation (a statement), use a period (.). Listen and repeat.
That‘s your sister. The flower is beautiful.
She was born in China. He has been to London.
You didn‘t see her. You are talking about your homework.
They speak Portuguese. He‘s a graduate.
He didn‘t answer. You gave her money.
He‘s a psychologist. You‘re working in the house at that time.
We weren‘t invited. They have sold out their products.
You know her. Your mother is ill.
That‘s your bike. She can help me with some cooking.
The book is thick. Carol has a new car.
B.Listen and repeat. Then explain the rising intonation.
1. a. My sister‘s coming tomorrow.
b. Your sister? I didn‘t know you had a sister.
2. a. I failed the math exam.
b. You failed it? I don‘t believe it. You‘re so good in math.
3. a. It is raining outside.
b. Raining? It was sunny when I came back a moment ago.
4. a. More than 300 people died of this illness.
b. More than 300 hundred? I hadn‘t thought this illness was so serious.
5. a. The coat costs me 1,200 dollars.
b. 1,200dollars? I think it is too expensive.
6. a. I want you to meet my mother.
b. Your mother? I can‘t believe it. She looks like your sister.
7. a. I knew your father.
b. You knew my father? Yes. He and my father were friends.
208
8. a. I‘ve just come back from Mr. Brown‘s funeral.
b. Mr. Brown is dead? I saw him doing exercises just a week ago.
9. a. She passed the entrance examinations to.
b. She passed? It is impossible because she seldom study.
10. a. I have known what had happened.
b. You have known this? I didn‘t expect that you have known it.
C.Listen to the dialogue, paying attention to the rising intonation.
A: Honey, I have something important to say.
B: Something important?
A: Yes. I have just booked two tickets.
B: Tickets? What tickts?
A: Two air tickts.
B: Air tickets?
A: Yes. We will fly to Paris the day after tomorrow.
B: We? The day after tomorrow? What are you talking about?
A: Today is it!
B: Then it is June 20 the day after tomorrow.
A: Yes. Think about it carefully.
B: Oh, come on. Tell me please. Why did you book tickets to Paris？
A: Oh, honey! Don‘t you remember this important day to us?
B: Sorry.
A: It is our 10th wedding anniversary this June 20.
B: Our 10th wedding anniversary?
A: Of course. You completely forgot it.
B: Darling. I think you have made a mistake.
A: Ihave made a mistake?
B: Yes. We married on July 20 ten years ago.
A: July 20? But I think it should be June 20.
B: Yes. We ahd planned to marry on June 20, but something happened, so we had to put off our wedding day.
A: Yes. I remember now. We put it off. I did make a mistake. But how shall we deal with the tickets?
B: Since you have booked. Then let‘s celebrate our wedding anniversary before hand.
A: You mean?
B: Yes, quite right. We‘ll fly to Paris the day after tomorrow to celebrate our 10th wedding anniversary.
A: Terrific!
A.Read the following sentences with rising intonation.

She is a famous dancer? You have visited Rome for two times?
You sold your bike? She is studying Japanese?
He stolen your money? That is your suitcase?
You feel tired? You have seen her off at last?
He can win the first prize? Your mother is coming?
B.Read the dialogue below.
Liming: Excuse me. You look familiar. Did you use to live in this city?
Wangtao: Yes.
Liming: Did you use to work at the music school not far from here?
Wangtao: Yes. I taught music there for a few years.
209
Liming: Oh, did you know Huang Long? He was a music student.
Wangtao: Huang Long? Didn‘t he use to wear a funny yellow jacket all the time?
Liming: Yes. And he used to play the piano with a jazz group at the university.
Wangtao: Yes, I remember Huang. Most students thought he was a little… nh…
peculiar. Do you know what he‘s doing now?
Liming: Yes, he‘s a millionaire in Hong Kong now.
Wangtao: A millionaire? As a jazz musician?
Liming: Oh, no. He‘s an executive for a large computer company. I saw an interview with him on TV a few
days ago. They were asking his opinion about future use for compuliar anymore.
Wangtao: Well! I guess people don‘t find him so peculiar anymore.
210
LESSON 62 特殊疑问句的升调语气
QUESTION-WORD-QUESTION WITH RISING INTONATION
常见问题
特殊疑问句的升调语气是用来使对话方重复其所讲的话，因此不能随便乱用。
使用升调的情况
1. 特殊疑问句一般用降调，其功能是用来索取信息。
What‘s her name? Where does she live?
Marie. In Paris.
2. 有时对话一方没有听清或不明白另一方的话时，需要对方重复所讲的话，这时可用升调来问“What did you
say?”或仅用“What?”即可。
Our son‘s a doctor. I‘m going swimming.
What did you say? What?
I said our son‘s a doctor. I said I‘m going swimming.
3. 有时问话一方没听清，或不明白对方对所问问题的回答时，问话方可用升调重复刚刚所问问题，或只用
升调重复疑问词即可。
Where does your daughter live? Who‘s your teacher? When are you leaving?
She‘s living in Montreal. Mr. Farmer. Next week.
Where does she live? Who? When?
In Montreal. Mr. Farmer. Next week.
A.Listen to these exchanges, paying particular attention to the intonation of the

question word. Then circle the correct response, a or b.
1. There was a big explosion in Texas. Where?
a. In Texas. b. In Houston.
2. Someone broke something in my office yesterday. What?
a. My cup. b. My desk lamp.
3. I‘ll meet you later this afternoon. When?
a. Later this afternoon. b. At four o‘clock.
4. Guess what I just found! What?
a.A wallet. b. A twenty-dollar bill.
5. I happened to meet my former manager on the way home. Whom?
a. My former manager. b. A classmate.
6. I showed the prize to my mother. What?
a.The prize. b. Nothing.
7. They spent two nights near the seashore. How long?
a. Two nights. b. Two days.
8. The man in the corner is my boss. Who?
a. I didn‘t know. b. My boss.
9. About a million people in our province are peasants. Are what?
a. Young people. b. Peasants.
10. He advised me to go and see his sister. To see whom?
a. His sister. b. My sister.
211
B.Listen and repeat, paying attention to the intonation.
1. Is he studying English?
He‘s studying Eskimo. What?
What‘s he studying?
2. Where were you last Friday?
Where was I last Friday?
3. What were you doing just now?
What were we doing?
4. Who paid for the dinner?
Who paid? (I did, of course.)
5. Why have you brought your umbrella?
Why have I brought my umbrella?
6. How did you get here?
How did I get here?
7. He‘s getting old.
What?
8. When did you go to the library?
When did I go to the library?
9. What did you think of the city?
What did I think of the city?
10. How many times did you go over your textbooks?
How many times did we go over our textbooks?
C.Listen to the intonation of the question words in the following exchanges.
Ask for information Ask for repetition
1. Marie lives in France now.
Where? In Paris.
2. Marie lives in France now.
Where? In France.
3. A friend of mine won a trip to New York.
Who? Jim White.
4. Harriet Summeril won the annual art contest. Harriet who?
Summeril. Harriet Summeril.
5. She decided to do that by herself.
What? Wash all the dirty clothes.
6. They came back very later last night, about 23：00 o‘clock.
When? About 23：00 o‘clock.
D. First read these conversations. Then mark the rising arrow on those question words.
1. A：My car was stolen. 3. A：I was in Chicago last week.
B：When? B：When? A
A：Just a few minutes ago. ：Last week.
B：When? B：When?
A：Just a few minutes ago. A：On Tuesday and Wednesday.
2. A：Whenare you leaving for Japan? 4. A：Where did you see him last?
B：Next month. B：In Georgia. A
A：When? ：Where? A：
B：On the fourteenth. Where? B：In
A：When? Atlanta
B：On the fourteenth.
212
E.Read the following paragraph, paying attention to the intonation.
Susie：I‘m tired, Larry. Can we have a break?
Larry：What? You‘re tired? But we just started about twenty minutes ago.
Susie：I know, but I‘mreallytired. My stomach feels funny. Larry：
What‘s the matter?Didn‘t you sleep well last night?
Susie：I was too excited to sleep last night. I didn‘t go to sleep until quite late. Larry
：Then when did you go to sleep?
Susie：About 2 o‘clock in the morning.
Larry：When? About 2 o‘clock. Oh, Susie. Didn‘t I tell you over and over again that you wouldn‘t be able to
climb the mountain unless you got enough sleep?
Susie：You did, but I can‘t help it.
Larry：This is a one-day trip. We‘ll have to keep going and try to reachthe top by noon or give up right now and
go home. Which one do you choose?
Susie：Which one do I choose?I don‘t want to give up, but I really feel tired. Larry
：So, make up your mind quickly. Whether to keep going or give up. Susie：Let me
think about it. What should I do? I think I will not give up. Larry：(After a while)
Can you go on now?
Susie：Don‘t push me. What I need is to rest for a while.
Larry：I‘m experienced, Susie. We won‘t be able to reach the top if you keep asking for a break every ten
minutes.
Susie：It won‘t be long. It‘s onlyseveral minutes. Larry：
It will last the whole journey. Take my word for it.
Susie：How can I take your word since I‘m so tired? Further more this is the first time I‘ve ever climbed a
mountain in my life. Don‘t be so hard on me.
Larry：Sorry, Susie....Well, we‘ll keep going for a while and see how youcan take it. If you do feel ill, we‘ll
gohome. We can always go climbing mountains any time you like.
Susie：All right, Larry. Thanks. I‘m sorry to spoil this journey.
213
LESSON 63 选择疑问句的语调
INTONATION OF ALTERNATIVE QUESTION
常见问题
选择疑问句的读法我们一般用四个字概括，即前升后降。
A.Listen to and repeat the questions.

Do you want Coffee or tea?
Was it Sally or Helen?
Is it John or Fred?
Is Billy hungry or tired?
Was your sister happy or sad?
Is this your bag or his?
Do you like to go out or stay at home?
Is the girl in red or the girl in yellow?
Is this your mirror or mine?
Is the book thick or thin?
B.Listen carefully. Then repeat the phrases .In these questions there are three choices.
Coffee, tea, or milk
Hondas, Volvos, or Toyotas
Math, science, or history
Repeat the sentences.
Would you like coffee, tea, or milk?
Do they sell Hondas, Volvos, or Toyotas?
Are you studying math, science, or history?
C.Now form questions. Ask someone to make a choice between two things. Begin with
one of the phrases below and select two of the three appropriate items in the list.
Example：
Do you like baseball or soccer?
1. Do you like...? coffee tea milk
2. Who called? Was it...? John Roberto Paul
3. Are you studying...? New York London Paris
4. Would you like...? the post office the shoe store the bank
5. Was that woman...? basketball baseball soccer
6. Does your son play„? her mother her sister a friend
7. Are you going to...? Chinese Japanese Vietnamese
8. Is Gloria going to marry...? walk drive take the bus
D． Ask questions that require the listener to make a choice among two or three things.
As suggestions, ask about：
(1) the kind of car someone drives
(Does Jim drive a Ford or a Chevrolet?)
(2) someone‘s nationality, birthplace, or native language
(Is your native language Chinese, Korean, or Japanese?)
(3) favorite kind of entertainment
214
(Do you prefer to go to the movies, read, or watch television?)
(4) favorite vacation spots or cities
(Would you like to see London, New York, or Ricde Janeiro?)
(5) favorite mode of transportation
(Do you prefer traveling by train, plane, or car?)
(6) favorite kinds of foods, as on a menu
(Would you like peas, carrots, or potatoes?)
E.Read the following dialogue.
A: The May Day holiday is coming. Have you made any plan? Are you going to stay here or go out for a
traveling?
B: I haven‘t decided yet. But I may go out.
A: Where have you planned to go?
B: I want to go to Shanghai, but I also want to visit Hainan.
A: Then which will be your last choice?
B: Idon‘t know. How about you? Stay here or leave for other places?
A: I have decided to go to Taishan.
B: By train or by plane?
A: By train.
B: You alone or together with others?
A: Only myself. I prefer traveling alone.
B: If you go out, would you like to go alone or together with others.
A: I think I will choose the latter.
215
LESSON 64 并列成串的词的语调
INTONATION OF WORDS IN SERIES
常见问题
注意成串的数字、字母、或单词在朗读时并不是只有一种固定的语调，可分为几组来进行语调的变化，最后
一个词一定用降调。
A.Listen and repeat. The numbers are said with rising intonation but have falling
intonation at the end of each group.
↘ ↘
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
↘ ↘
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
B.Now listen, and mark the falling intonation at the end of each group of numbers and
letters.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P
Q R S T U V W X Y Z
C.Listen and repeat. The same kind of rising intonation is used with words in series.
apples, bananas, and oranges speak, read, and write
Harriet, Robert, and Will pen, paper, and ink
TV, radio, and refrigerator physics, chemistry, and biology
classroom, library, and office solid, liquid, and gas
weight, mass, and density politics, economy, and culture
import, export, and market author, work, and style
businessman, and tradesman wholesaler, dealer, and retailer
bus, truck, and taxi party, masquerade, and fancy ball
Audi, Benz, and Honda breakfast, lunch, and supper
profession, occupation, and situation beer, lemonade, and orange juice
D. Complete the sentences with the given words.
Example：For breakfast I have cereal, coffee and juice.
1. For breakfast I have… a. talent experience ambition
2. Bill speaks . . . b. cereal coffee juice
3. That little boy is . . . c. hungry sleepy tired
4. Mr. Novak is buying some… d. basketball soccer baseball
5. Ms. Gomez has a lot of... e. shirts ties socks
6. My brother plays… f. English French Spanish
7. We talk about… g. red yellow green
8. She likes … h. work study relax
9. The man looks … i. thin old pale
E.Listen to the dialogue.
A：What would you like to have in your breakfast：bread, egg or sandwich?
B：Bread.
A：And milk or orange juice? B：
Orange juice.
A：What would you like for lunch：pork, mutton or beef?
216
B：I think mutton is better.
A：What kind of drink do you like most：red wine, beer or champagne? B
：I like champagne.
A：And among apples, oranges and bananas, which is your favorite? B：
Banana of course.
A：Do you always have meals outside or in your house?
B：I always have meals outside, because I‘m not good at cooking.
A：I saw there are many kinds of flowers in your garden such as lily, orchid, rose, jasmine, magnolia, camellia,
peony, etc.
B：Yes, I like flower, so I plant many kinds in my garden.
A：I guess you like orchid most. Am I right?
B：Yes, orchid is my favorite. Orchids have different colors, for example：purple, yellow, red, pink, blue, etc. A
：Is it difficult for you to raise these flowers?
B：Sometimes. But I think this is quite natural. Anyone I think can get much pleasure from it.
F. Appreciate the English song.
Good-bye England Rose Good-
bye England rose;
May you ever grow in our heart where lives were torn apart.
You called out to our country, and you whispered to those in pain.
Now you belong to heaven.
And it seems to me you lived your life like a candle in the wind,
never fading with the sunset when the rain set in.
And your footsteps will always fall here along England‘s greenest hills;
your candle‘ burned out long before, your legend ever will.
Loveliness we‘ve lost, these empty days without your smile.
This torch we‘ll always carry for our nation‘s golden child.
And even though we try, the truth brings us to tears,
all our words cannot express the joy you brought us through the years.
Good-bye England‘s rose, from a country lost without your soul,
who‘ll miss the wings ofyour compassion more than you‘ll ever know
G.Read the following paragraph.
How can we acquire stick-to-itiveness? There is no simple, fast formula. But I have developed a way of
thinking that has rescued my own vacillating will more than once. Here are the basic elements：
―Won‘t power. This is as important as will power. The ancient Chinese philosopher Mencius said, ―Men must
be decided on what they will not do, and then they are able to act with vigor in what they ought to do.‖
Discipline means choices. Every time you say yes to a goal or objective, you say no to many more. Every prize
has its price. The prize is the yes; the price is the no. Igor Gorin, the noted Ukrainian-American baritone, told of his
early days studying voice. He loved to smoke a pipe, but one day his professor said, ― Igor, you will have to make
up your mind whether you are going to be a great singer, or a great pipe smoker. You can not be both.‖ So the pipe
went.
Delayed gratification. M. Scott Peck, M.D., author of the best seller The Road less Traveled, describes this tool
of discipline as ―a process of scheduling the pain and pleasure of life in such a way as to enhance the pleasure by
meeting and experiencing the pain first and getting it over with.‖
The secret of such commitment is getting past the drudgery and seeing the delight. ―The fact is that many
worthwhile endeavors aren‘t fun,‖ says one syndicated radio and TV commentator. ― True, all work and no play
makes Johnny a dull boy. But trying to turn everything we do into play makes for terrible frustrations, because
life—ven the most rewarding one—includes circumstances that aren‘t fun at all. I like my job as a journalist. It‘s
personally satisfying, but it isn‘t always fun.‖
217
SECTION FOUR
Grammar Words & Intonation
在英语口语中存在大量的音的弱读与略读。如元音字母 a、e、i、o、u 和 y 在弱读音节中都可以读做 [D]

或 [i]，这同样给听力及口语表达带来很大难度。本章通过一些有针对性的练习，使大家掌握在句子中究竟
哪些词该弱读或略读。
在口语表达中，有些发音上的细节问题也让人困惑。如名词复数形式究竟什么时候 es？加了之后到底
读 [s]、[z]还是[0z]？还有动词第三人称单数，动词加 ed 的读法等等。本章将对这些问题一一予以讨论，
并帮助大家解决。
学习内容
1. 弱读与略读。
2. 冠词读法。。
3. 名词复数与动词第三人称单数的读法。
4. 动词过去式，过去分词的规则变化。
学习目的
1. 掌握语法词的弱读、略读。要求听力习惯于弱读与略读，并在口语中熟练的运用。
2. 正确使用冠词读法，规范的读出名词复数，动词第三人称单数及动词加 ed 形式。并加以熟练运用。
学习方法
本章所涉及内容几乎不需要什么方法。大家在学习过程中了解一下规则，再加以适当练习予以巩固即
可。
218
LESSON 65 弱读与略读
REDUCED FORMS AND CONTRACTIONS
常见问题
语法性虚词是被弱读的对象，实词很少被弱读。而语法词在英语中的大量运用，使弱读和略读现象在口语
会话中极为普遍，请同学们给予足够的重视，养成习惯并加以掌握。
● Part One 弱读综合练习
弱读：英语中的某些单词在发音时存在强读和弱读的现象。当单独发音或在连贯话语中被强调时须用强读形
式；若不须强读，则用弱读形式。
Learning the strong forms and weak forms of the following words.
Words Strong Forms Weak Forms
a ei D
am $m Dm, m
an $n Dn, D
and $nd Dnd, Dn, nd, n
are A D, Dr
as $z D, Dz
at $t Dt
be bi b0
been bin b0n
but bKt bDt
can k$n kDn, kn, kH
do du d?, dD, d
Does dKz dDz
for fCr fD, fDr
from frCm frDm
had h$d hDd, Dd, d
has h$z hDz, Dz, z, s
have h$v hDv, Dv, v
he hi i, h0, 0
her h" ", hD, D, Dr
him h0m, 0m
his h0z 0z
is 0z z, s
me mi m0
must mKst mDst, mDs
not nAt nt, n
of Av Dv, v, f
or Cr D
saint sent sDnt, snt, sDn, sn
shall N$l NDl, Nl， N
should N?d NDd, N， Nd
sir sDr sD, sDr
some sKm sDm, sm
219
than M$n MDn, Mn
that M$t MDt
the Mi M0, MD
them MGm MDm, Mm, m
there MGr MD, MDr
till til tl
to tu t?, tD
us Ks Ds, s
was wAz wDz
were wDr wD, wDr
will wil l
would w?d Dd, d
you ju j?
● Part Two 单音节词弱读形式的综合练习
A． Listen and repeat.

a boy an apple and her
are you as usual at home
can do it he does for the sake of
book and box pen and paper more and more
he and I his sister and her friend you and that girl
sooner or later go or stay March or May
work or play one or some hit and run
yes or no sugar or salt believe it or not
no more than his will knife and fork
coming and going sooner or later sink or swim
B. Make sentences with the words below.
Example：What do shoe stores sell?
They sell shoes and sandals.
1. shoe store shoes sandals 4. drugstore medicine plaster
2. sports store balls rackets 5. post office stamps envelopes
3. clothing store dresses suits 6. grocery store fruits vegetables
C. Ask one or two questions, using either two or three foods. Then reply as indicated.
Example：Would you like (Do you want) coffee or tea?
Would you like coffee, tea, or milk? I‘d like milk, please.
1. coffee tea milk ; 5. brandy gin cocktail;
2. fruit cake ice cream; 6. biscuit bread pastry;
3. rice potatoes noodles; 7. peas carrots tomatoes;
4. chicken fish steak; 8. beef mutton duck
D. Form phrases with “and”, use the reduced form of “and [n]” and the reduced form of
the words in parentheses.
1. (a) book/ pencil (a book ‗n‘ a pencil)
2. (the) man/woman
3. (an, some) egg/coffee
4. (an) apple/orange
5. (the) book/magazine
6. (an, a ) arm/leg
220
E. Form noun phrases like the examples, using the reduced form “of ”.
Example：a box of cookies, a big box of cookies, a big box of chocolate cookie.
box cup loaf bread flowers milk
bowl dish piece coffee ice cream soup
can glass vase cookies cereal tomatoes
Now tell the location of the people and things around you.
F. A noun with a phrase modifier is spoken as a unit. First repeat the noun phrases.
Then form complete sentences by using appropriate phrases from the list.
Example：The book on the table is for you.
Noun Phrases：
1. The book on the table a. is waving at us.
2. The woman at the door b. was very competent .
3. The man in the car c. is dirty.
4. The music on the radio d. is a police officer.
5. The man with the gun e. is for you.
6.The teller in the bank f. is too loud.
7.The nurses in the hospital g. is selling something.
8. The dishes in the sink h. gave me the wrong change.
This is not automatic or rigid, of course. English does not generally allow, for example, more than two or three
weakly stressed syllables in a row without automatically giving medium stress to one of the words.
G. Repeat the following sentences, paying attention to the pronunciation.
There is a cup of milk on the table.
I am a student of this school.
Would you like to give me an egg?
I have bought the books and related tapes.
They are going to attend a meeting next Friday.
He is as tall as his brother.
We have to stay at home because of the rain.
To be or not to be, that‘s the question.
My mother has been to Australia for three times.
I like this pair of shoes very much, but I don‘t have enough money with me.
Can you send him a message?
Do you always get up at half past six?
Does Tom believe this story?
The station is not far from factory.
He had sold the house last week.
My brother has a blue pencil-box.
He has written a letter to her.
It is a well-decorated room.
You must study hard or you will fail the exam.
He is a friend of my father‘s.
Shall we start now?
I should tell you the news two days ago.
Can I help you, Sir?
Some people say that the accident happened at night.
We have no more than five people to finish the task.
Can you give them the right answer in the class?
There lies a river behind the house.
221
We didn‘t come back till it was completely dark.
He had to leave his native country for political reasons.
Let‘s go to the cinema this Saturday.
He was the son of a famous artist.
They were from the same city.
Will you lend me your bike this afternoon?
Would you mind if I open the window?
● Part Three 双音节词弱读形式
双音节单词中弱化的一定是非重读音节。
E.g.： April never railway open winner enter
restful denser local deny under angel
livable escape release witness student loyal
lecture journal distant today bedtime
He was born in April.
Where should we enter?
Press this button to open the door.
He is the winner of this contest.
No one can escape from the sinking ship.
The student has just come to the school.
Professor Zhang will give us a lecture on Monday.
He denied that he made this mistake in his work.
The dog is very loyal to his master.
The cat is under the chair.
● Part Four 多音节词弱读形式
在多音节词汇里，如果有一个音节是重读的，其他的音节可能会被次重读，但整个单词里至少有一个音节
是弱读的。
E.g.： religion education eradicate entertain competition
eliminate instigate photograph crocodile congregate
announcement alleviate stimulate northerner pleasantly
everything television
What‘s your religion?
Where did you receive your education?
How can we eradicate all the flies in the house?
Let‘s entertain our friends in our house.
There are about 45 televisions in the factory.
Everything will be ok in five days.
You must win in this competition.
Crocodile Dundee is a famous film.
How can you instigate an investigation?
People quickly congregate round the lecturer. 在有些单词里会有一个元音是完全被省略的。在重读音节后面
跟着不止一个的弱化音节时会出现这种情况。被完全省略的常常是跟在重读音节后面的元音。这种情况在字
母 r 前面最常见。
E.g.： chocolate restaurant temperature family natural several separate
Most children like to eat chocolate.
222
Which is the nearest restaurant among the three?
Thetemperature gets pretty high these days.
How are you getting along with the family?
He is a natural teacher.
We have several books to read.
We should study in separate room.
如果单词以 ary, ully 或 ally 结尾的话，元音 a 或 u 常常会被省略。
E.g.： finally accidentally powerfully elementary carefully arbitrary compulsory
We finally decided to go there at four o‘clock in the afternoon.
I accidentally found my lost book.
My sister was powerfully affected by the movie last Saturday.
There are several elementary schools in this town.
He does everything carefully.
● Part Five 缩读及综合练习
缩读
Common
Standard Example Note
contraction
and ‘n Do you know Nancy ‗n David.
are ‘r My classmates ‗r on vacation.
Are you Ya Ya going to school? are you is contracted only when
Where ya going? followed by one or more words.
Therefore, it would be incorrect to
contract. How are you? to How ya
unless it was followed by one or
more words such as: How ya
going?
because ‘cause(*) I don‘t like her ‗cause she is
too proud.
can C‘n I c‘n be there in an hour.
come c‘m C‘m over to our house around This contraction does not apply if
10：00. come falls at the end of the
sentence.
could could‘a You could‘a hurt yourself! This also applies to the following：
have couldn‘a He couldn‘a done it. Should have=should‘a
Shouldn‘t have=shouldn‘a
could not Would have=would‘a
have Wouldn‘t have=wouldn‘a
did you didja or ‘dja How didja do it? When followed by a word
How‘dja do it? beginning with the letter ―e‖, or
―a‖ ‗dja‘ is commonly contracted
to ‗dj‘：Did you eat yet=‗dj‘eat
yet?
Did you ask her=dj‘ask ‗er?
does she dushi Dushi speak English?
223
don‘t know dunno(*) I dunno where you live.
for fer He works fer his father. This also applies to the following：
forgive=fergive
forget=ferget
give me gimme(*) Gimme that.
going to gonna(*) I‘m gonna give him a present. When followed by a vowel, ―going
(when followed by a I‘m gonnu invite her to the to‖ is commonly contracted to
consonant) Gonnu (when party. gonnu, although gonna is also
followed by a vowel) acceptable.
SEE：got to=gotta or gottu
goodbye G‘bye I‘ll talk to you tomorrow. This also applies to the following：
G‘bye! good night=g‘night
got to gotta(*) I gotta give him a present. When followed by a vowel, ―got
(when followed by a I gottu invite her to my to‖ is commonly contracted to
consonant,pronounced: birthday party. gottu, although gotta is also
gotta) acceptable.
gottu(*)
(when followed by a
vowel,pronounced:gottu)
had better better You better start off right now.
have to hafta I hafta go home immediately. ALSO：(S) he hasta/hadda
he ‘e Who is ‘e? This does not apply if he begins a
sentence.
he/she has he/she‘as He‘as a house at the beach.
her ‘er This is‘er book. This does not apply if her begins a
sentence.
him ‘im I like ‗im very much.
his ‘is What is ‗im name? This does not apply if his begins a
sentence.
how did you how ‘dya/How ‗dja How ‗dya/How ‗dja make that?
how do you how‘ dy ‘a How ‗dy ‗a do it? When pronounced as two
syllables, how dya, the tense
changes from present to past.
Although subtle, this difference is
easily detected by any native-born
American.
How’dya do it?=How did you do
it?
How’dy’a do it?=How do you do
it?
how does how‘s How‘s she feel today?
in front of in fronna He parked in fronna the
garden.
-ing -in(*) I‘m goin‘ to the store.
is that izat Izat your new car? ALSO：Zat your new car?
of a or o‘(*) He‘s sorta strange. Although you will occasionally
It‘s made o‘gold. see the conjunction of contracted
224
to o’, it is pronounced like a.
Therefore, It’s made o’ gold would
be pronounced It’s made a gold.
old ol(*) There‘s the ol‘ house.
or ‘r Do you like ice cream‘r candy? As you may have noticed. ’r is a
contraction not only of are but of
or as well. The connotation
depends on the context：I c’n invite
Bob’r Tom.=I can invite Bob or
Tom. Bob’n Tom’r invited=Bob
and Tom are invited.
out of outta(*) Get outta the class at once! Pronounced：Ged oudda the class
(pronounced: oudda) at once!
probably prob‘ly(*) He‘ll prob‘ly come for dinner.
should not have shouldn‘a You shouldn‘a leave so soon.
some S‘m I want s‘m apples.
sure sher Sher, I like chocolate! A common expression indicating
agreement is For sure!
Pronounced：Fer sher!
them ‘m/‘em(*) I like‘m/I like‘em.
to ta I don‘t know what ta do now. NOTE(1): This applies to any
word that begins with the
combination ― to and whose accent
does not fall on the first syllable：
today, tomorrow, tobacco, etc.
Pronounced ： taday, tamorrow,
tabacco.
NOTE(2): when preceded by a
word which ends with an ―r‖
―o‖sound, to is commonly
pronounced da: I dunno where da
go now.
want to wanna(*) I wanna go outside. Wanna may be used either before a
(when followed by a I wanna eat something. consonant or a vowel, whereas
consonant or vowel) I wannu avoid the subject. wannu may only be used before a
wannu vowel.
(when followed by a vowel It would sound strange to the ear
only) to use wannu before a consonant
such as I wannu go.
what Wud Wud if we went to the movies. ―What‖ is pronounced whad only
when followed by a vowel.
what are you Wachya or wacha Wachya/Wacha doin? This contraction can only occur if
not it is followed immediately by
one or more words. It cannot stand
alone：What are you? Crazy? It
would be incorrect so say：Wacha?
Crazy?
225
what did you Wudidya or Wudidya/Wudija/Wudja buy?
wudjya or wudja
what do you What cha or what chya or What cha/what chya / Wuddy‘a When wuddya is pronounced as
wuddy‘a doing? two syllables, wud’dya, it becomes
past tense. When pronounced as
three syllables, wud’dy’a, it
changes to present tense. This
subtle difference is easiler detected
by any native. born American.
what does what‘s(*) What‘s her do for a living? Although a common colloquial
contraction for ―what does,‖
what‘s is traditionally a
contraction for “what is.”
what is the what‘s a What‘s a matter? ALSO：Wassa matta?(*)
would not have wudn‘a I wudn‘a done that if I were
you.
You Ya(*) How are ya?
ja (common pronunciation Would ja like some ice cream?
when preceded by the letter If y‘ever need me, just call.
―d‖) Did y‘ever see the movie?
Y‘ (common contraction
when followed by a vowel)
why did you Whyd‘ya or whydja Why‘dya/ why‘dja tell him to
leave?
why do you why‘dy‘a Why‘dy‘a work so hard? When whydya is pronounced as
two syllables,why dya, it becomes
past tense.When pronounced as
three syllables, why’dy’a, it
changes to present tense. This
subtle difference is easier detected
by any native born American.
A.Listen and repeat the full forms of the object pronouns.

me It helps me. him It helps him.
us It helps us. her It helps her.
you It helps you. it It helps it.
them It helps them.
B.Listen to these sentences that are spoken at normal conversational speed. All the
object pronouns are spoken in reduced form with stress. Weuse the informal spellings‟im,
er, ya, and em, to represent the reduced forms of him, her, you, and them.
him Call‘im. Tell‘im. Hepl‘im.
Her Find‘er. Write‘er. Teach‘er.
them Buy‘em. Sell‘em. Tell‘em.
it Send it. Forget it. Eat it.
me Tell me. Hepl me. Pay me.
us Phone us. Tell us. Show us.
you I‘ll help ya. I‘ll call ya.
226
C.Listen to and repeat these sentences.
1. Mr. Ames didn‘t go to work today.
2. It didn‘t rain testerday.
3. Mary doesn‘t have many friends.
4. Ted‘s sisters don‘t go to school.
5. Tom always walks to school.
6. Mrs. Ames doesn‘t feel well.
7. Billy doesn‘t like girls.
8. Mr. Oda doesn‘t speak Chinese.
9. I don‘t know.
10. He doesn‘t know.
11. We don‘t work on Saturday.
12. She doesn‘t want it. He didn‘t tell us.
13. Is Tom here? No, he isn‘t He isn‘t here now.
14. Is Sally home? No, she isn‘t She isn‘t here.
15. Was it cold in January? No, it wasn‘t It wasn‘t cold then.
16. Were you at the bank? No, I wasn‘t I wasn‘t there.
D. Listen to the questions. Then qive a short answer and a statement from the list.
(Is Mr. Ames old? No, he isn’t He’s [only] twenty-seven.)
1. Is Mr. Ames old? a. in England
2. Is the sun shining now? b. absent
3. Were you and Tom in France last year? c. a classroom
4. Am I late? d. twenty-seven
5.Is this the library? e. early
6. Was Helen in class this morning? f. last week
7. Was yesterday Heater‘s birthday? g. cloudy today
8. Is the new promotion system a good one? h. fair
E.Now form sentences with plural subjects, using‟re.
Example: Maria and Bob‘re writing a book.
1. Maria/Bob/writing a book 5. Sue/Ray/feeling fine
2. Pat/Ed/eating ice cream 6. Julia/Frances/playing jeans
3. Tom/Ann/learning English 7. Ruth/Matt/wearing jrans
4. Joyce/Liz/baking cookies 8. Richard/Susan/speaking Italian
F. Answer the questions with a short affirmative statement, using the information qiven.
(Am I right? Yes, you are. You’re always right.)
1. Am I right? a. only fifteen dollars
2. Is Jos old? b. seventy-five
3. Is the lamp cheap? c. god friends
4. Are you dressed? d. ready now
5. Is Sally a baby? e. always right
6. Are you and Joe friends? f. on the table
7. Are the hamburgers ready? g. six months old
G.Repeat the other contractions of be, aren‟t and werwn‟t. Then listen to the questions
and repeat the answers.
Repeat Listen Repeat
you aren‘t Am I late? No, you aren‘t.
we aren‘t Are we invited? No, we aren‘t.
they aren‘t Are they French? No, they aren‘t.
227
you weren‘t Was I correct? No, you weren‘t.
we weren‘t Were we on time? No, weweren‘t.
they weren‘t Were they talking? No, they weren‘t.
H.Read the following sentences, paying attention to the reductions and liaisons.
1. We have got to go. Do you want a pear?
We‘ve gotta go. Wanna pear?
2. They have got a computer. Let me in.
They‘ve gotta computer. Lemme in.
3. Do you want to sing? Let me go.
Wanna sing? Lemme go.
4. I‘ll let you know. Wat do you think of it?
I‘ll letcha know. Whaddyu thinkv it?
5. Did you do it? What did you do with?
Dija do it? Whajoo do with it?
6. He‘ll meet you later. How did you like it?
He‘ll meetchu layder. Howja like it?
7. When did you get it? What are you waiting for?
Whenju geddit? Whaddya waitin for?
8. Why did you take it? What are you doing?
Wyju tay kit? Whatcha doin?
9. Why don‘t you try it? How is it going?
Why don chu try it? Howzit going?
10. Where‘s the what you may call it. Where‘s what is his name?
Were‘s the wachamacallit? Where‘s watsizname?
11. He has got to hurry because he is late. I could‘ve been a manager.
He‘s gotta hurry ‗cause he‘s late. I coulda bina manager.
12. Could you speed it up, please? Would you mind if I tried it?
Couldja spee di dup, pleez? Wouldja mindfai try dit?
13. Can‘t you see it my way for a change? Tell her I miss her.
Kancha see it my way for a change? Teller I miser.
14. I should have told you. Tell him I miss him.
I shoulda tolya. Tellim I missim.
I. Listen to the dialogue and then read it.
Bob: Could I speak to Mary, please?
Mary: This is Mary speaking. Who is that?
Bob: This is Bob. Where have you been, Mary? I have been trying to get on to you for the last half hour.
Don‘t you leave your at 19:00?
Mary: Yes, I do, but today I went shopping and have only just come back. It is very nice to hear your voice,
Bob. I didn‘t know you were in New York.
Bob: I arrived this morning. I would have rung you before but I have been terribly busy all day attending a
conference. It has only just ended. Are you doing anything tonight, Mary?
Mary: Yes, I am going to meet a client.
Bob: But that is terrible! I am only here for one night!
Mary: I am sorry, Bob. If you had told me you were coming up, I would have kept tonight free. But you didn‘t
tell me.
Bob: I didn‘t know myself till this morning when my boss suddenly dashed into the office and told me to
rush up here to attend the conference.
Mary: I thought Henry usually did the conferences.
228
Bob: Yes, he does but when he was driving up here last night he had an accident and was taken to hospital.
So I am doing it instead. Mary, Must you go out tonight? Couldn‘t you get out of it.
Mary: I‘m free tomorrow but I suppose that will be too late.
Bob: (suddenly changing his plan) No, I will stay another day. I dare say my boss will get over it. Would you
like to meet me for lunch tomorrow?
Mary: I‘d like to. But Bob, are you sure it will be all right? I would hate you to make your boss angry or even
you‘re your job.
Bob: It is all right. I will call the boss and tell him I am staying another day. I stayed an extra night in Boston
last month and he didn‘t seem to put about it.
Mary: Why did you stay an extra night in Boston? What happened?
Bob: I will tell you tomorrow. See you tomorrow, Mary.
Mary: See you tomorrow.
229
LESSON 66 冠词读法
PRONUNCIATION OF A、AN & THE
常见问题
从笔者的教学经验中不难发现，冠词几乎人人会用，也都知道什么时候用哪个，以及如何读。但多数人
在实际口语表达中却总是用错，读错，即使有很多年英语学习经验的人也不例外。这说明了大多数人对规范
用法及读法不够重视。本章编配了大量练习，希望能使大家熟练掌握并加以正确运用。
冠词读法
元音前用不定冠词 an，辅音前用不定冠词 a。定冠 the 在元音前读[TI], 在辅音前读 [M0]。
●Part One 综合练习
A.Listen and repeat, paying attention to the difference in pronunciation of the before a
vowel and before a consonant.
the book the air the sea the ocean the world
the land the man the flower the apple the oil
the egg the mirror the cup the tape the achievement
the ace the accent the empire the emu the water
the milk the Olympic the new the old the west
the east the rich the pool the young the old
B.Listen and repeat. Notice that the word an is used before a vowel sound.
a nose an eye a leg an arm a chair
a foot a boy an ocean a ship a computer
an animal an umbrella a teacher a girl a television
an uncle an island a pig a coat a hand a child
a man an exam a bag an elephant a radio
an artist an ear an egg a woman a banana
a zoo a school bus an arm a map a pear
an apple an idea an envelope an infant
C.Ask where the following items are. A second student replies, using the locations in a
suitable place.
Example：Where‘s the sink in your house? It‘s in the bathroom.
TV set sofa pots and pans aspirin
rug easy chairs alarm clock ladder
beds bathtub pens and pencils electric meter
oven wastebasket piano paint brushes
sink phone bread lawnmower
D. Which of these things will you find in an office? Which in an amusement park? Form
sentences (e.g.You‟ll find a desk in an office).
desk chair phone flower book
map tree rug pen lamp
eraser bird calendar clock paper
lake zoo map bench computer
path swing police officer ant tree
lake grassland bridge boat roller
230
slide dustbin
E.Circle the phrase you hear：a, b, or c.
1. a.a boy and a girl 6. a. the desk and the chair
b. the boy and the girl b. a desk and a chair
c. boy and girl c. desk and chair
2. a. the cup and the saucer 7. a. an apple and a pear
b. a cup and a saucer b. the apple and the pear
c. cup and saucer c. apple and pear
3. a. a man and a woman 8. a. cake and egg
b. man and woman b. a cake and an egg
c. the man and the woman c. the cake and the egg
4. a. teacher and student 9. a. the book and the knife
b. a teacher and a student b. a book and a knife
c. the teacher and the student c. book and knife
5. a. a stamp and an envelope 10. a. the teacher and the student
b. the stamp and the envelope b. a teacher and a student
c. stamp and envelope c. teacher and student
F. Tell what tools these workers use. Form sentences.
Example：A photographer uses a camera.
accountant dentist axe hammer carpenter
artist electrician brush knife photographer
barber woodcutter camera scissors drill
butcher mechanic computer wire cutters wrench
G.Match the synonyms and use them in a sentence.
Example：An exam is a test.
exam chair error tram mistake car artist auto
painter physician druggist doctor streetcar harmacist seat test
H.Put in an article where necessary.
Every year in beginning of spring, when hillsides are covered with beautiful red
flowers, you can hear cuckoos. Their songs are so sweet and sad that they make travelers think of
their homes; and red flowers that cover hillsides are said to spring from tears shed by these birds
and are therefore called ― cuckoo flowers‖ in Chinese. Many different stories have been told of
cuckoos, and _following is one of them.
Once there were two brothers who were very good to each other. They were half-brothers, because
elder brother‘s mother was dead, and his father had married again. But, although stepmother was very
unkind to elder brother and made life very hard for him, younger brother loved him as his own
soul and would do everything to cheer and comfort him.
One day, mother gave two brothers each package of seeds and enough food for ten
days and said to them, ― Take these, and go and plant them, one on eastern hill, and other on
western hill. But do not come back till seeds have spouted.‖
Now younger brother received package of good seeds, but seeds which were given to
_elder brother had been roasted over fire. two brothers did not know this, and set out on
journey as they were told.
―As two brothers were very good to each other they often carried packages for each other. At last
they came to bridge where they were to part, and sat down to rest. When they got up again to say
good-bye to each other, they had _wrong packages.
After ten days were over, _elder brother‘s seeds had sent up sprouts, and he came back
happily to bridge, where he expected t meet his brother. When he saw sun was already setting and his
231
brother had not yet appeared, he thought that perhaps he had gone home first, so he came back alone, sat at
heart.
mother was so angry at seeing him that she told him to go and never come back until he had found his
brother.
Now younger brother had waited ten days in vain for his seeds to sprout. His food was finished,
but he dared not return home. After long search, elder brother at last found his dead body lying on
ground. While he was weeping, he heard bird calling to him in sad tone, ―Cuckoo!‖ (which
means ― elder brother‖) and again ― Too-ngoo!‖(Which means ―I am hungry‖.) And he knew it was his own
dear brother.
elder brother was so heart-broken that he killed himself and was changed into hedge-sparrow. To
this day, hedge-sparrow still watches and hatches eggs for _cuckoo. And for this reason
cries of cuckoo are so much like song of home-sick boy.
I.Read the following two passages.
(A)
There was once a traveler who was wet and cold because he had been riding in the rain. At last he reached a
country inn. The inn was so crowded with people that he could not get near the fire. So he called out to the
innkeeper, ―Take some fish to my horse!‖ The innkeeper answered, ―But a horse doesn‘t eat fish!‖ The traveler then
said, ― Never mind, do as I tell you.‖ The crowd of people, hearing this strange order, ran out to see a horse eat fish.
The traveler, now having the whole room to himself, sat down beside the fire and warmed himself.
When the innkeeper came back with the crowd of people, he said,― Your horse does would not eat the fish.‖
The traveler answered,― Never mind; put it on the table, and when I have quite dried my clothes I will eat it
myself.‖
(B)
Why does the wind blow sometimes from the north and sometimes from the south or the east or the west? The
answer is that the wind blows for the same reason that smoke from a fire moves upwards. The fire is hot; the air
above gets warmed; the warm air expands and therefore gets lighter in weight because the same amount fills more
space. The light warm air above the fire , because it is lighter than the air around it, rises as a piece of wood from
the bottom of a pool. As it rises it carries the smoke with it and we see the smoke moving upwards. But as the warm
air above the fire moves up, other, cooler air from round about comes in to take its place：and so a little ―wind‖
blows toward the fire. The sun, shining upon the world, warms the air, not equally everywhere, but in some places
much more than in others. The air over the warm places, wherever they may be, rises; the cooler air fromround
about blows in to take its place. So we have winds and breezes, sometimes soft and gentle, sometimes in raging
storms.
Answer Key
the,×, the,×,×, ×, the, the , the, ×, ×,×,the/ ×, ×,the, the, the, ×,the/the, the, a, the, the, the, the, the/ a, the,
the, the, The, the,
the/ the, the, ×, the, the/ the,×, the, the,×,The/ the/×,a, the, the, a, a,×,The/ a, the, ×,the, the, the, the, a
232
LESSON 67 名词复数与动词第三人称单数的读法
PRONUNCIATION OF PLURAL NOUNS & THIRD PERSON SINGULAR VERB FORM
常见问题
很多同学不清楚单词后什么时候加 s 或 es, 是读[s]、[z]还是读[iz]。本章将说明、解决这一问题。名词的复
数与动词第三人称单数
单词以[s]、[z]、[N]、[I]、[tN]、[dI]结尾的，加 es，读[Dz]；在其余的所有清辅音后面，加 s，读[s]；在其余
的所有浊辅音元音后面，加 s，读[z]。
Plural Endings of Nouns

After a noun that ends with the sound The plural ending Examples
[p] [t] [k] [f] [L] [s] lips, cakes
[s] [z] [N] [I] [tN] [dI] [Dz] noses, dishes
All other sounds [z] eyes, beds, arms
● Part One 名词复数听辨及跟读练习

A.Read each noun and pronounce the plural form.
eye neck cheek arm lip nose
hand leg ear bed finger toe
tooth house room glass lamp baby
branch tax bush city inch cat
roof goose prince mass butterfly handkerchief
success holiday map shelf piano hero
month bridge library gentleman actor
waiter manager worker professor driver check
cake sweater skirt shirt shoe dictionary
toy chair skirt belt baseball watch
glove purse blouse robe dish broom
ring birdcage clock sofa rug stock
B.Ask the prices of these articles.
Example：How much are the plates? They‘re eight dollars.
plate ($8.00) fork ($3.00) soup bowl ($7.00) glass ($5.00)
cup ($6.00) spoon ($3.00) chopstick ($1.00) bowl ($ 2.00)
saucer ($6.00) napkin ($4.00)
Example： Ask how many of certain articles you can buy for a certain amount of money.
How many spoons can you buy (get) for one hundred dollars? You can get thirty-three spoons.
C.Form questions like the models. Try to form questions about things that are around
you in your school, home, city, or country.
Example：How many days does a week have? How many wings does a bird have?
day/week door/car book/the library
wing/brid lamp/your bedroom student/ the class
park/this city page/book people/ your country
university/your country chair/your office continent/ the earth
library/this city teacher/school nation/ the world
D. Listen to the questions and requests. Underline the form you hear, singular or plural.
233
1. Do you have the (ticket, tickets) in your pocket?
2. Do you sell (candy, candies) in this store?
3. Put the (book, books) on the (shelf, shelves).
4. Where can I find the best clothing (store, stores)?
5. Are you buying the (gift, gifts) for your (friend, friends)?
6. Will you mail the (package, packages) and (letter, letters) for me please?
7. Where can I wash my (shirt, shirts)?
8. What (city, cities) are you going to visit on your trip?
9. Can you answer the (question, questions) in this lesson?
10. Please give my (greeting, greetings) to your (brother, brothers) and (sister, sisters).
E.Read the following passage, paying attention to the pronunciation of the plural forms of
nouns.
Many sports draw hundreds of thousands of participants and spectators in the United States. For instance,
skiing has 7.2 million participants each season.
Why each season? Most sports in the United States are seasonal. What is in season at present may not be
played next month. Just now I mentioned spectators and participants. Some sports are called spectators sports, that
is sports to watch, such as baseball, football, basketball, because the number of on-lookers is much bigger than the
number of players. Other sports such as skiing and swimming, are participant sports, that is, sports for people to
engage in. Participant sports draw spectator only on special occasions. Some sports are commercial and professional,
in which players are paid for their participation and spectators are required to pay for their tickets. If you go to the
United States, and want to watch a game in person, you can find ticket information by reading a newspaper or by
calling the ticket office of the team. The names of the ticket offices of various teams are listed in the Alphabetical
Telephone Books. Most major sporting events are surely telecast over television. And if you would rather play a
sport than watch it, there are certainly many opportunities to do so. If you are interested in swimming or any indoor
sports, go to the YMCA (Yong Men‘s Christian Association) or the YWCA (Young Woman‘s Christian Association).
They offer sports programs to the public at inexpensive rates. They want people to get into sports.
Let‘s now come back to the figures. Skiing, about 7.2 million participants every season; college baseball games
draw approximately 30 million spectators; and the U.S. government issues 55 million hunting and fishing permits
every year. You can not go hunting or fishing without a permit.
And at home, numerous people watch all kinds of sports on television, or listen to broadcasts on the radio. The
sports fans at home are no less enthusiastic than those at the stadium. They sometimes even crash their television
sets when their team loses.
Then, Americans have as much fun reading and talking about sports. Usually several pages of the daily paper
are devoted to discussing sports events. In almost any social gathering—dance, tea, cocktail, dinner, etc.—people
get around to talking about popular players; the team that won last year; who is going to win the championship in
the coming season; what records are likely to be broken; what kind of fishing rod or gun is good to buy; or who is
now even more popular that baseball heroes like Ty Cobb and Pete Rose and who is going to be the leading hitter
and so on. Americans also wear the colors or even the official jerseys of their favorite teams when they go out. So,
you see, a great topic for conversation is sports. And if you should visit the United States someday and stay there for
some time, you are likely to get involved in a chat like that everyday.
● Part Two 动词第三人称单数综合练习

A.Read each verb and pronounce the third person singular, present tense.
Example：want-wants
want leave watch teach abandon seek
ride sleep sell land alleviate arise
sing laugh dig cry believe escape
234
hear run close breathe think breed
smoke race come take listen hang
shine spit forgive hold hear complain
hide fall swear stick shout carry
strike choose spring draw scold escape
mistake bend bite kick praise arise
cast burst ride breed drink seek
B.Repeat the phrases. Note that verbs usually have strong stress. Listen to and imitate
the rhythm.
watches TV costs ten cents washes the plates
needs a book rains every day makes the beds
likes to swim eats at noon laughs and cries
ask for Tom account for the money make a bet
swim in the pool write a letter split into halves
begin to study buy a ticket cut down the trees
fight for freedom forget to take it give an example
know about the person lean against the wall lend me the book
C.Listen to these sentences read by your teacher or on tape and circle the form of the
verb you hear.
1. leave at six o‘clock leaves 10. read the magazine reads
2. play baseball plays 11. walk in the street walks
3. land over there lands 12. visit the place visits
4. run to school every day runs 13. carry the bag carries
5. sleep all the time sleeps 14. beat the dog beats
6. smoke a lot smokes 15. buy a ticket buys
7. wash the dishes washes 16. shake hands shakes
8. speak English speaks 17. ride a motorcycle rides
9. listen to the music listens to 18. leave the town leaves
D. Form sentences, using the subject he or she.
Example：He teaches English [in a Middle School].
teach/English fix/bikes manage/a restaurant
drive/a taxi read/love stories play/ football
write/books sell/furniture wash/dishes
bake/cakes race/cars make/speech
E.Give quick answers to the following questions; don‟t forget to add the–s ending to the
verbs when necessary.
1. Where does your father work?
What time does he get up every day?
How does he go to work?
Does he work very hard?
Does he come home for lunch or have his lunch in restaurants?
What time does he come home after work?
What does he do in the evening?
2. Does your mother work?
Where does your mother work?
Does she work in the same company as your father?
Does she go to work every day?
Does she go to work by bus or by bike?
235
Does she work hard?
Does she do the cooking at home after work or on weekends?
Who has more housework to do at home?
Does your father help your mother with the housework?
What does your mother usually do on Sunday?
3. You‘ve a sister, don‘t you?
Does she study or work?
Where does she study?
Does she live at home or at the school dormitory?
Does she get up at 6 in the morning?
How many courses does she have every day?
Does she feel busy?
What does she do in her spare time?
Does she watch TV sometimes?
Does she like English?
Does she have many hobbies?
4. Who‘s your best friend?
What does she do?
Where does she work?
What products does her factory turn out?
Does your friend enjoy her work?
How many hours does she work every day?
Does she work on the day-shift or night-shift?
Does she read newspaper every day?
Why do you regard her as your best friend?
Does she have an indeed friend?
5. Who‘s your English teacher?
Does he live far away from your school?
Does he come to school every day?
How many hours does he teach every week?
Does he talk other things in class?
Does he speak a lot of English in class?
Do you like your teacher, why?
F. Read the following
passages.
The sight of him as he comes to the ten o‘clock class is in itself something that has to be recognized as
dramatic. In the pleasant autumn or spring, students stand high on the steps or out on the turf in front and watched
in the direction of his house to see who can catch the first glimpse of him.
―There he comes!‖ somebody calls, and then everybody who is in a position to see watches him as he hurries
breezily along— a graceful, tallish man in very light gray suit and gray fedora hat, with a full square beard at least
as white as his suit, who moves with energy, and smokes passionately at a big cigar. Students say that he smokes an
entire cigar while he walks the short distance along the iron fence of the old burying ground and across the street to
the school gate. But as he comes through the gate he tosses the remnant of his cigar into the shrubbery with a bit of
flourish, and the students still outside hurry in and scramble up the long stairway in order to be in their places—as
he likes—before he himself enters. If any of them is still on the stairway when he comes in at the outer door like a
gust, they give way and he pushes up past them, and into the good-seized room and down the aisle to the front,
throws his hat on the table in the corner, mounts the two steps to the platform, looks about with a commanding eye,
and there is sudden silence and unrestrained expectancy.
236
LESSON 68 动词+ed 形式的发音
PRONUNCIATION OF VERB+ED FORM
常见问题
很多同学不清楚单词后什么时候加 d 或 ed , 是读[t]、[d]还是读[id]。本章将说明并解决这一问题。动词
+ed 读法：
一般来说,规则动词的过去式是在动词原形后加 ed，以 e 结尾的动词后只加 d；以 y 结尾的动词，y 前是辅音
字母的动词把 y 变成 i 后再加 ed；发音时，清辅音后面读[t]，浊辅音后面读[d]，但是以[t]、[d]结尾的单词
+ed 时读做[id]。此外,元音后面一般都读[d]。
● 听辨练习
A.Read the words below and give the past tense forms.
look like enjoy collect suppress
applaud agree acuire bother stagger
chop connect demand dispute scan
fence heat implore insert react
list monitor fit outline reflect
rain remember place plan penetrate
pick part participate praise mitigate
promote pronounce resent mark lament
settle seize select shape judge
trim qualify undermine resist diminish
B.Make sentences with the following verb phrases, the tense should be ok like enjoy
collect suppress applaud agree acquire bother stagger chop connect demand dispute
scan past tense.
accuse somebody of apologize (to somebody) for something
long for something ask for/about
attend to beg for
believe in beware of
blame somebody for charge somebody with (an offence)
compare something with comply with
conform to consist of
deal with depend on
fight with somebody for fine somebody for
hope for insist on
live on (food/money) dream of
apply to somebody/for something object to
occur to prefer somebody to somebody
prepare for persist in
punish somebody for quarrel with somebody about
refer to rely on
remind somebody of resort to
succeed in suspect somebody of
wait for warn somebody of/about
237
wish for fail to do something
C.Underline the verbs in the following sentences.
1. They have looked up the number in the directory.
2. They turned down lots of good suggestions.
3. We should think over what he has just suggested.
4. He tried to put on a happy expression.
5. The dogs all turned on the poor girl.
6. He boiled some water for tea.
7. We started work at 8 last night.
8. He denied my charge.
9. He finally passed the examination successfully.
10. He took a card out of his pocket and placed it under the handkerchief.
11. The ship is scheduled to sail for Hong Kong the day after tomorrow.
12. The guard stopped anyone who tried to enter the hall yesterday.
13. We have played this game before.
14. Last year, he resigned from his job.
15. My sister invited many friends to her birthday party.
16. I worked all day yesterday.
17. He had typed the letter an hour ago.
18. We visited the museum last week.
19. He has stayed here for about 7 days.
20. This way, please. My secretary has already arranged the seats.
D. Give quick answers to the following questions.
1. How long have you studied English?
Did you work very hard at it?
How many English words have you learned?
Have you learned any English songs or verses?
How many?
Have you listened to some lectures in English?
You must have seen some English films, haven‘t you?
Has your teacher recited some English stories in class?
Have you talked with some English people?
Have they given you any suggestion onstudying English?
2. Great changes have taken place in your hometown since liberation, is that right?
Have the streets been widened? How many tall buildings have appeared?
How many new houses been established?
Have many people moved into the new houses?
What has happened to the old houses?
Your hometown has grown much bigger than before, hasn‘t it?
3. How long have you lived in that town?
What does your father do? How about your mother?
Have they got a TV set?
Your father and mother haven‘t got a car, haven‘t they?
Has he decided to buy one in the future?
Have they saved much money?
Have you written them any letters recently?
4. What have you done today?
Have you done your morning exercises yet?
238
Have you listened to the English program?
Have you had your breakfast yet?
Have you gone to any places this morning?
Have you finished your English classes yet?
Have you had any oral practice today?
Has your teacher assigned you any homework to do?
Have you washed your clothes?
Have you cleaned your dormitory?
Have you visited your friends?
as anything particular happened today?
E.Put the verbs in brackets into the correct tense, paying attention to the pronunciation of
the verbs.
1. The heavy rain (stop), but there was still a slight drizzle in the air.
2. I (cannot go) out that night, for I (promise) to wait for Mr. Wang at home.
3. I (not know) you (all be) so busy in the past few weeks.
4. I (be invited) to see Beijing Opera last Friday. It (be) the first time I (see) an
opera of this kind.
5. The snow storm (drop) as suddenly as it (start). The wind (die) down and the
sun (come) out.
6. Not one person (agree) with him. That (be) something he (not anticipate).
7. Ten o‘clock, and the climbers _(be) already near the summit. They (make) better progress
than they (ever dare) to hope for.
8. The stop-watch (say) three minutes, fifty-eight seconds—He (break) the world records.
He (succeed) in doing what he (previously, think) impossible.
9. I_ (find) the place (change) beyond recognition. The streets (be widened), the old
houses_ (be pulled) down. A number of houses of modern construction (spring) up.
10. When he (see) his wife off at the station, he (return) as he (not have) to pack, for
his wife already (do) that before she (leave) the house. All he (have) to do was to
decide whether or not to take his overcoat with him. In the en he (decide) not to. At 8：30 he
(pick) up his case, (go) out of the house and (slam) the door behind him. Then he
(feel) in his pockets for the key, for his wife (remind) him to double-lock the front door.
When he (search) all his pockets and (find) no key he (remember) where it
(be). He (leave) it in his overcoat pocket. Then he (remember) something else;
his passport and tickets (be) in his overcoat pocket as well.
11. After breakfast, Mike (follow) his uncle into his study. His uncle went straight to the point. He
(say) he‘d always taken a keen interest in Mike and_ (want) to help him in any way he
could. He (ask) Mike what sort of profession he would like to take up in the future. Mike
(wonder) about this several times, but had not make up his mind. He (reply) tentatively that he‘d
rather not (decide) yet. His uncle said firmly that he he‘d have to. He could not keep hanging about
the university all his life. This was just what Mike would_ ( like) best. But he thought it be unwise to
say so. When Mike said nothing, his uncle (begin) to lose patience, and (tell) him not to
beat about the bush. He must surely know what he (aim) for. What was he going to be?
Mike_ (venture) to say, hopefully, that he (become) purple in the face and (repeat)
the word with a bellow. He (ask) Mike what sort of life he thought that would be— (run)
from one performance to another, always short of money. There was no future in it. Adapting a more
resolute tone, he then (ask) what Mike would think if he were to offer him a nice steady job in his
bank.
F. Read the following passages, paying attention to the verbs.
239
1. Then the father asked the boy what he should do next. The boy replied that he would wait till the milkman
went round to the back of the house. Then the father asked which house he meant. The boy pointed at one of
the house, saying that that was the one he meant. The father asked whether he meant the green one. The boy
said he didn‘t mean the green one but the one next to it. The father demanded why he shouldn‘t wait till the
man went round to the back of the green house. The boy explained that the man would only go to the
side-door of the green-house, whereas he would go all the way round to the back of the other house. The boy
assured his father that he could do the job an told him not to worry.
2. King Lear asked Cordelia what she had to say. The latter said she had nothing to say. The king asked
whether she really meant what she said. Cordelia repeated her answer. Then the king became very angry and
ordered Cordelia to say something. Then the girl said that the king was her father. She would obey him,
honor him and love him. However, she would not talk as her sisters had done, for, if her sisters had meant
what they had said and loved the king better than they loved their husbands, they would not have got
married. Cordelia said that is she should marry, she would give her husband half her duty, half her love and
that she would never get married as her sisters had done and yet say she loved her father best of all.
3. The interviewer asked Mr. Smith if it was true that he had been living for over a year with the animals he
looked after. Mr. Smith answered that it was true. He was then asked how long he decided to spent with
these animals. He replied that he had been here for 20 months. The animals had soon become quite used to
his presence. Mr. Smith went on to explain that when he arrived at the edge of their habitat, the animals
seemed very hostile, But now they had accepted him. The interviewer asked if the animals really lived
harmoniously and did not attacked people first. Mr. Smith confirmed that; and added that men should stop
hunting them and lived with them peacefully.
Answer Key
E. 1. had stopped
2. couldn‘t go, had promised
3. didn‘t know, had all been
4. was invited, was, had seen
5. dropped, had started, had died, had come out
6. agreed, was, had not anticipated
7. were, had made , had ever dared
8. said , had broken, had succeeded, had previously thought
9. found, had changed, had been widened
10. had seen, returned, did not have, did not have, had already done, was, did not have, had done, left, had,
decided, picked, went, slammed, felt, had reminded, had searched, found, remembered, was, had left,
remembered, were
11. followed, said, wanted, asked, had wondered, replied, decided, have liked, began, told, aimed, became,
ventured, repeated, asked,running, asked
240

4 1语音语调讲义

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

You might also like

4 1语音语调讲义

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

4 1语音语调讲义

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

新东方在线 4+1 网络课堂电子版教材

UNIT ONE : 美语发音概述

● Part One 前元音听辨及跟读

● Part Two 中元音听辨练习

B.Now practice the sound in sentences.

●Part Three 后元音听辨练习

B.Now practice the sound in sentences.

A.Practice these five sounds in phrases.

B.Practice these five sounds in phrases.

● Part One 爆破音听辨练习

Read the dialogue, paying attention to the pronunciation of plosives.

● Part Two 摩擦音听辨练习

Read the dialogue, while paying attention to the pronunciation of fricatives.

●Part Three 塞擦音听辨练习

●Part Four 鼻音听辨练习

● Part Six 半元音听辨练习

Table of English Consonants

A.Read the following words, paying attention to the pronunciation of /C/.

A.Now practice the sound in words.

● Part One Flap [t] 听辨及跟读练习

● Part Two 鼻腔爆破听辨及跟读练习

鼻腔爆破 Nasal Plosive 由舌前端在上齿根部闭气，软颚放低，发出鼻辅音[n]的瞬间，气流突然从鼻

●Part Two Dark L 听辨及跟读练习

● Part Three 单词中不同位置 L 的听辨及跟读练习

●Part One th 字母组合

●Part Two w、v 的区分

●Part Four [au] 的发音困难

● Part Five [h] 的发音困难

● Part Six [H] 的发音困难

●Part Seven /l/ and /n/ 的混淆问题

●Part Eight 语音音素表

An Overiew of the Vowels

Front vowels Central Back Vowels

元 音 [a] [G] [C] [0] [?] [D]

Listen and repeat.

●Part One 听辨练习

●Part Two 听辨练习

●Part One 听辨练习

●Part Two 跟读练习

●Part One 听辨练习

●Part Two 跟读练习

●Part One 听辨练习

●Part Two 跟读练习

●Part One 听辨练习

●Part Two 跟读练习

●Part One 听辨练习

●Part Two 跟读练习

● Part One 听辨练习

●Part Two 跟读练习

● Part One 听辨练习

●Part Two 跟读练习

●Part One 听辨练习

●Part Two 跟读练习

●Part One 听辨练习

●Part Two 跟读练习

●Part One 听辨练习

●Part Two 跟读练习

●Part One 听辨练习

元音 [a] [G] [C] [0] [?] [D]